Wanted used in a sentence for each word

Популярное на сайте:

Как быстро выучить стихотворение наизусть? Запоминание стихов является стандартным заданием во многих школах. 

Как научится читать по диагонали? Скорость чтения зависит от скорости восприятия каждого отдельного слова в тексте. 

Как быстро и эффективно исправить почерк?  Люди часто предполагают, что каллиграфия и почерк являются синонимами, но это не так.

Как научится говорить грамотно и правильно? Общение на хорошем, уверенном и естественном русском языке является достижимой целью. 

1 Complete each sentence with a word from the
box:

a) Most of the young people on the boat slept on the deck.
in their sleeping bags.

b) As the train drew in to the station, Terry could see her sister
waiting on the ….

c) I was so nervous about flying that I left my bag in the…

d) By the time I got to the… , the bus to Scotland had left.

e) As soon as the boat left the… , the storm began.

f) We hadn’t had anything to eat, but luckily there was a …on the train.

g) I’m afraid there is only one first-class …free on the boat.

h) Tim reached Paris safely, but his luggage didn’t reach its …

i)
There was a queue of cars on the … , waiting for the car-ferry to the island.

 j) Our plane nearly crashed into a fire-engine
on the…

2 Underline the most suitable word (s):

a) David’s plane was cancelled/delayed by thick fog.

b) The ship’s owner agreed to give the crew/passengers a
pay-rise.

c) The plane from Geneva has just grounded/landed.

d) We hope that you will enjoy your flight/flying.

e) Because of heavy snow, their plane was diverted/deviated to
Luton.

f) I won’t be long. I’m just packing my last luggage/suitcase.

g) You have to check in/check up an hour before
the plane leaves.

 h) All duty
free goods must be declared/surrendered at customs.

i) The plane took off/took up and was soon high over the city.

j) I bought a simple/single ticket, as I was going to return by
car.

k) A sign above the seats in the plane says ‘Fasten your life
belt/seat belt’.

1)
On the plane the flight attendant/waitress brought me a newspaper.

3 Use a word or words from
exercises 1 or 2 to complete each sentence. The word may be in a different
form.

a) I had to cancel my tickets, because I was ill and
couldn’t travel.

b) The train for London is now arriving at… three.

c) The plane …on time but arrived half an hour late.

d) We finally reached our… after travelling all day.

e) It was hard to find a seat on the train as there were so many …

f) While we were waiting at the station we had a bite to eat in the …

g) I felt seasick so I went to my …and tried to sleep.

h) Do you want a return ticket, or a …?

i) The customs officer asked Bill if he had anything to …

j) There is a small …here for fishing boats and yachts.

k) How much …can I take with me on the plane?

1) The 8.55 from Hull will be 30 minutes late. We
apologise for the…

4 Match the words in the box with
the suitable definition:

a) A journey by ship for pleasure a cruise

b) A journey by plane

c) The plan of a journey

d) An informal word for journey. Sometimes meaning a short
journey

e) A journey for a scientific or special purpose

f) A holiday which includes organised travel and accommodation

g) Taking journeys, as a general idea

h) A journey by sea

i) An organised journey to see the sights of a place

j) A journey from one side of the sea to the other

5 Use the words from the previous
exercise in these sentences.

a) The travel agent will send you the itinerary… for
your trip.

b) My neighbours went on a guided of Rome.

c) Last time I went from England to France we had a very rough

d) The first prize in the competition is a luxury Mediterranean

e) When you go on a/an , you pay one price for everything.

f) The college organized a/an to search for the ancient ruins.

g) Olympic announces the arrival of OA 269 from Athens.

h) The Titanic sank on its first in 1912.

i) is one of my main interests.

j) Mr Dean is away on a business at the moment. Can
I help you?

6 Replace the words in italics
in each sentence with a word from the box.

a) I stayed in France for two weeks last year. .a
fortnight..

b) It’s difficult to find anywhere to stay here in the summer

c) We had no money so we had to get lifts in other people’s cars

d) I’d like a room for the night please. A room for two people

e) The place where we stayed wasn’t a hotel but a
private house where you pay to stay and have meals

f) I’d like to reserve three single rooms for next week, please

g) It was raining, and we couldn’t find a place to put our tent

h) I’d like a room for the night, please. Do you have a pee one?

i) The school has its own place for students to stay

ENGLISH GRAMMAR IN USE FOR INTERMEDIATE

UNIT 137. Phrasal verbs 1   General points

A	We often use verbs with the following words: in out up away by about over round or around out off down back through along forward So you can say look out /get on /take off /run away etc. These are phrasal verbs. We often use on/off/out etc. with verbs of movement. For example: get on drive off come back turn round √ The bus was full. We couldn’t get on. A woman got into the car and drove off. Sarah is leaving tomorrow and coming back on Saturday. When I touched him on the shoulder, he turned round. √ √ √ But often the second word (on/off/out etc.) gives a special meaning to the verb. For example: break down look out take off get on get by √ Sorry I’m late. The car broke down. (=the engine stopped working) √ Look out! There’s a car coming. (= be careful) √ It was my first flight. I was nervous as the plane took off. (=went into the air) √ How was the exam? How did you get on? (=How did you do?) √ My French isn’t very good, but it’s enough to get by. (= manage) For more phrasal verbs, see Units 138-145.
B	Sometimes a phrasal verb is followed by a preposition. For example: phrasal verb preposition run away from √ Why did you run away from me? You’re walking too fast. I can’t keep up with you. We looked up at the plane as it flew above us. Are you looking forward to your trip? keep up with √ look up at √ look forward to √
C	Sometimes a phrasal verb has an object. Usually there are two possible positions for the object. So you can say: Some more examples:

EXERCISES

137.1	Complete each sentence using a verb from A (in the correct form) + a word from B. You can use a word more than once. 1 The bus was full. We couldn’t ______ get on ______. 2 I’ve been standing for the last two hours. I’m going to _____________ for a bit. A cat tried to catch the bird, but it _____________ just in time. We were trapped in the building. We couldn’t _____________. I can’t hear you very well Can you _____________  a little? 3 4 5 6 ‘Do you speak German? ‘Not very well, but I can _____________. Everything has got so expensive. Prices have _____________ a lot. I thought there was somebody behind me, but when I _____________, there was nobody there. 7 8
137.2	Complete the sentences using a word from A and a word from B. You can use a word more than once. 1 You’re walking too fast. I can’t keep ___up with __ you. 2 My holidays are nearly over. Next week I’ll be __________ work. We went __________ the top floor of the building to admire the view. The meeting tomorrow is going to be difficult. I’m not looking __________ it. There was a bank robbery last week. The robbers got __________ £50,000. I love to look __________ the stars in the sky at night. I was sitting in the kitchen when a bird flew __________ the open window. 3 4 5 6 7
137.3	Complete the sentences using these phrasal verbs+ it/them/me: fill in get out give back switch on take off wake up 1 They gave me a form and told me to ______ fill it in. ____________ 2 I’m going to bed now. Can you __________________ at 6.30? I’ve got something in my eye and I can’t __________________. I don’t like it when people borrow things and don’t _________________. I want to use the hair dryer. How do I __________________? My shoes are dirty. I’d better __________________ before going into the house. 3 4 5 6
137.4	Use your own ideas to complete the sentences. Use a noun (this box etc.) or a pronoun (it/ them etc.) +the word in brackets (away/up etc.). 1 Don’t throw ____away this box. _____ . I want to keep it. (away) 2 I don’t want this newspaper. You can throw _____ it away_____.’ (away) 3 I borrowed these books from the library. I have to take ____________ tomorrow. (back) We can turn ____________. Nobody is watching it. (off) 4 5 A: How did the vase get broken? B: I’m afraid I knocked ____________ while I was cleaning. (over) 6 Shh! My mother is asleep. I don’t want to wake ____________. (up) It’s cold today. You should put ____________ if you’re going out. (on) It was only a small fire. I was able to put ____________ easily. (out) 7 8 9 A: Is this hotel more expensive than when we stayed here last year? B: Yes, they’ve put ____________. (up) 10 It’s a bit dark in this room. Shall I turn ____________? (on)

ANSWER KEY

answer
apply be be listen make see try use wash work write

1.
He tried to avoid _answering_ my question.

2.
Could you please stop — so much noise?

3.
I enjoy — to music.

4.
I considered — for the job but in the end I decided against it.

5.
Have you finished — your hair yet?

6.
If you walk into the road without looking, you risk — knocked down.

7.
Jim is 65 but he isn’t going to retire yet. He wants to carry on —.

8.
I don’t mind you — the phone as long as you pay for all your calls.

9.
Hello! Fancy — you here! What a surprise!

10.
I’ve put off — the letter so many times. I really must do it today.

11.
What a stupid thing to do! Can you imagine anybody — so stupid?

12.
Sarah gave up —to find a job in this country and decided to go
abroad.

52,2
Complete the sentences for each situation using ~ing.

1.
What shall we do? We could go to the cinema.

She
suggested going to the cinema.

2.
Do you want to play tennis? No, not really.

He
didn’t fancy —

3.
You were driving too fast. Yes, it’s true. Sorry!

She
admitted —

4.
Why don’t we go for a swim? Good idea!

She
suggested —

5.
You broke into the shop. No, I didn’t!

He
denied —

6.
Can you wait a few minutes?. Sure, no problem.

They
didn’t mind —

52.3
Complete the sentences so that they mean the same as the first
sentence. Use ~ing.

1.
I can do what I want and you can’t stop me.

You
can’t stop me doing what I want.

2.
It’s not a good idea to travel during the rush hour.

It’s
better to avoid —

3.
Shall we go away tomorrow instead of today?

Shall
we postpone — until —?

4.
The driver of the car said it was true that he didn’t have a licence.

The
driver of the car admitted —

5.
Could you turn the radio down, please?

Would
you mind —?

6.
Please don’t interrupt me all the time.

Would
you mind?

52.4
Use your own ideas to complete these sentences. Use ~ing.

1.
She’s a very interesting person. I always enjoy _talking to her._

2.
I’m not feeling very well. I don’t fancy —

3.
I’m afraid there aren’t any chairs. I hope you don’t mind —

4.
It was a lovely day, so I suggested —

5.
It was very funny. I couldn’t stop —

6.
My car isn’t very reliable. It keeps —

UNIT
53. Verb + to… (decide to do/forget to do etc.)

A.
offer decide hope deserve attempt promise agree plan aim
afford manage threaten refuse arrange learn forget fail

If
these verbs are followed by another verb, the structure is usually
verb + to … (infinitive):

*
It was late, so we decided to take a taxi home.

*
Simon was in a difficult situation, so I agreed to lend him some
money.

*
How old were you when you learnt to drive? (or ‘learnt how to drive’)

*
I waved to Karen but failed to attract her attention.

Note
these examples with the negative not to …:

*
We decided not to go out because of the weather.

*
I promised not to be late.

With
many verbs you cannot normally use to… . For example,
enjoy/think/suggest:

*
I enjoy dancing. (not ‘enjoy to dance’)

*
Ian suggested going to the cinema. (not ‘suggested to go’)

*
Are you thinking of buying a car? (not ‘thinking to buy’)

For
verb + ~ing, see Unit 52. For verb + preposition + ~ing, see Unit 61.

B.
We also use to… after: seem appear tend pretend claim. For
example:

*
They seem to have plenty of money,

*
I like George but I think he tends to talk too much.

*
Ann pretended not to see me as she passed me in the street.

There
is also a continuous infinitive (to be doing) and a perfect
infinitive (to have done):

*
I pretended to be reading the newspaper. (= I pretended that I was
reading)

*
You seem to have lost weight. (= it seems that you have lost weight)

C.
We say ‘decide to do something’, ‘promise to do something’ etc. In
the same way, we say ‘a decision to do something’, ‘a promise to do
something’ etc. (noun + to..).

*
I think his decision to give up his Job was stupid.

*
George has a tendency to talk too much.

D.
After dare you can use the infinitive with or without to:

*
I wouldn’t dare to tell him. or I wouldn’t dare tell him.

But
after daren’t (or dare not), you must use the infinitive without to:

*
I daren’t tell him what happened. (not ‘I daren’t to tell him’)

E.
After the following verbs you can use a question word
(what/whether/how etc.) + to …

ask
decide know remember forget explain learn understand wonder

We
asked how to get to the station.

Have
you decided where to go for your holidays?

I
don’t know whether to apply for the job or not.

Do
you understand what to do?

Also:
show/tell/ask/advise/teach somebody what/how/where to do something:

*
Can somebody show me how to change the film in this camera?

*
Ask Jack. He’ll tell you what to do.

EXERCISES

53.1
Complete the sentences for each situation.

1.
Shall we get married? Yes, let’s.

They
decided _to get married._

2.
Please help me. OK.

She
agreed —

3.
Can I carry your bag for you? No, thanks. I can manage.

He
offered —

4.
Let’s meet at 8 o’clock. OK, fine.

They
arranged —

5.
What’s your name? I’m not going to tell you.

She
refused —

53.2
Complete each sentence with a suitable verb.

1.
Don’t forget to post the letter I gave you.

2.
There was a lot of traffic but we managed — to the airport in time.

3.
Jill has decided not — a car.

4.
We’ve got a new computer in our office. I haven’t learnt — it yet.

5.
I wonder where Sue is. She promised not late.

6.
We were all too afraid to speak. Nobody dared — anything.

53.3
Put the verb into the correct form, to … or ~ing. (See Unit 52 for
verb + ~ing.)

1.
When I’m tired, I enjoy .watching television. It’s relaxing. (watch)

2.
It was a nice day, so we decided — for a walk. (go)

3.
It’s a nice day. Does anyone fancy — for a walk? (go)

4.
I’m not in a hurry. I don’t mind — (wait)

5.
They don’t have much money. They can’t afford — out very often.
(go)

6.
I wish that dog would stop — It’s driving me mad. (bark)

7.
Our neighbour threatened — the police if we didn’t stop the noise.
(call)

8.
We were hungry, so I suggested — dinner early. (have)

9.
Hurry up! I don’t want to risk — the train. (miss)

10.
I’m still looking for a job but I hope — something soon. (find)

53.4
Make a new sentence using the verb in brackets.

1.
He has lost weight. (seem)

_He
seems to have lost weight._

2.
Tom is worried about something. (appear)

Tom
appears —

3.
You know a lot of people. (seem)

You
—

4.
My English is getting better. (seem)

5.
That car has broken down. (appear)

6.
David forgets things. (tend)

7.
They have solved the problem. (claim)

53.5
Complete each sentence using what/how/whether + one of these verbs:

do
go ride say use

1.
Do you know how to get John’s house?

2.
Can you show me — this washing machine?

3.
Would you know — if there was a fire in the building?

4.
You’ll never forget — a bicycle once you have learned.

5.
I was really astonished. I didn’t know —

6.
I’ve been invited to the party but I don’t know — or not.

UNIT
54. Verb + (object) + to… (I want (you) to do etc.)

A.
want ask help would like would love

expect
beg mean (= intend) would prefer would hate

These
verbs are followed by to… (infinitive). The structure can be:

verb
+ to …

*
We expected to be late.

*
Would you like to go now?

*
He doesn’t want to know.

or
verb + object + to…

*
We expected Tom to be late.

*
Would you like me to go now?

*
He doesn’t want anybody to know.

Be
careful with want. Do not say ‘want that…’:

*
Do you want me to come with you? (not ‘Do you want that I come’)

After
help you can use the infinitive with or without to. So you can say:

*
Can you help me to move this table? or Can you help me move this
table?

B.
tell remind force enable teach order warn invite persuade get
(= persuade, arrange for)

These
verbs have the structure verb + object + to … :

*
Can you remind me to phone Ann tomorrow?

*
Who taught you to drive?

*
I didn’t move the piano by myself. I got somebody to help me.

*
Jim said the switch was dangerous and warned me not to touch it.

In
the next example, the verb is passive (was warned):

*
I was warned not to touch the switch.

Note
that you cannot use suggest with the structure verb + object + to …

*
Jane suggested that I should buy a car. (not ‘Jane suggested me to
buy’)

For
suggest, see Units 34 and 52.

C.
advise recommend encourage allow permit forbid

There
are two possible structures after these verbs. Compare:

verb
+ ~ing (without an object)

*
I wouldn’t recommend staying in that hotel.

*
She doesn’t allow smoking in the house.

verb
+ object + to…

*
I wouldn’t recommend anybody to stay in that hotel.

*
She doesn’t allow us to smoke in the house.

Compare
these examples with (be) allowed (passive):

*
Smoking isn’t allowed in the house.

*
We aren’t allowed to smoke in the house.

D.
Make and let

These
verbs have the structure verb + object + infinitive (without to):

*
The customs officer made Sally open her case. (not ‘to open’)

*
Hot weather makes me feel tired. (= causes me to feel tired)

*
Her parents wouldn’t let her go out alone. (= wouldn’t allow her to
go out)

*
Let me carry your bag for you.

We
say ‘make somebody do…’ (not ‘to do’), but the passive is ‘(be)
made to do …’ (infinitive with to):

*
Sally was made to open her case (by the customs officer).

EXERCISES

54.1
Complete the questions, Use do you want me to …? or would you like
me to …? with one of these verbs (+ any other necessary words):
come lend repeat show shut wait

1.
Do you want to go alone or _do you want me to come with you?_

2.
Have you got enough money or do you want —?

3.
Shall I leave the window open or would you —?

4.
Do you know how to use the machine or would —?

5.
Did you hear what I said or do —?

6.
Can I go now or do —?

54.2
Complete the sentences for each situation.

1.
Look the door. OK.

She
told him to lock the door.

2.
Why don’t you come and stay with us for a few day? Yes, I’d love to.

They
invited him —

3.
Can I use your phone? No!

She
wouldn’t let —

4.
Be careful. Don’t worry. I will.

She
warned —

5.
Can you give me a hand? Yes, of course.

He
asked —

54.3
Complete these sentences so that the meaning is similar to the first
sentence.

1.
My father said I could use his car.

My
father allowed _me to use his car._

2.
I was surprised that it rained.

I
didn’t expect —

3.
Don’t stop him doing what he wants.

Let
—

4.
He looks older when he wears glasses.

Glasses
make —

5.
I think you should know the truth.

I
want —

6.
Don’t let me forget to phone my sister.

Remind
—

7.
At first I didn’t want to apply for the job but Sarah persuaded me.

Sarah
persuaded —

8.
My lawyer said I shouldn’t say anything to the police.

My
lawyer advised —

9.
I was told that I shouldn’t believe everything he says.

I
was warned —

10.
If you’ve got a car, you are able to travel round more easily.

Having
a car enables —

54.4
Put the verb in the right form: ~ing or infinitive (with or without
to).

1.
She doesn’t allow smoking in the house. (smoke)

2.
I’ve never been to Iceland but I’d like — there. (go)

3.
I’m in a difficult position. What do you advise me —? (do)

4.
She said the letter was personal and wouldn’t let me —it. (read)

5.
We were kept at the police station for two hours and then we were
allowed — (go)

6.
Where would you recommend me — for my holidays? (go)

7.
I wouldn’t recommend — in that restaurant. The food is awful. (eat)

8.
The film was very sad. It made me — (cry)

9.
Carol’s parents always encouraged her — hard at school. (study)

UNIT
55 Verb + ~ing or to… (1) (remember/regret etc.)

A.
When one verb follows another verb, the structure is usually verb +
~ing or verb + to … Compare:

verb
+ ~ing

*
They denied stealing the money.

*
I enjoy going out.

Often
we use ~ing for an action that happens before the first verb or at
the same time:

stealing
<- denied

verb
+ to …

*
They decided to steal the money.

*
I want to go out.

Often
we use to… for an action that follows the first verb:

decided
-> to steal want -> to go

This
difference is often helpful (see Section B) but does not explain all
uses of ~ing and to…

B.
Some verbs can be followed by ~ing or to… with a difference of
meaning:

remember

I
remember doing something = I did it and now I remember this.

You
remember doing something after you have done it:

*
I’m absolutely sure I locked the door. I clearly remember locking it.
(= I locked it, and now I remember this)

*
He could remember driving along the road just before the accident
happened, but he couldn’t remember the accident itself.

I
remembered to do something = I remembered that I had to do it, and so
I did it.

You
remember to do something before you do it:

*
I remembered to lock the door when I left but I forgot to shut the
windows. (= I remembered that I had to lock the door and so I locked
it)

*
Please remember to post the letter. (= don’t forget to post it)

regret

I
regret doing something = I did it and now I’m sorry about it:

*
I now regret saying what I said. I shouldn’t have said it.

I
regret to say/to tell you/to inform you = I’m sorry that I have to
say (etc.):

*
(from a formal letter) We regret to inform you that we are unable to
offer you the job.

go
on

Go
on doing something = continue doing the same thing:

*
The minister went on talking for two hours.

*
We must change our ways. We can’t go on living like this.

Go
on to do something = do or say something new:

*
After discussing the economy, the minister then went on to talk about
foreign policy.

C.
begin start intend continue bother

These
verbs can be followed by ~ing or to… with little or no difference
in meaning. So you can say:

*
It has started raining. or It has started to rain.

*
John intends buying a house. or John intends to buy …

*
Don’t bother locking the door. or Don’t bother to lock …

But
normally we do not use ~ing after ~ing:

*
It’s starting to rain. (not ‘it’s starting raining’)

EXERCISES

55.1
Put the verb into the correct form, ~ing or to… . Sometimes either
form is possible.

1.
They denied _stealing_ the money. (steal)

2.
I don’t enjoy — very much. (drive)

3.
I don’t want — out tonight. I’m too tired. (go)

4.
I can’t afford — out tonight. I haven’t got enough money. (go)

5.
Has it stopped — yet? (rain)

6.
Can you remind me — some coffee when we go out? (buy)

7.
Why do you keep — me questions? Can’t you leave me alone? (ask)

8.
Please stop — me questions! (ask)

9.
I refuse — any more questions. (answer)

10.
One of the boys admitted — the window. (break)

11.
The boy’s father promised — for the window to be repaired. (pay)

12.
Ann was having dinner when the phone rang. She didn’t answer the
phone; she just carried on —. (eat)

13.
‘How did the thief get into the house?’ ‘I forgot — the window.’
(shut)

14.
I’ve enjoyed — you. (meet) I hope — you again soon. (see)

15.
The baby began — in the middle of the night. (cry)

16.
Julia has been ill but now she’s beginning — better. (get)

55.2
Here is some information about Tom when be was a child.

1.
He was in hospital when he was four.

2.
He went to Paris when he was eight.

3.
Once he fell into a river.

4.
He cried on his first day at school.

5.
He said he wanted to be a doctor.

6.
Once he was bitten by a dog.

He
can still remember 1, 2 and 4. But be can’t remember 3, S and 6.
Write sentences beginning He can remember … or He can’t remember…

1.
He can remember being in hospital when he was four.

2.
—

3.
—

4.
—

5.
—

6.
—

55.3
Complete these sentences with a suitable verb in the correct form,
~ing or to …

1.
a. Please remember to lock the door when you go out.

b.
A: You lent me some money a few months ago.

B:
Did I? Are you sure? I don’t remember — you any money.

c.
A: Did you remember — your sister?

B:
Oh no, I completely forgot. I’ll phone her tomorrow.

d.
When you see Mandy, remember — her my regards, won’t you?

e.
Someone must have taken my bag. I clearly remember — it by the
window and now it has gone.

2.
a. I believe that what I said was fair. I don’t regret — it.

b.
(after a driving test) I regret — that you have failed the test.

3.
a. Keith joined the company 15 years ago. He was quickly promoted and
became assistant manager after two years. A few years later he went
on — manager of the company.

b.
I can’t go on — here any more. I want a different job.

c.
When I came into the room, Liz was reading a newspaper. She looked up
and said hello to me, and then went on — her newspaper.

UNIT
56. Verb + ~ing or to … (2) (try/need/help)

A.
Try to … and try ~ing

Try
to do = attempt to do, make an effort to do:

*
I was very tired. I tried to keep my eyes open but I couldn’t.

*
Please try to be quiet when you come home. Everyone will be asleep.

Try
also means ‘do something as an experiment or test’. For example:

*
These cakes are delicious. You must try one. (= you must have one to
see if you like it)

*
We couldn’t find anywhere to stay. We tried every hotel in the town
but they were

all
full. (= we went to every hotel to see if they had a room)

If
try (with this meaning) is followed by a verb, we say try ~ing:

*
A: The photocopier doesn’t seem to be working.

B:
Try pressing the green button. (= press the green button — perhaps
this will help to solve the problem)

Compare:

*
I tried to move the table but it was too heavy. (so I couldn’t move
it)

*
I didn’t like the way the furniture was arranged, so I tried moving
the table to the other side of the room. But it still didn’t look
right, so I moved it back again.

B.
Need to … and need ~ing

I
need to do something = it is necessary for me to do it:

*
I need to take more exercise.

*
He needs to work harder if he wants to make progress.

*
I don’t need to come to the meeting, do I?

Something
needs doing = something needs to be done:

*
The batteries in the radio need changing. (= they need to be changed)

*
Do you think my jacket needs cleaning? (= … needs to be cleaned)

*
It’s a difficult problem. It needs thinking about very carefully. (=
it needs to be thought about)

C.
Help and can’t help

You
can say ‘help to do’ or ‘help do’ (infinitive with or without to):

*
Everybody helped to clean up after the party. or Everybody helped
clean up …

*
Can you help me to move this table? or Can you help me move …

There
is also an expression ‘can’t/couldn’t help doing something’. ‘I can’t
help doing something’ = I can’t stop myself from doing it:

*
I don’t like him but he has a lot of problems. I can’t help feeling
sorry for him.

*
She tried to be serious but she couldn’t help laughing. (= she
couldn’t stop herself from laughing)

*
I’m sorry I’m so nervous. I can’t help it. (= I can’t help being
nervous)

EXERCISES

56.1
Make helpful suggestions. Each time write a sentence using try + one
of the following

suggestions:
phone him at work move the aerial change the batteries turn it the
other way take an aspirin

1.
The radio isn’t working. I wonder what’s wrong with it.

_Have
you tried changing the batteries?_

2.
I can’t open the door. The key won’t turn.

Try
—

3.
The TV picture isn’t very good. What can I do about it?

Have
you —

4.
I can’t contact Fred. He’s not at home. What shall I do?

Why
don’t you —

5.
I’ve got a terrible headache. I wish it would go.

Have
you —

56.2
For each picture write a sentence with need(s) + one of the following
verbs:

clean
cut empty redecorate tighten

1.
Her jacket is dirty. It needs cleaning.

2.
The grass is very long. It —

3.
The room isn’t very nice —

4.
The screws arc loose —

5.
The bin is full —

56.3
Put the verb into the correct form, ~ing or to… .

1.
a. I was very tired. I tried to keep (keep) my eyes open but I
couldn’t.

b.
I rang the doorbell but there was no answer. Then I tried — (knock)
on the door, but there was still no answer.

c.
We tried — (put) the fire out but we were unsuccessful. We had to
call the fire brigade.

d.
Sue needed to borrow some money. She tried — (ask) Gerry but he was
short of money too.

e.
I tried — (reach) the shelf but I wasn’t tall enough.

f.
Please leave me alone. I’m trying — (concentrate).

2.
a. I need a change. I need — (go) away for a while.

b.
She isn’t able to look after herself. She needs — (look) after.

c.
The windows are dirty. They need — (clean).

d.
Why are you leaving now? You don’t need — (go) yet, do you?

e.
You don’t need — (iron) that shirt. It doesn’t need — (iron).

3.
a. They were talking very loudly. I couldn’t help — (overhear)
them.

b.
Can you help me — (get) the dinner ready?

c.
He looks so funny. Whenever I see him, I can’t help — (smile).

d.
The fine weather helped — (make) it a very enjoyable holiday.

UNIT
57. Verb + ~ing or to… (3) (like/would like etc.)

A.
like love hate can’t bear enjoy dislike mind can’t stand

These
verbs and expressions all mean ‘like’ or ‘not like’. They are often
followed by ~ing:

*
Ann hates flying.

*
Why do you dislike living here?

*
I don’t like people shouting at me. (= I don’t like being shouted
at.)

After
love, hate and can’t bear, you can also use to … So you can say:

*
I love meeting people. or I love to meet people.

*
She can’t bear being alone. or She can’t bear to be alone.

But
after enjoy/dislike/mind/can’t stand, we use only ~ing (not ‘to
…’):

*
I enjoy being alone. (not ‘I enjoy to be’)

*
Tom doesn’t mind working at night. (not ‘mind to work’)

B.
Like

You
can say ‘I like doing something’ or ‘I like to do something’. Often
it doesn’t matter which you use, so you can say:

*
I like getting up early. or I like to get up early.

In
British English, there is sometimes a difference between ‘I like
doing’ and ‘I like to do’.

‘I
like doing something’ means ‘I enjoy it’:

*
Do you like cooking? (= do you enjoy it?)

*
I like living here. (= I enjoy it)

‘I
like to do something’ means ‘I think it is good or right +() do it’:

*
I like to clean the kitchen as often as possible. (This doesn’t mean
that I enjoy it; it means that I think it is a good thing to do.)

*
Mary likes people to be on time.

C.
Would like/would love/would hate/would prefer are usually followed by
to … (infinitive):

*
I would like to be rich.

*
Would you like to come to dinner on Friday?

*
I’d love (= would love) to be able to travel round the world.

*
Would you prefer to have dinner now or later?

Compare
I like and I would like:

*
I like playing/to play tennis. (= I enjoy it in general)

*
I would like to play tennis today. (= I want to play today)

Note
that would mind is followed by ~ing (not to …)

*
Would you mind closing the door, please?

D.
You can also say ‘I would like to have done something’ (= I regret
now that I didn’t or couldn’t do something):

*
It’s a pity we didn’t see Val when we were in London. I would like to
have seen her again.

*
We’d like to have gone on holiday but we didn’t have enough money.

You
can use the same structure after would love/would hate/would prefer:

*
Poor old Tom! I would hate to have been in his position.

*
I’d love to have gone to the party but it was impossible.

EXERCISES

57.1
Complete the sentences with likes… or doesn’t like… + one of the
following (in the correct form):

be
kept waiting do nothing drive fly solve mysteries take
photographs take risks work in the open air

1.
George is a detective. He enjoys his work. He _likes solving
mysteries._

2.
Ann very rarely travels by plane. She _doesn’t like flying._

3.
Rose always carries her camera with her. She —

4.
Christine doesn’t use her car very often. She —

5.
Dave is a gardener. He likes his job. He —

6.
Jennifer is a very cautious person. She —

7.
Ted is extremely lazy. He —

8.
Helen is very impatient. She —

57.2
Write sentences about yourself. Say whether you like or don’t like
these activities. Choose one of these verbs for each sentence:
(don’t) like love hate enjoy don’t mind

1.
(flying) _I don’t like flying._

2.
(playing cards)

3.
(doing the ironing)

4.
(going to museums)

5.
(lying on the beach all day)

57.3
How would you feel about doing these jobs? In your sentences use one
of these:

I’d
like/I wouldn’t like I’d love I’d hate I wouldn’t mind

1.
(a teacher) _I wouldn’t like to be a teacher._

2.
(a dentist)

3.
(a hairdresser)

4.
(an airline pilot)

5.
(a tourist guide)

57.4
Put in a suitable verb in the correct form, ~ing or to … Sometimes
either form is possible.

1.
It’s nice to be with other people but sometimes I enjoy _being_
alone.

2.
I’m not quite ready yet. Do you mind — a little longer?

3.
When I was a child, I hated — to bed early.

4.
I don’t enjoy — letters. I can never think what to write.

5.
I need a new job. I can’t stand — here any more.

6.
I would love — to your wedding but I’m afraid it isn’t possible.

7.
Caroline never wears a hat. She doesn’t like — hats.

8.
‘Would you like — down?’ ‘No, thanks. I’ll stand.’

9.
When I have to catch a train, I’m always worried that I’ll miss it.
So I like — to the station in plenty of time.

10.
Have you got a moment? I’d like — to you about something.

.57.5
Write sentences like those in Section D. Use the verb in brackets.

1.
It’s a pity I couldn’t go to the wedding. (like)

_I
would like to have gone to the wedding._

2.
It’s a pity I didn’t see the programme. (like)

3.
I’m glad I didn’t lose my watch. (hate)

4.
It’s a pity I didn’t meet Ann. (love)

5.
I’m glad I wasn’t alone. (not/like)

6.
It’s a pity I couldn’t travel by train. (prefer)

UNIT
58. Prefer and would rather

A.
Prefer to do and prefer doing

You
can use ‘prefer to (do)’ or ‘prefer ~ing’ to say what you prefer in
general:

*
I don’t like cities. I prefer to live in the country. or I prefer
living in the country.

Study
the differences in structure after prefer. We say:

I
prefer something to something else.

I
prefer doing something to doing something else.

but
I prefer to do something rather than (do) something else.

*
I prefer this coat to the coat you were wearing yesterday.

*
I prefer driving to travelling by train.

but
* I prefer to drive rather than travel by train.

*
Ann prefers to live in the country rather than (live) in a city.

B.
Would prefer (I’d prefer…)

We
use ‘would prefer’ to say what somebody wants in a particular
situation (not in general):

*
‘Would you prefer tea or coffee?’ ‘Coffee, please.’

We
say ‘would prefer to do’ (not ‘doing’):

*
‘Shall we go by train?’ ‘Well, I’d prefer to go by car.’ (not ‘I’d
prefer going’)

*
I’d prefer to stay at home tonight rather than go to the cinema.

C.
Would rather (I’d rather…)

Would
rather (do) = would prefer (to do). After would rather we use the
infinitive without to.

Compare:

*
‘Shall we go by train?’ ‘I’d prefer to go by car.’

*
‘Shall we go by train?’ ‘I’d rather go by car.’ (not ‘to go’)

*
‘Would you rather have tea or coffee?’ ‘Coffee, please.’

The
negative is ‘I’d rather not (do something)’:

*
I’m tired. I’d rather not go out this evening, if you don’t mind.

*
‘Do you want to go out this evening?’ ‘I’d rather not.’

Study
the structure after would rather:

I’d
rather do something than (do) something else.

*
I’d rather stay at home tonight than go to the cinema.

D.
I’d rather you did something

When
you want somebody to do something, you can say ‘I’d rather you did
something’:

*
‘Shall I stay here?’ ‘I’d rather you came with us.’

*
‘Shall I tell them the news?’ ‘No. I’d rather they didn’t know.’

*
Shall I tell them or would you rather they didn’t know?

In
this structure we use the past (came, did etc.), but the meaning is
present or future, not past.

Compare:

*
I’d rather cook the dinner now.

but
* I’d rather you cooked the dinner now. (not ‘I’d rather you cook’)

The
negative is ‘I’d rather you didn’t …’:

*
I’d rather you didn’t tell anyone what I said.

*
‘Do you mind if I smoke?’ ‘I’d rather you didn’t.’

EXERCISES

58.1
Which do you prefer? Write sentences using ‘I prefer (something) to
(something else)’. Put the verb into the correct form where
necessary.

1.
(drive/travel by train) _I prefer driving to travelling by train._

2.
(tennis/football) I prefer —

3.
(phone people/write letters) I — to —

4.
(go to the cinema/watch films on TV) —

Now
rewrite sentences 3 and 4 using the structure ‘I prefer (to do
something)…’.

5.
(1) I prefer to drive rather travel by train.

6.
(3) I prefer to —

7.
(4) —

58.2
Write sentences using I’d prefer … or I’d rather… + one of the
following:

eat
at home get a taxi go alone go for a swim listen to some music
stand think a out it for a while wait a few minutes wait till
later

1.
Shall we walk home? (prefer) _I’d prefer to get a taxi._

2.
Do you want to eat now? (rather) _I’d rather wait till later._

3.
Shall we watch TV? (prefer) —

4.
What about a game of tennis? (rather) —

5.
Shall we leave now? (rather) —

6.
Do you want to go to a restaurant? (prefer) —

7.
I think we should decide now? (rather) —

8.
Would you like to sit down? (rather) —

9.
Do you want me to come with you? (prefer) —

Now
write sentences using than and rather than.

10.
(get a taxi/walk home) I’d prefer _to get a taxi rather than walk
home._

11.
(go for a swim/play tennis)

I’d
rather —

12.
(wait a few minutes/leave now)

I’d
rather —

13.
(eat at home/go to a restaurant)

I’d
prefer —

14.
(think about it for a while/decide now)

I’d
rather —

58.3
Complete the sentences using would you rather I …

1.
Are you going to cook the dinner or would you rather I cooked it?

2.
Are you going to tell Ann what happened or would you rather —?

3.
Are you going to do the shopping or —?

4.
Are you going to answer the phone or —?

58.4
Use your own ideas to complete these sentences.

1.
Shall I tell Ann the news?’ ‘No, I’d rather she didn’t know.’

2.
Do you want me to go now or would you rather I — here?

3.
Do you want to go out this evening or would you rather — at home?

4.
This is a private letter addressed to me. I’d rather you — read it.

5.
It’s quite a nice house but I’d rather it — a bit bigger.

6.
Do you mind if I turn on the radio?’ ‘I’d rather you — I’m trying
to study.’

UNIT
59. Preposition (in/for/about etc.) + ~ing

A.
If a preposition (in/for/about etc.) is followed by a verb, the verb
ends in ~ing. For example:

Are
you interested in working for us?

I’m
not very good at learning languages.

She
must be fed up with studying.

What
are the advantages of having a car?

This
knife is only for cutting bread.

How
about playing tennis tomorrow?

I
bought a new bicycle instead of going away on holiday.

Carol
went to work in spite of feeling ill.

You
can also say ‘interested in somebody (do)ing …..’, fed up with you
(do)ing…’ etc.:

*
I’m fed up with you telling me what to do.

B.
Note the use of the following prepositions + ~ing:

before
~ing and after ~ing:

*
Before going out, I phoned Sarah. (not ‘Before to go out’)

*
What did you do after leaving school?

You
can also say ‘Before I went out …’ and ‘… after you left school’.

by
~ing (to say bow something happens):

*
The burglars got into the house by breaking a window and climbing in.

*
You can improve your English by reading more.

*
She made herself ill by not eating properly.

without
~ing:

*
I ran ten kilometer without stopping.

*
They climbed through the window without anybody seeing them. (or …
without being seen.)

*
She needs to work without people disturbing her. (or … without
being disturbed.)

*
It’s nice to go on holiday without having to worry about money.

C.
To ~ing

To
is often part of the infinitive (to do/to see etc.):

*
We decided to go out.

*
Would you like to play tennis?

But
to is also a preposition (like in/for/about/from etc.). For example:

*
We drove from London to Edinburgh.

*
I prefer tea to coffee.

*
Are you looking forward to the weekend?

If
a preposition is followed by a verb, the verb ends in ~ing; (in
doing/about going etc.- see Section A). So, when to is a preposition
and it is followed by a verb, you must say to ~ing:

*
I prefer driving to travelling by train. (not ‘to travel’)

*
Are you looking forward to seeing Ann again? (not ‘looking forward to
see’)

For
be/get used to ~ing, see Unit 60.

EXERCISES

59.1
Complete the sentences so that they mean the same as the sentence(s)
in brackets.

1.
(Why is it useful to have a car?)

What
are the advantages of _having a car_?

2.
(I don’t intend to lend you any money.)

I
have no intention of —

3.
(Helen has a good memory for names.)

Helen
is good at —

4.
(Mark won’t pass the exam. He has no chance.)

Mark
has no chance of —

5.
(Did you get into trouble because you were late?)

Did
you get into trouble for —

6.
(We didn’t eat at home. We went to a restaurant instead.)

Instead
of —

7.
(Tom thinks that working is better than doing nothing.)

Tom
prefers working to —

8.
(They got married. They didn’t tell any of their friends.)

They
got married without —

9.
(Our team played well but we lost the game.)

Our
team lost the game in spite of —

59.2
Complete the sentences using by ~ing. Use one of the following (with
the verb in the correct form): borrow too much money break a window
drive too fast put some posters up on the walls stand on a chair
turn a key

1.
The burglars got into the house _by breaking a window._

2.
I was able to reach the top shelf —

3.
You start the engine of a car —

4.
Kevin got himself into financial difficulty —

5.
You can put people’s lives in danger —

6.
We made the room look nicer —

59.3
Complete the sentences with a suitable word. Use only one word each
time.

1.
I ran ten kilometers without _stopping._

2.
He left the hotel without — his bill.

3.
It’s a nice morning. How about — for a walk?

4.
I was surprised that she left without — goodbye to anyone.

5.
Before — to bed, I like to have a hot drink.

6.
We were able to translate the letter into English without — a
dictionary.

7.
It was a very long journey. I was very tired after — on a train for
36 hours.

8.
I was annoyed because the decision was made without anybody — me.

9.
After — the same job for ten years, I felt I needed a change.

59.4
For each, situation write a sentence with I’m (not) looking forward
to.

1.
You are going on holiday next week. How do you feel about this?

_I’m
looking forward to going on holiday._

2.
Diane is a good friend of yours and she is coming to visit you soon.
So you will see her again soon. How do you feel about this?

I’m
—

3.
You are going to the dentist tomorrow. You don’t like visits to the
dentist. How do you feet about this?

I’m
not —

4.
Carol is a student at school. She hates it but she is leaving school
next summer. How does she feel about this? —

5.
You’ve arranged to play tennis tomorrow. You like tennis. How do you
feel about this? —

UNIT
60. Be/get used to something (I’m used to …)

A.
Study this example situation:

Jane
is American but she has lived in Britain for three years. When she
first drove a car in Britain, she found it very difficult because she
had to drive on the left instead of on the right. Driving on the left
was strange and difficult for her because:

She
wasn’t used to it.

She
wasn’t used to driving on the left.

But
after a lot of practice, driving on the left became less strange. So:

She
got used to driving on the left.

Now
after three years, it’s no problem for Jane:

She
is used to driving on the left.

I’m
used to something = it is not new or strange for me:

*
Frank lives alone. He doesn’t mind this because he has lived alone
for 15 years. It is not strange for him. He is used to it. He is used
to living alone.

*
I bought some new shoes. They felt a bit strange at first because I
wasn’t used to them.

*
Our new flat is on a very busy street. I expect we’ll get used to the
noise, but at the moment it’s very disturbing.

*
Diane has a new job. She has to get up much earlier now than before —
at 6.30. She finds this difficult because she isn’t used to getting
up so early.

*
Brenda’s husband is often away from home. She doesn’t mind this. She
is used to him being away.

B.
After be/get used you cannot use the infinitive.(to do/to drive
etc.). We say:

*
She is used to driving on the left. (not ‘she is used to drive’)

When
we say ‘I am used to…’, ‘to’ is a preposition, not a part of the
infinitive (see Unit 59C). So we say:

*
Frank is used to living alone. (not ‘Frank is used to live’)

*
Jane had to get used to driving on the left. (not ‘get used to
drive’)

C.
Do not confuse I am used to doing (be/get used to) and I used to do.
They are different in structure and meaning.

I
am used to (doing) something = something isn’t strange or new for me:

*
I am used to the weather in this country.

*
I am used to driving on the left because I’ve lived in Britain for a
long time.

I
used to do something = I did something regularly in the past but no
longer do it (see Unit 18). You can use this structure only for the
past, not for the present. The structure is ‘I used to do’ (not ‘I am
used to do’):

*
I used to drive to work every day, but these days I usually go by
bike.

*
We used to live in a small village, but now we live in London.

EXERCISES

60.1
Read the situations and complete the sentences. Use (be/get) used to
as in the example.

1.
Jane is American. She came to Britain and at first she found driving
on the left difficult.

When
she arrived in Britain, she _wasn’t used to driving_ on the left, but
she soon _got used to_ it. Now she has no problems. She _is used to
driving_ on the left.

2.
Juan is Spanish and came to live in England. In Spain he always had
dinner late in the evening, but in England dinner was at 6 o’clock.
This was very early for him. When Juan first came to England, he —
dinner so early, but after some time he — it. Now he finds it quite
normal. He — at six o’clock.

3.
Julia is a nurse. A year ago she started working nights. At first she
found it hard. At first Julia didn’t like it. She — nights and it
took her a few months to — it. Now, after a year, she’s quite
happy. She — nights.

60.2
What do you say in these situations? Use I’m (not) used to… .

1.
You live alone. You don’t mind this. You have always lived alone.

FRIEND:
Do you get a bit lonely sometimes? You: No, I’m used to living alone.

2.
You steep on the floor. You don’t mind this. You have always slept on
the floor.

FRIEND:
Wouldn’t you prefer to sleep in a bed? You: No, I —

3.
You have to work hard. This is not a problem for you. You have always
worked hard.

FRIEND:
You have to work very hard in your job, don’t you? YOU: Yes, but I
don’t mind that. I —

4.
You normally go to bed early. Last night you went to bed very late
(for you) and as a result you are very tired this morning.

FRIEND:
You look tired this morning. YOU: Yes, —

60.3
Read the situation and complete the sentences using used to.

1.
Some friends of yours have just moved into a flat on a busy street.
It is very noisy.

They’ll
have to _get used to the noise._

2.
Jack once went to the Middle East. It was very difficult for him at
first because of the heat.

He
wasn’t —

3.
Sue moved from a big house to a much smaller one. She found it
strange at first.

She
had to — in a much smaller house.

4.
The children at school had a new teacher. She was different from the
teacher before her but this wasn’t a problem for the children. The
children soon —

5.
Somebody from Britain is thinking of going to live in your country.
Warn him/her!

You
would have to —

60.4
(Section Q Complete the sentences using only one word each time.

1.
Jane had to get used to driving on the left.

2.
We used to live in a small village but now we live in London.

3.
Tom used to — a lot of coffee. Now he prefers tea.

4.
I feet very full after that meal. I’m not used to — so much.

5.
I wouldn’t like to share an office. I’m used to — my own office.

6.
I used to — a car but I sold it a few months ago.

7.
When we were children, we used to — swimming every day.

8.
There used to — a cinema here but it was knocked down a few years
ago.

9.
I’m the boss here! I’m not used to — told what to do.

UNIT
61. Verb + preposition + ~ing (succeed in ~ing/accuse somebody of
~ing etc.)

A.
Many verbs have the structure verb + preposition (in/for/about etc.)
+ object. For example:

verb
+ preposition + object

We
talked about the problem.

You
must apologize for what you said.

If
the object is another verb, it ends in ~ing:

verb
+ preposition + ~ing (object)

We
talked going to America.

She
apologized for not telling the truth.

Here
are some more verbs with this structure:

succeed
(in)

Have
you succeeded in finding a job yet?

insist
(on)

They
insisted on paying for the meal.

think
(of)

I’m
thinking of buying a house.

dream
(of)

I
wouldn’t dream of asking them for money.

approve(of)

She
doesn’t approve of gambling.

decide
(against)

We
have decided against moving to London.

feel
(like)

Do
you feel like going out tonight?

look
forward (to)

I’m
looking forward to meeting her.

We
say ‘apologize to somebody for…’:

*
She apologized to me for not telling the truth. (not ‘she apologized
me’)

B.
With some of the verbs in A, you can use the structure verb +
preposition + somebody + ~ing:

verb
+ preposition somebody + ~ing

She
doesn’t approve of me gambling.

We
are all looking forward to Liz coming home.

C.
The following verbs can have the structure verb + object +
preposition + ~ing:

verb
+ object + preposition + ~ing

congratulate
(on)

I
congratulated Ann on passing the exam.

accuse
(of)

They
accused me of telling lies.

suspect
(of)

Nobody
suspected the man of being a spy.

prevent
(from)

What
prevented him from coming to see us?

stop
(from*)

The
police stopped everyone from leaving the building.

thank
(for)

I
forgot to thank them for helping me.

forgive
(for)

Please
forgive me for not writing to you.

warn
(against)

They
warned us against buying the car.

You
can also say ‘stop somebody doing’ (without from). So you can say:

*
You can’t stop me doing what I want. or … stop me from doing what I
want.

Some
of these verbs are often used in the passive. For example:

*
I was accused of telling lies.

*
The man was suspected of being a spy.

*
We were warned against buying the car.

EXERCISES

61.1
Complete each sentence using only one word.

1.
Our neighbours apologized for _making_ so much noise.

2.
I feel lazy. I don’t feel like — any work.

3.
I wanted to go out alone but Joe insisted on — with me.

4.
I’m fed up with my job. I’m thinking of — something else.

5.
We have decided against — a new car because we can’t really afford
it.

6.
I hope you write to me soon. I’m looking forward to — from you.

7.
The weather was extremely bad and this prevented us from — out.

8.
The man who has been arrested is suspected of — a false passport.

9.
I think you should apologize to Sue for — so rude to her.

10.
Some parents don’t approve of their children — a lot of television.

11.
I’m sorry I can’t come to your party but thank you very much for —
me.

61.2
Complete the sentences using a preposition + one of the following
verbs (in the correct form): cause escape go help interrupt live
play solve spend walk

1.
Do you feel _like going_ out this evening?

2.
It took us a long time but we finally succeeded — the problem.

3.
I’ve always dreamed — in a small house by the sea.

4.
The driver of the other car accused me — the accident.

5.
There was a fence around the lawn to stop people — on the grass.

6.
Forgive me — you but may I ask you something?

7.
Where are you thinking — your holiday this year?

8.
The guards weren’t able to prevent the prisoner —

9.
I wanted to cook the meal by myself but Dave insisted — me.

10.
I’m sorry we’ve had to cancel our game of tennis tomorrow. I was
really looking for-ward —.

61.3
Complete the sentences on the right.

1.
It was nice of you to help me. Thanks very much.

George
thanked _me for helping him._

2.
I’ll drive you to the station. I insister.

TOM
insisted —

3.
Congratulations!

Jim
congratulated me —

4.
It was nice of you to come to see me. Thank you.

Mrs
Bond thanked —

5.
Dont stay at the hotel near the airport.

I
warned —

6.
I’m sorry I didn’t phone you earlier.

Mary
apologized —

7.
You’re selfish.

Jane
accused —

UNIT
62. Expressions + ~ing

A.
When these expressions are followed by a verb, the verb ends in ~ing:

It’s
no use …/It’s no good …:

*
There’s nothing you can do about the situation, so it’s no use
worrying about it.

*
It’s no good trying to persuade me. You won’t succeed.

There’s
no point in …:

*
There’s no point in having a car if you never use it.

*
There was no point in waiting any longer, so we went.

It’s
(not) worth …:

*
I live only a short walk from here, so it’s not worth taking a taxi.

*
It was so late when we got home, it wasn’t worth going to bed.

You
can say ‘a film is worth seeing’, ‘a book is worth reading’, etc.

*
What was the film like? Was it worth seeing?

*
I don’t think newspapers are worth reading.

B.
(Have) difficulty ~ing

We
say ‘have difficulty doing something’ (not ‘to do’):

*
I had difficulty finding a place to live. (not ‘I had difficulty to
find’)

*
Did you have any difficulty getting a visa?

*
People often have great difficulty reading my writing.

We
usually say ‘have difficulty’ (not ‘have difficulties’):

*
I’m sure you’ll have no difficulty passing the exam. (not ‘have no
difficulties’)

C.
We use ~ing after:

a
waste of money …/a waste of time … (to … is also possible):

*
It was a waste of time reading that book. It was rubbish.

*
It’s a waste of money buying things you don’t need.

spend/waste
(time) …

*
He spent hours trying to repair the clock.

*
I waste a lot of time daydreaming.

(be)
busy …:

*
She said she couldn’t see me. She was too busy doing other things.

D.
Go swimming/go fishing etc.

We
use go ~ing for a number of activities (especially sports). For
example, you can say:

go
swimming/go sailing/go fishing/go climbing/go skiing/go jogging etc.

also:
go shopping/go sightseeing.

*
I’d like to go skiing.

*
When did you last go shopping?

*
I’ve never been sailing. (For been and gone, see Unit 7D.)

You
can also say ‘come swimming/come skiing’ etc.:

*
Why don’t you come swimming with us?

EXERCISES

62.1
Complete the sentences on the right.

1.
Shall we get a taxi home?

No,
it isn’t far. It’s not worth _getting a taxi._

2.
If you need help, why don’t you ask Tom?

It’s
no use —. He won’t be able to help us.

3.
I don’t really want to go out tonight.

Well,
stay at home! There’s no point — if you don’t want to.

4.
Shall I phone Ann now?

No,
it’s no good —. She won’t be at home.

5.
Are you going to complain about what happened?

No,
it’s not worth —. Nobody will do anything about it.

6.
Do you ever read newspapers?

No.
I think it’s a waste —

62.2
Make sentences with worth ~ing or not worth ~ing. Choose one of these
verbs:

consider
keep read repair see visit

1.
The film isn’t very good. _It’s not worth seeing._

2.
It would cost too much to repair this watch. It’s not worth —

3.
If you have time, you should go to the museum. It’s worth —

4.
It’s quite an interesting suggestion —

5.
There’s an interesting article in the paper today. —

6.
We can throw these old clothes away. They —

62.3
Make sentences beginning There’s no point… .

1.
Why have a car if you never use it? There’s no point in having a car
if you never use it.

2.
Don’t eat if you’re not hungry.

There’s
no —

3.
Why work if you don’t need money?

4.
Don’t study if you feet tired.

62.4
Write sentences using difficulty.

1.
I managed to get a visa but it was difficult.

_I
had difficulty getting a visa._

2.
I can’t remember people’s names.

I
have difficulty —

3.
Lucy managed to get a job without difficulty.

She
had no —

4.
Do you find it difficult to understand him?

Do
you have —

5.
It won’t be difficult to get a ticket for the concert.

You
won’t have any —

62.5
Complete the sentences. Use only one word each time.

1.
It’s a waste of money buying things you don’t need.

2.
Every morning I spend about an hour — the newspaper.

3.
‘What’s Carol doing?’ ‘She’s busy — letters.’

4.
I think you waste too much time — television.

5.
There’s a beautiful view from that hill. It is worth — to the top.

62.6
Complete these sentences with one of the following (with the verb in
the correct form):

go
skiing go shopping go swimming go sailing go riding

1.
Barry lives by the sea and he’s got a boat, so he often _goes
sailing._

2.
There’s plenty of snow in the mountains so we’ll be able to —

3.
It was a very hot day, so we — in the river.

4.
Margaret has got two horses. She often —

5.
The shops are shut now. It’s too late to —

UNIT
63. To …, for … and so that … (purpose)

A.
We use to … to say why somebody does something (= the purpose of an
action):

*
‘Why did you go out?’ ‘To post a letter.’

*
A friend of mine phoned to invite me to a party.

*
We shouted to warn everybody of the danger.

We
use to… to say why something exists or why somebody has/wants/needs
something:

*
This wall is to keep people out of the garden.

*
The President has a team of bodyguards to protect him.

*
I need a bottle opener to open this bottle.

B.
We use to … to say what can be done or must be done with something:

*
It’s difficult to find a place to park in the city centre. (= a place
where you can park)

*
Would you like something to eat?

*
Have you got much work to do? (= work that you must do)

*
I get lonely if there’s nobody to talk to.

Also:
money/time/chance/opportunity/energy/courage etc. to (do something):

*
They gave us some money to buy some food.

*
Do you have much opportunity to practise your English?

*
I need a few days to think about your proposal.

C.
For … and to …

Compare:

*
I’m going to Spain for a holiday.

but
I’m going to Spain to learn Spanish. (not ‘for learn Spanish’, not
‘for learning Spanish’)

We
use for + noun (for a holiday) but to + verb (to learn). Some more
examples:

*
What would you like for dinner?

but
What would you like to eat? (not ‘for eat’)

*
Let’s go to the pool for a swim.

but
Let’s go to the pool to have a swim.

Note
that you can say … for (somebody) to (do something):

*
There weren’t any chairs for us to sit on, so we had to sit on the
floor.

You
can use for ~ing to say what the general purpose of a thing is. To…
is also possible:

*
This knife is only for cutting bread. (or … to cut bread.)

You
can use What … for? to ask about purpose:

*
What is this switch for?

*
What did you do that for?

D.
So that

Sometimes
you have to use so that for purpose. We use so that (not to …):

i)
when the purpose is negative (so that … won’t/wouldn’t):

*
I hurried so that I wouldn’t be late. (= because I didn’t want to be
late)

*
Leave early so that you won’t (or don’t) miss the bus.

ii)
with can and could (so that … can/could)

*
She’s learning English so that she can study in Canada.

*
We moved to London so that we could visit our friends more often.

iii)
when one person does something so that another person does something
else:

*
I gave her my address so that she could contact me.

*
He wore glasses and a false beard so that nobody would recognize him.

EXERCISES

63.1
Use a sentence from Box A and a sentence from Box B to make a new
sentence.

A

1.
I shouted

2.
I had to go to the bank

3.
I’m saving money

4.
I went into hospital

5.
I’m wearing two pullovers

6.
I phoned the police station

B

I
want to keep warm

I
wanted to report that my car had been stolen

I
want to go to Canada

I
had to have an operation

I
needed to get some money

I
wanted to warn people of danger

1.
_I shouted to warn people of the danger._

2.
I had to go to the bank —

3.
I —

4.
—

5.
—

6.
—

63.2
Complete these sentences using a suitable verb.

1.
The President has a team of bodyguards _to protect_ him.

2.
I didn’t have enough time — the newspaper today.

3.
I came home by taxi. I didn’t have the energy —

4.
‘Would you like something —?’ ‘Yes, please. A cup of coffee.’

5.
We need a bag — these things in.

6.
There will be a meeting next week — the problem.

7.
I wish we had enough money — a new car.

8.
I saw Helen at the party but we didn’t have a chance — to each
other.

9.
I need some new clothes. I haven’t got anything nice —

10.
They’ve just passed their exams. They’re having a party —

11.
I can’t do all this work alone. I need somebody — me.

63.3
Put in to or for.

1.
I’m going to Spain _for_ a holiday.

2.
You need a lot of experience — this job.

3.
You need a lot of experience — do this job.

4.
We’ll need more time — make a decision.

5.
I went to the dentist — a check-up.

6.
I had to put on my glasses — read the letter.

7.
Do you wear glasses — reading?

8.
I wish we had a garden — the children — play in.

63.4
Write sentences with so that.

1.
I hurried. I didn’t want to be late.

_I
hurried so that I wouldn’t be late._

2.
We wore warm clothes. We didn’t want to get cold.

We
wore —

3.
The man spoke very slowly. He wanted me to understand what he said.

The
man —

4.
I whispered. I didn’t want anybody else to here our conversation.

—
nobody —

5.
Please arrive early. We want to be able to start the meeting on time.

Please
—

6.
She locked the door. She didn’t want to be disturbed.

—

7.
I slowed down. I wanted the car behind to be able to overtake.

—

UNIT
64. Adjective + to …

A.
Difficult to understand etc.

Compare
sentences a and b:

*
Jim doesn’t speak very clearly. It is difficult to understand him.
(a)

*
Jim doesn’t speak very clearly. He is difficult to understand. (b)

Sentences
a and b have the same meaning. But note that we say:

*
He is difficult to understand. (not ‘He is difficult to understand
him.’)

You
can use the structures in the box with:

difficult
easy hard impossible dangerous safe expensive cheap and a
number of other adjectives (for example, nice/interesting/exciting):

*
Do you think it is safe to drink this water?

Do
you think this water is safe to drink? (not ‘to drink it’)

*
Your writing is awful. It is impossible to read it. (= to read your
writing)

Your
writing is impossible to read. (not ‘to read it’)

*
I like being with Jill. It’s very interesting to talk to her.

Jill
is very interesting to talk to. (not ‘to talk to her’)

You
can also use this structure with an adjective + noun:

*
This is a difficult question (for me) to answer. (not ‘to answer it’)

B.
(It’s) nice (of you) to…

You
can use this structure to say what you think of what somebody does:

*
It was nice of you to take me to the station. Thank you very much.

You
can use many other adjectives in this way. For example:

kind
clever sensible mean silly stupid careless unfairV
considerate:

*
It’s silly of Mary to give up her job when she needs the money.

*
I think it was very unfair of him to criticise me.

C.
(I’m) sorry to …

You
can use this structure to say how somebody reacts to something:

*
I was sorry to hear that your father is ill.

You
can use many other adjectives in this way. For example:

happy
glad pleased delighted sad disappointed surprised amazed
astonished relieved:

*
Was Tom surprised to see you when you went to see him?

*
We were delighted to get your letter last week.

D.
The first (person) to know, the next train to arrive

We
use to … after the first/second/third etc. and also after the next,
the last, the only:

*
If I have any more news, you will be the first (person) to know.

*
The next train to arrive at platform 4 will be the 6.50 to Cardiff.

*
Everybody was late except me. I was the only one to arrive on time.

E.
You can say that something is sure/certain/bound/likely to happen:

*
She’s very intelligent. She’s sure/certain/bound to pass the exam.

*
I’m likely to be late home this evening. (= I will probably be late
home)

EXERCISES

64.1
(Section A) Write these sentences in another way, beginning as shown.

1.
It’s difficult to understand him.

He
_is difficult to understand._

2.
It’s quite easy to use this machine.

This
machine is —

3.
It was very difficult to open the window.

The
window —

4.
It’s impossible to translate some words.

Some
words —

5.
It’s not safe to stand on that chair.

That
chair —

6.
It’s expensive to maintain a car.

A
—

64.2
(Section A) Complete the second sentence using the adjective in
brackets. Use a/an +adjective + noun + to … (as in the example).

1.
I couldn’t answer the question. (difficult) It was _a difficult
question to answer._

2.
Everybody makes that mistake. (easy)

It’s
an —

3.
I like living in this place. (nice)

It’s
a —

4.
We enjoyed watching the game. (good)

It
was —

64.3
(Section B) Make a new sentence beginning It … Use one of these
adjectives each time:

careless
considerate kind nice

1.
You did my shopping for me.

_It
was kind of you to do my shopping for me._

2.
You make the same mistake again and again.

It
—

3.
Don and jenny invited me to stay with them.

—

4.
John made so much noise when I was trying to sleep.

It
wasn’t very —

64.4
(Section C) Use the following words to complete these sentences:

sorry/hear
glad/hear delighted/get surprised/see

1.
We _were delighted to get_ your letter last week.

2.Thank
you for your letter. I — that you’re keeping well.

3.
We — Pauline at the party. We didn’t expect her to come.

4.
I — that your mother isn’t well. I hope she gets well soon.

64.5
(Section D) Complete the second sentence using the words in brackets
+ to …

1.
Nobody left before me. (the first)

I
was _the first person to leave._

2.
Everybody else arrived before Paul. (the last)

Paul
was the —

3.
Fiona passed the exam. All the other students failed. (the only)

Fiona
was —

4.
I complained to the restaurant manager about the service. Another
customer had already complained before me. (the second)

I
was —

5.
Nell Armstrong walked on the moon in 1969. Nobody had done this
before him. (the first)

Neil
Armstrong was —

64.6
(Section E) Complete these sentences using the word in brackets and a
suitable verb.

1.
Diane is very intelligent. She _is bound to pass_ the exam. (bound)

2.
I’m not surprised you’re tired. After such a long journey you —
tired. (bound)

3.
Tom’s got a very bad memory. He — what you told him. (sure)

4.
I don’t think you need to take an umbrella. It — (not likely)

5.
The holidays begin this weekend. There — a lot of traffic on the
roads. (likely)

UNIT
65. To … (afraid to do) and preposition + ~ing (afraid of ~ing)

A.
Afraid to (do) and afraid of (do)ing

I
am afraid to do something = I don’t want to do it because it is
dangerous or the result could be bad. We use afraid to do for things
we do intentionally:

*
A lot of people are afraid to go out at night. (= they don’t want to
go out because it is dangerous—so they don’t go out)

*
He was afraid to tell his parents about the broken window. (= he
didn’t want to tell them because he knew they would be angry)

I
am afraid of something happening = it is possible that something bad
will happen (for example, an accident). We do not use afraid of ~ing
for things we do intentionally:

*
The path was icy, so we walked very carefully. We were afraid of
falling. (= it was possible that we would fall—not ‘we were afraid
to fall’)

*
I don’t like dogs. I’m always afraid of being bitten. (not ‘afraid to
be bitten’)

So,
you are afraid to do something because you are afraid of something
happening as a result:

*
I was afraid to go near the dog because I was afraid of being bitten.

B.
Interested in (do)ing and interested to (do)

I’m
interested in doing something = I’m thinking of doing it, I’d like to
do it:

*
I’m trying to sell my car but nobody is interested in buying it. (not
‘to buy’)

We
use interested to especially with hear/see/know/read/learn. I was
interested to hear it = ‘I heard it and it was interesting for me’:

*
I was interested to hear that Diane has got a new job.

*
Ask George for his opinion. I would be interested to know what he
thinks. (=it would be interesting for me to know)

This
structure is the same as surprised to/delighted to… etc. (see Unit
64C):

*
I was surprised to hear that Diane has got a new job.

C.
Sorry to (do) and sorry for (do)ing

We
usually say sorry to… to apologize when (or just before) we do
something:

*
I’m sorry to bother you, but I need to talk to you.

We
use sorry to (hear/read etc.) to show sympathy with somebody (see
Unit 64C):

*
I was sorry to hear that Fiona lost her job. (= I was sorry when I
heard …)

You
can use sorry for (doing something) to apologize for something you
did before:

*
(I’m) sorry for shouting at you yesterday. (not ‘Sorry to shout …’)

You
can also say:

*
(I’m) sorry I shouted at you yesterday.

D.
Note that we say:

I
want to (do)/I’d like to (do) but I’m thinking of (do)ing/I dream of
(do)ing

I
failed to (do) but I succeeded in (do)ing

I
allowed them to (do) but I prevented them from (do)ing

For
examples, see Units 53-54 and 61.

EXERCISES

65.1
Read the situation and use the words in brackets to write a sentence
with afraid.

1.
The streets are unsafe at night.

(a
lot of people/afraid/go/out) _A lot of people are afraid to go out._

2.
We walked very carefully along the icy path.

(we/afraid/fall)
_We were afraid of falling._

3.
I don’t usually carry my passport with me.

(I/afraid/lose/it)

4.
The sea was very rough.

(we/afraid/go/swimming)

5.
We rushed to the station.

(we/afraid/miss/our
train)

6.
In the middle of the film there was a particularly horrifying scene.

(we/afraid/look)

7.
The glasses were very full, so Jane carried them very carefully.

(she/afraid/spill/the
drinks)

8.
I didn’t like the look of the food on my plate.

a
(I/afraid/eat/it)

b
(I/afraid/make/myself ill)

65.2
Complete the sentences using one of these verbs:

buy
get go hear read start

1.
I’m trying to sell my car but nobody is interested _in buying_ it.

2.
Julia is interested — her own business.

3.
I was interested — your letter in the newspaper last week.

4.
Bill wants to stay single. He’s not interested — married.

5.
You must tell me what you think. I’m always interested — your
opinion.

6.
There’s a party tonight but I’m not interested —

65.3
Complete the sentences using the verb in brackets.

1.
I’m sorry _for shouting_ at you yesterday. (shout)

2.
Sorry — you but have you got a pen I could borrow? (disturb)

3.
Sorry — late last night. I didn’t realize the time. (be)

4.
I’m sorry — what I said yesterday. I didn’t really mean it. (say)

5.
‘I’ve just had my exam results. I failed.’ ‘Oh? I’m sorry — that.’
(hear)

65.4
Complete the sentences using the verb in brackets.

1.
a. We wanted _to leave_ the building. (leave)

b.
We weren’t allowed — the building. (leave)

c.
We were prevented — the building. (leave)

2.
a. Fred failed — the problem. (solve)

b.
Amy succeeded — the problem. (solve)

3.
a. I’m thinking — away next week. (go)

b.
I’m hoping — away next week. (go)

c.
I’m looking forward — away next week. (go)

d.
I’d like — away next week. (go)

4.
a. Mary wanted — me a drink. (buy)

b.
Mary promised — me a drink. (buy)

c.
Mary insisted — me a drink. (buy)

d.
Mary wouldn’t dream — me a drink. (buy)

UNIT
66. See somebody do and see somebody doing

A.
Study this example situation:

Tom
got into his car and drove away. You saw this. You can say:

*
I saw Tom get into his car and drive away.

In
this structure we use get/drive/do etc. (infinitive without ‘to’):

Somebody
did something + I saw this = I saw somebody do something.

Note
that we use the infinitive without to:

*
We saw them go out. (not ‘to go’)

But
after a passive (‘they were seen’) etc., we use to:

*
They were seen to go out.

B.
Study this example situation:

Yesterday
you saw Ann. She was waiting for a bus. You can say:

*
I saw Ann waiting for a bus.

In
this structure we use ~ing (waiting):

Somebody
was doing something + I saw this = I saw somebody doing something.

C.
Study the difference in meaning between the two structures:

‘I
saw him do something’ = he did something (past simple) and I saw
this. I saw the complete action from beginning to end:

*
He fell off the wall. I saw this. -> I saw him fall off the wall.

*
The accident happened. Did you see this? -> Did you see the
accident happen?

‘I
saw him doing something’ = he was doing something (past continuous)
and I saw this. I saw him when he was in the middle of doing it. This
does not mean that I saw the complete action:

*
He was walking along the street. + I saw this when I drove past in my
car. = I saw him walking along the street.

Sometimes
the difference is not important and you can use either form:

*
I’ve never seen her dance. or I’ve never seen her dancing.

D.
We use these structures with see and hear, and a number of other
verbs:

*
I didn’t hear you come in.

*
Liz suddenly felt something touch her on the shoulder.

*
Did you notice anyone go out?

*
I could hear it raining.

*
The missing boys were last seen playing near the river.

*
Listen to the birds singing!

*
Can you smell something burning?

*
I found Sue in my room reading my letters.

EXERCISES

66.1
Complete the answers to the questions.

1.
Did anybody go out?

I
don’t know. I didn’t see _anybody go out._

2.
Has Jill arrived yet?

Yes,
I think I heard her —

3.
How do you know I took the money?

I
know because I saw you —

4.
Did the doorbell ring?

I’m
not sure. I didn’t hear —

5.
Can Tom play the piano?

I’ve
never heard —

6.
Did I lock the door when I went out?

Yes,
you did. I saw —

7.
How did the woman fall in the river?

I
don’t know. I didn’t see —

66.2
In each of these situations you and a friend saw, heard or smelt
something. Look at the pictures and complete the sentences.

1.
Look! There’s Ann.

2.
Look! There’s Dave and Helen.

3.
Look! There’s Clare.

4.
Listen That’s Bill.

5.
Can you smell burning? Yes! It’s the dinner.

6.
Look! There’s Linda.

1.
_We saw Ann waiting for a bus._

2.
We saw Dave and Helen —

3.
We saw — in a restaurant.

4.
We heard —

5.
We could —

6.
—

66.3
Complete these sentences. Use one of these verbs (in the correct
form):

climb
come crawl cry cycle explode happen open run say slam sleep
tell

.1
Listen to the birds _singing._

2.
I didn’t hear you _come_ in.

3.
Did anybody see the accident —?

4.
We listened to the old man — his story from beginning to end.

5.
Listen! Can you hear a baby —?

6.
I looked out of the window and saw Tim on his bike —. along the
road.

7.
‘Why did you turn round suddenly?’ ‘I thought I heard somebody — my
name.’

8.
We watched the two men — across the garden — a window and —
through it into the house.

9.
Everybody heard the bomb —. It was a tremendous noise.

10.
Oh! I can feel something — up my leg! It must be an insect.

11.
I heard somebody — the door in the middle of the night. It woke me
up.

12.
When we got home, we found a cat — on the kitchen table.

UNIT
67. ~ing clauses (Feeling tired, I went to bed early.)

A.
A clause is a part of a sentence. Some sentences have two or more
clauses:

*
Jim hurt his arm (main clause) playing tennis.(~ing clause)

*
Feeling tired,(~ing clause) I went to bed early.(main clause)

‘Playing
tennis’ and ‘feeling tired’ are ~ing clauses.

If
the ~ing clause is first (as in the second example), we write a comma
(,) between the clauses.

B.
When two things happen at the same time, you can use ~ing for one of
the verbs. The main clause usually comes first:

*
I’ve just seen Carol. She’s in the bar having a drink. (= she is in
the bar and she is having a drink)

*
A man ran out of the house shouting. (= he ran out of the house and
he was shouting)

*
Do something! Don’t just stand there doing nothing!

We
also use ~ing when one action happens during another action. We use
~ing for the longer action. The longer action is the second part of
the sentence:

*
Jim hurt his arm playing tennis. (= while he was playing)

*
Did you cut yourself shaving? (= while you were shaving)

You
can also use ~ing after while or when:

*
Jim hurt his arm while playing tennis.

*
Be careful when crossing the road. (= when you are crossing)

C.
When one action happens before another action, we use having (done)
for the first action:

*
Having found a hotel, we looked for somewhere to have dinner.

*
Having finished her work, she went home.

You
can also say after ~ing:

*
After finishing her work, she went home.

If
one short action follows another short action, you can use the simple
~ing form (doing instead of having done) for the first action:

*
Taking a key out of his pocket, he opened the door.

These
structures are used more in written English than in spoken English.

D.
You can use an ~ing clause to explain something or to say why
somebody does something. The~ing clause usually comes first:

*
Feeling tired, I went to bed early. (= because I felt tired)

*
Being unemployed, he hasn’t got much money. (= because he is
unemployed)

*
Not having a car, she finds it difficult to get around. (= because
she doesn’t have a car)

*
Having already seen the film twice, I didn’t want to go to the
cinema. (= because I had already seen it twice)

These
structures are used more in written English than in spoken English.

EXERCISES

67.1
Join a sentence from Box A with one from Box B to make one sentence.
Use an ~ing clause.

A

1.
Carol was in the bar

2.
Emma was sitting in an armchair.

3.
Sue got home late.

4.
Sarah went out.

5.
Linda was in London for two years.

6.
Mary walked round the town.

B

She
was feeling very tired.

She
looked at the sights and took

photographs.

She
said she would be back in an hour.

She
was reading a book.

She
Was having a drink.

She
worked as a tourist guide.

1.
_Carol was in the bar having a drink._

2.
Emma was sitting —

3.
Sue —

4
—

5.
—

6.
—

67.2
Make one sentence from two using an ~ing clause.

1.
Jim was playing tennis. He hurt his arm. _Jim hurt; his arm playing
tennis._

2.
I was watching television. I fell asleep. I —

3.
The man slipped. He was getting off a bus. The man —

4.
I was walking home in the rain. I got wet. I —

5.
Margaret was driving to work yesterday. She had an accident. —

6.
Two firemen were overcome by smoke. They were trying to put out the
fire. —

67.3
Make sentences beginning Having …

1.
She finished her work. Then she went home.

_Having
finished her work, she went home._

2.
We bought our tickets. Then we went into the theatre.

3.
They continued their Journey after they’d had dinner.

4.
After Lucy had done all her shopping, she went for a cup of coffee.

67.4
Make sentences beginning ~ing or Not ~ing (like those in Section D).
Sometimes you need to begin with Having (done something).

1.
I felt tired. So I went to bed early.

_Feeling
tired I went to bad early._

2.
I thought they might be hungry. So I offered them something to eat.

3.
She is a foreigner. So she needs a visa to stay in this country.

4.
I didn’t know his address. So I wasn’t able to contact him.

5.
Sarah has travelled a lot. So she knows a lot about other countries.

6.
The man wasn’t able to understand English. So he didn’t know what I
wanted.

7.
We had spent nearly all our money. So we couldn’t afford to stay in a
hotel.

UNIT
68. Countable and uncountable nouns (1)

A.
A noun can be countable or uncountable. Compare:

#1
Countable

*
I eat a banana every day.

*
I like bananas.

Banana
is a countable noun.

A
countable noun can be singular (banana)or plural (bananas).

Countable
nouns are things we can count. So we can say ‘one banana’, ‘two
bananas’ etc.

Examples
of nouns usually countable:

*
There’s a beach near here.

*
Ann was singing a song.

*
Have you got a ten-pound note?

*
It wasn’t your fault. It was an accident.

*
There are no batteries in the radio.

*
We haven’t got enough cups.

#2
Uncountable

*
I eat rice every day.

*
I like rice.

Rice
is an uncountable noun.

An
uncountable noun has only one form(rice).

Uncountable
nouns are things we cannot count. We cannot say ‘one rice’, ‘two
rices’ etc.

Examples
of nouns usually uncountable:

*
There’s sand in my shoes.

*
Ann was listening to (some) music.

*
Have you got any money?

*
It wasn’t your fault. It was bad luck.

*
There is no electricity in this house.

*
We haven’t got enough cups.

*
We haven’t got enough water.

B.
#1 You can use a/an with singular countable nouns:

a
beach a student an umbrella

You
cannot use singular countable nouns alone (without a/the/my etc.):

*
I want a banana. (not ‘I want banana’)

*
There’s been an accident. (not ‘There’s been accident’)

You
can use plural countable nouns alone:

*
I like bananas. (= bananas in general)

*
Accident can be prevented.

See
also Unit 74.

#2
You cannot normally use a/an with uncountable nouns. We do not say ‘a
sand’ or ‘a music’. But you can often use a … of:

a
bowl of rice a drop of water a piece of music a game of tennis
etc.

You
can use uncountable nouns alone (without the/my/some etc.):

*
I eat rice every day.

*
There’s blood on your shirt.

*
Can you hear music?

See
also Unit 74.

C.
#1 You can use some and any plural countable nouns:

*
We sang some songs.

*
Did you buy any apples?

We
use many and few with plural countable nouns:

*
We didn’t take many photographs.

*
I have a few jobs to do.

#2
You can use some and any with uncountable nouns:

*
We listened to some music.

*
Did you buy any apple juice?

We
use much and little with uncountable nouns:

*
We didn’t do much shopping.

*
I have a little work to do.

EXERCISES

68.1
Some of these sentences need a/an. Correct the sentences which are
wrong. If the sentence is already correct, put ‘RIGHT’.

1.
Jim goes everywhere by bike. He hasn’t got car.

_a
car_

2.
Ann was listening to music when I arrived.

RIGHT.

3.
We went to very nice restaurant last weekend.

4.
I clean my teeth with toothpaste.

5.
I use toothbrush to clean my teeth.

6.
Can you tell me if there’s bank near here?

7.
My brother works for insurance company in London.

8.
I don’t like violence.

9.
Can you smell paint?

10.
We need petrol. I hope we come to petrol station soon.

11.
I wonder if you can help me. I have problem.

12.
John has got interview for job tomorrow.

13.
Liz doesn’t usually wear jewellery but yesterday she was wearing
necklace.

14.
I think volleyball is very good game.

68.2
Complete the sentences using one of the following words. Use a/an
where necessary.

accident
biscuit blood coat decision electricity key letter moment
question sugar

1.
It wasn’t your fault. It was _an accident._

2.
Listen! Can you hear _music?_

3.
I couldn’t get into the house because I didn’t have —.

4.
It’s very warm today. Why are you wearing —?

5.
Do you take — in your coffee?

6.
Are you hungry? Would you like — with your coffee?

7.
Our lives would be very difficult without —.

8.
I didn’t phone them. I wrote — instead.

9.
The heart pumps — through the body.

10.
Excuse me, but can I ask you —?

11.
I’m not ready yet. Can you wait. — please?

12.
We can’t delay much longer. We have to make — soon.

68.3
Complete the sentences using one of the following words. Sometimes
the word needs to be plural (-s).

air
country day friend meat language letter patience people
photograph queue space

1.
I had my camera but I didn’t take many _photographs._

2.
There are seven — in a week.

3.
A vegetarian is a person who doesn’t eat —.

4.
Outside the cinema there was — of people waiting to see the film.

5.
I’m not very good at writing —.

6.
Last night I went out with some — of mine.

7.
There were very few — in the shops today. They were almost empty.

8.
I’m going out for a walk. I need some fresh —.

9.
George always wants things quickly. He’s got no —.

10.
Do you speak any foreign —?

11.
Jane travels a lot. She has been to many —.

12.
Our flat is very small. We haven’t got much —.

UNIT
69. Countable and uncountable nouns (2)

A.
Many nouns can be used as countable or uncountable nouns, usually
with a difference in meaning. Compare:

#1
Countable

*
Did you hear a noise just now? (= a particular noise)

*
I bought a paper to read. (= a newspaper)

*
There’s a hair in my soup! (= one single hair)

*
You can stay with us. There is a spare room. (= a room in a house)

*
I had some interesting experiences while I was away. (= things that
happened to me)

*
Enjoy your holiday. Have a good time!

#2
Uncountable

*
I can’t work here. There’s too much noise. (not ‘too many noises’)

*
I need some paper to write on. (= material for writing on)

*
You’ve got very long hair. (not ‘hairs’) (= all the hair on your
head)

*
You can’t sit here. There isn’t room. (= space)

*
They offered me the job because I had a lot of experience. (not
‘experiences’)

*
I can’t wait. I haven’t got time.

B.
Coffee/tea/beer/juice etc. (drinks) are normally uncountable:

*
I don’t drink coffee very often.

But
they can be countable when you are thinking of a cup/a glass etc. So
you can say:

*
(in a restaurant) Two coffees and an orange juice, please.

C.
There are some nouns that are usually uncountable in English but
often countable in other languages. For example:

accommodation
behaviour damage luck permission traffic bread furniture
luggage progress weather chaos information news scenery work

These
nouns are usually uncountable, so:

i)
you cannot use a/an with them (you cannot say ‘a bread’, ‘an advice’
etc.) and

ii)
they are not normally plural (we do not say ‘breads’, ‘advices’
etc.).

*
I’m going to buy some bread. or .. a loaf of bread. (not ‘a bread’)

*
Enjoy your holiday! I hope you have good weather. (not ‘a good
weather’)

*
Where are you going to put all your furniture? (not ‘furnitures’)

News
is uncountable, not plural:

*
The news was very depressing. (not ‘the news were’)

Travel
(noun) means ‘travelling in general’. You cannot say ‘a travel’ to
mean a journey or a trip:

*
We had a very good journey. (not ‘a good travel’)

Compare
these countable and uncountable nouns:

#1
Countable

*
I’m looking for a job.

*
What a beautiful view!

*
It’s a nice day today.

*
We had a lot of bags and cases.

*
These chairs are mine.

*
It was a good suggestion.

#2
Uncountable

*
I’m looking for work. (not ‘a work’)

*
What beautiful scenery!

*
It’s nice weather today.

*
We had a lot of luggage. (not ‘luggages’)

*
This furniture is mine.

*
It was good advice.

EXERCISES

69.1
Which of the underlined parts of these sentences is correct?

1.
‘Did you hear _noise/a noise- just now?’ ‘No, I didn’t hear
anything.’ (‘a noise’ is correct)

2.
a. If you want to know the news, you can read _paper/a paper._

b.
I want to write some letters but I haven’t got _a paper/any paper_ to
write on.

3.
a. I thought there was somebody in the house because there was
_light/a light_ on inside.

b.
_Light/A light_ comes from the sun.

4.
a. I was in a hurry this morning. I didn’t have _time/a time_ for
breakfast.

b.
‘Did you enjoy your holiday?’ ‘Yes, we had _wonderful time/a
wonderful time._’

5.
Sue was very helpful. She gave us some very useful _advice/advices._

6.
We had _very good weather/a very good weather_ while we were on
holiday.

7.
We were very unfortunate. We had _bad luck/a bad luck._

8.
It’s very difficult to find a _work/job_ at the moment.

9.
Our _travel/journey_ from London to Istanbul by train was very
tiring.

10.
When the fire alarm rang, there was _total chaos/a total chaos._

11.
I had to buy _a/some_ bread because I wanted to make some sandwiches.

12.
Bad news _don’t/doesn’t_ make people happy.

13.
_Your hair is/Your hairs are_ too long. You should have it/them cut.

14.
Nobody was hurt in the accident but _the damage/the damages_ to the
car _was/were_ quite bad.

69.2
Complete the sentences using these words. Sometimes you need the
plural (-s).

chair
experience experience furniture hair information job luggage
permission progress work

1.
I didn’t have much _luggage_—just two small bags.

2.
They’ll tell you all you want to know. They’ll give you plenty of —

3.
There is room for everybody to sit down. There are plenty of —

4.
We have no —, not even a bed or a table.

5.
‘What does Alan look like?’ He’s got a long beard and very short —

6.
Carla’s English is better than it was. She’s made —

7.
George is unemployed. He’s looking for a —

8.
George is unemployed. He’s looking for —

9.
If you want to leave work early, you have to ask for —

10.
I don’t think Ann will get the job. She hasn’t got enough —

11.
Rita has done many interesting things. She should write a book about
her —

69.3
What do you say in these situations? Complete the sentences using one
of the words from Section C.

1.
Your friends have just arrived at the station. You can’t see any
suitcases or bags.

You
ask them: Have _you got luggage?_

2.
You go into the tourist office. You want to know about places to see
in the town. You say:

I’d
like —

3.
You are a student at school. You want your teacher to advise you
about which examinations to take. You say:

Can
you give me —?

4.
You want to watch the news on TV but you don’t know what time it is
on. You ask your friend:

What
time —?

5.
You are standing at the top of a mountain. You can see a very long
way. It is lovely. You say:

It
—, isn’t it?

6.
You look out of the window. The weather is horrible: cold, wet and
windy. You say to your friend:

What
—!

UNIT
70. Countable nouns with a/an and some

A.
Countable nouns can be singular or plural:

a
dog a child the evening this party an umbrella dogs some
children the evenings these parties two umbrellas

B.
Before singular countable nouns you can use a/an:

*
Goodbye! Have a nice evening.

*
Do you need an umbrella?

You
cannot use singular countable nouns alone (without a/the/my etc.):

*
She never wears a hat. (not ‘She never wears hat’)

*
Be careful of the dog. (not ‘Be careful of dog’)

*
What a beautiful day!

*
I’ve got a headache.

C.
We use a/an … to say what kind of thing or person
something/somebody is:

*
A dog is an animal.

*
I’m an optimist.

*
Tim’s father is a doctor.

*
Are you a good driver?

*
Jill is a really nice person.

*
What a lovely dress!

We
say that somebody has a long nose/a nice face/a strong heart etc.:

*
Jack has got a long nose. (not ‘the long nose’)

In
sentences like these, we use plural nouns alone (not with ‘some’):

*
Dogs are animals.

*
Most of my friends are students.

*
Jill’s parents are really nice people.

*
What awful shoes!

*
Jack has got blue eyes. (not ‘the blue eyes’)

Remember
to use a/an when you say what somebody’s job is:

*
Sandra is a nurse. (not ‘Sandra is nurse’)

*
Would you like to be an English teacher?

D.
You can use some with plural countable nouns. We use some in two
ways:

i)
Some = a number of/a few of/a pair of:

*
I’ve seen some good films recently. (not ‘I’ve seen good films’)

*
Some friends of mine are coming to stay at the weekend.

*
I need some new sunglasses, (= a new pair of sunglasses)

Do
not use some when you are talking about things in general (see also
Unit 74):

*
I love bananas. (not ‘some bananas’)

*
My aunt is a writer. She writes books. (not ‘some books’)

Sometimes
you can make sentences with or without some (with no difference in
meaning):

*
There are (some) eggs in the fridge if you’re hungry.

ii)
Some = some but not all

*
Some children learn very quickly. (but not all children)

*
Some police officers in Britain carry guns, but most of them don’t.

EXERCISES

70.1
What are these things? Try and find out if you don’t know.

1.
an ant? _It’s an insects._

2.
ants? bees? _They’re insects._

3.
a cauliflower?

4.
chess?

5.
a violin? a trumpet? a flute?

6.
a skyscraper?

7.
Earth? Mars? Venus? Jupiter?

8.
a tulip?

9.
the Rhine? the Nile? the Mississippi?

10
a pigeon? an eagle? a crow?

Who
were these people?

11.
Beethoven? _Has was a composer._

12.
Shakespeare?

13.
Albert Einstein?

14.
Washington? Lincoln? John Kennedy?

15.
Marilyn Monroe?

16
Elvis Presley? John Lennon?

17.
Van Gogh? Renoir? Gauguin?

70.2
Read about what these people do and say what their jobs are. Choose
one of these jobs:

driving
instructor interpreter journalist nurse pilot plumber travel
agent waiter

1.
Stella looks after patients in hospital. _She’s a nurse._

2.
George works in a restaurant. He brings the food to the tables. He
—

3.
Mary arranges people’s holidays for them. She —

4.
Ron works for an airline. He flies aeroplane. —

5.
Linda teaches people how to drive. —

6.
Dave fits and repairs water pipes. —

7.
Jenny writes articles for a newspaper. —

8.
John translates what people are saying from one language into
another, so that they can understand each other. —

70.3
Put in alan or some where necessary. If no word is necessary, leave
the space empty(-).

1.
I’ve seen some good films recently.

2.
What’s wrong with you? Have you got _a_ headache?

3.
I know a lot of people. Most of them are — students.

4.
When I was — child, I used to be very shy.

5.
Would you like to be — actor?

6.
Do you collect — stamps?

7.
What — beautiful garden!

8.
— birds, for example the penguin, cannot fly.

9.
I’ve been walking for three hours. I’ve got — sore feet.

10.
I don’t feel very well this morning. I’ve got — sore throat.

11.
It’s a pity we haven’t got — camera. I’d like to take —
photograph of that house.

12.
Those are — nice shoes. Where did you get them?

13.
I’m going shopping. I want to buy — new shoes.

14.
You need — visa to visit — countries, but not all of them.

15.
Jane is — teacher. Her parents were — teachers too.

16.
Do you enjoy going to — concerts?

17.
When we got to the city centre — shops were still open but most of
them were closed.

18.
I don’t believe him. He’s — liar. He’s always telling — lies.

UNIT
71. A/an and the

A.
Study this example:

JOHN:
I had a sandwich and an apple for lunch. The sandwich wasn’t very
good but the apple was nice.

John
says ‘a sandwich’, ‘an apple’ because this is the first time he talks
about them.

John
now says ‘the sandwich’, ‘the apple because Karen knows which
sandwich and which apple he means — the sandwich and the apple he had
for lunch.

Compare
a and the in these examples:

*
A man and a woman were sitting opposite me. The man was American but
I think the woman was British.

*
When we were on holiday, we stayed at a hotel. Sometimes we had our
evening meal at the hotel and sometimes we went to a restaurant.

B.
We use the when we are thinking of one particular thing. Compare a/an
and the:

*
Tom sat down on a chair. (perhaps one of many chairs in the room)

but
Tom sat down on the chair nearest the door. (a particular chair)

*
Ann is looking for a job. (not a particular job)

but
Did Ann get the job she applied for? (a particular job)

*
Have you got a car? (not a particular car)

but
I cleaned the car yesterday. (= my car)

For
a see also Units 70 and 72A.

C.
We use the when it is clear in the situation which thing or person we
mean. For example, in a room we talk about ‘the light/the floor/the
ceiling/the door/the carpet’ etc.:

*
Can you turn off the light, please? (= the light in this room)

*
I took a taxi to the station. (= the station in that town)

*
I’d like to speak to the manager, please. (= the manager of this shop
etc.)

In
the same way, we say (go to) the bank, the post office:

*
I must go to the bank to get some money and then I’m going to the
post office to get some stamps. (The speaker is usually thinking of a
particular bank or post office.

Also:
the doctor, the dentist:

*
Carol isn’t very well. She’s gone to the doctor. (= her usual doctor)

*
I hate going to the dentist.

Compare
a:

*
Is there a bank near here?

*
My sister is a dentist.

Don’t
forget the:

*
Susan works in the city centre. (not ‘in city centre’)

*
My brother is in the army. (not ‘in army’)

D.
We say ‘once a week/three times a day/-‘1.20 a kilo’ etc.:

*
‘How often do you go to the cinema?’ ‘About once a month.’

*
‘How much are those potatoes?’ ‘Ll.20 a kilo.’

*
She works eight hours a day, six days a week.

EXERCISES

71.1
Put in a/an or the.

1.
This morning I bought _a_ newspaper and — magazine —newspaper is
in my bag but I don’t know where I put — magazine.

2.
I saw — accident this morning — car crashed into — tree. —
driver of — car wasn’t hurt but — car was badly damaged.

3.
There are two cars parked outside: — blue one and — grey one. —
blue one belongs to my neighbours; I don’t know who — owner of —
grey one is.

4.
My friends live in — old house in — small village. There is —
beautiful garden behind — house. I would like to have —garden
like that.

71.2
Put in a/an or the.

1.
a. This house is very nice. Has it got — garden?

b.
It’s a beautiful day. Let’s sit in — garden.

c.
I like living in this house but it’s a pity that — garden is so
small.

2.
a. Can you recommend — good restaurant?

b.
We had dinner in — very nice restaurant.

c.
We had dinner in — most expensive restaurant in town.

3.
a. She has — French name but in fact she’s English, not French.

b.
What’s — name of that man we met yesterday?

c.
We stayed at a very nice hotel — I can’t remember — name now.

4.
a. There isn’t — airport near where I live — nearest airport is
70 miles away.

b.
Our plane was delayed. We had to wait at — airport for three hours.

c.
Excuse me, please. Can you tell me how to get to — airport?

5.
a. ‘Are you going away next week?’ ‘No, — week after next.’

b.
I’m going away for — week in September.

c.
George has a part-time job. He works three mornings — week.

71.3
Put in a/an or the in these sentences where necessary.

1.
Would you like apple? _an apple._

2.
How often do you go to dentist? —

3.
Could you close door, please? —

4.
I’m sorry. I didn’t mean to do that. It was mistake —

5.
Excuse me, where is bus station, please? —

6.
I’ve got problem. Can you help me? —

7.
I’m just going to post office. I won’t be long —

8.
There were no chairs, so we had to sit on floor. —

9.
Have you finished with book I lent you? —

10.
My sister has just got job in bank in Manchester. —

11.
We live in small flat near city centre. —

12.
There’s small supermarket at end of street I live in —

71.4
Answer these questions about yourself. Where possible, use the
structure in Section D (once a week/three times a day etc.).

1.
How often do you go to the cinema? _Three or four times a year._

2.
How much does it cost to hire a car in your country? _About L30 a
day._

3.
How often do you go away on holiday? —

4.
What’s the speed limit in towns in your country? —

5.
How much sleep do you need? —

6.
How often do you go out in the evening? —

7.
How much television do you watch (on average)? —

UNIT
72. The (1)

A.
We use the … when there is only one of something:

*
What is the longest river in the world? (there is only one longest
river)

*
The earth goes round the sun and the moon goes round the earth.

*
I’m going away at the end of this month.

Don’t
forget the:

*
Paris is the capital of France. (not ‘Paris is capital of…’)

But
we use a/an to say what kind of thing something is (see Unit 70C).
Compare the and a:

*
The sun is a star. (= one of many stars)

*
The hotel we stayed at was a very nice hotel.

B.
We say: the sky the sea the ground the country the environment:

*
We looked up at all the stars in the sky. (not ‘in sky’)

*
Would you rather live in a town or in the country?

*
We must do more to protect the environment. (= the natural world
around us)

Note
that we say space (without ‘the’) when we mean ‘space in the
universe’:

*
There are millions of stars in space. (not ‘in the space’)

but
* I tried to park my car but the space was too small.

C.
We use the before same (the same):

*
Your pullover is the same colour as mine. (not ‘is same colour’)

*
These two photographs are the same. (not ‘are same’)

D.
We say: (go to) the cinema, the theatre:

*
I often go to the cinema but I haven’t been to the theatre for ages.

When
we say the cinema/the theatre, we do not necessarily mean one
particular cinema or theatre.

We
usually say the radio, but television (without ‘the’):

*
I often listen to the radio.

*
We heard the news on the radio.

*
I often watch television.

*
We watched the news on television.

but
* Can you turn off the television, please? (= the television set)

Compare
a:

*
There isn’t a theatre in this town.

*
I’m going to buy a new radio/television (set).

E.
Breakfast lunch dinner

We
do not normally use the with the names of meals (breakfast, lunch
etc.):

*
What did you have for breakfast?

*
We had lunch in a very nice restaurant.

*
What time is dinner?

But
we use a if there is an adjective before breakfast, lunch etc.:

We
had a very nice lunch. (not ‘we had very nice lunch’)

F.
Platform 5 Room 126 etc.

We
do not use ‘the’ before noun + number. For example, we say:

*
Our train leaves from Platform 5. (not ‘the Platform 5’)

*
(in a shop) Have you got these shoes in size 43? (not ‘the size 43’)

In
the same way, we say: Room 126 (in a hotel) page 29 (of a book)
Section A etc.

EXERCISES

72.1
Put in the or a/an where necessary. If no word is necessary, leave
the space empty(-).

1.
A: Where did you have — lunch?

B:
We went to _a_ restaurant.

2.
A: Did you have — nice holiday?

B:
Yes, ‘it was — best holiday I’ve ever had.

3.
A: Where’s nearest shop?

B:
There’s one at — end of this street.

4.
A: Do you often listen to radio?

B:
No. In fact I haven’t got radio.

5.
A: Would you like to travel in — space?

B:
Yes, I’d love to go to — moon.

6.
A: Do you go to — cinema very often?

B:
No, not very often. But I watch a lot of films on — television.

7.
A: It was — nice day yesterday, wasn’t it?

B:
Yes, it was beautiful. We went for a walk by — sea.

8.
A: What did you have — breakfast this morning?

B:
Nothing. I never eat — breakfast.

9.
A: Can you tell me where — Room 25 is, please?

B:
It’s on — second floor.

10.
A: We spent all our money because we stayed at — most expensive
hotel in town.

B:
Why didn’t you stay at — cheaper hotel?

72.2
Put in the where necessary. If you don’t need the, leave the space
empty(-).

1.
I haven’t been to _the_ cinema for ages.

2.
I lay down on — ground and looked up at — sky.

3.
Sheila spends most of her free time watching — television.

4.
— television was on but nobody was watching it.

5.
Have you had — dinner yet?

6.
Mary and I arrived at — same time.

7.
You’ll find — information you need at — top of — page 15.

8.
Peru is a country in South America. — capital is Lima.

72.3
Put in the or a/an where necessary. If the sentence is already
correct, put ‘RIGHT’. (If necessary, see Unit 71 for a/an and the.)

1.
I Sun is star. _The sun is a star._

2.
Tim lives in small village in country. —

3.
Moon goes round earth every 27 days. —

4.
What is highest mountain in world? —

5.
I’m fed up with doing same thing every day. —

6.
It was very hot day. It was hottest day of year. —

7.
I don’t usually have lunch but I always eat good breakfast. —

8.
If you live in foreign country, you should try and learn language.
—

9.
We missed our train because we were waiting on wrong platform. We
were on Platform 3 instead of Platform 8. —

72.4
Complete the sentences using one of the following. Use the if
necessary.

breakfast
cinema dinner gate Gate 21 Question 8 sea

1.
I didn’t have time for — this morning because I was in a hurry.

2.
‘I’m going to — this evening.’ ‘Are you? What film are you going to
see?’

3.
There was no wind, so — was very calm.

4.
‘Are you going out this evening?’ ‘Yes, after —

5.
The examination paper wasn’t too difficult but I couldn’t answer —

6.
Oh — is open. I must have forgotten to shut it.

7.
(airport announcement) ‘Flight BA123 to Vienna is now boarding at —

UNIT
73. The (2) (School/the school)

A.
Compare school and the school:

#1
Alison is ten years old. Every day she goes to school. She’s at
school now. School begins at 9 and finishes at 3.

We
say a child goes to school or is at school (as a pupil). We are not
necessarily thinking of a particular school. We are thinking of
school as a general idea.

#2
Today Alison’s mother wants to speak to her daughter’s teacher. So
she has gone to the school to see her. She’s at the school now.

Alison’s
mother is not a pupil. She is not ‘at school’, she doesn’t ‘go to
school’. But if she wants to see Alison’s teacher, she goes to the
school (= Alison’s school, a particular school).

B.
We use prison, hospital, university, and church in a similar way. We
do not use the when we are thinking of the general idea of these
places and what they are used for. Compare:

#1
* Ken’s brother is in prison for robbery. (He is a prisoner. We are
not thinking of a particular prison.)

*
Jack had an accident last week. He was taken to hospital. He’s still
in hospital now. (as a patient)

*
When I leave school, I want to go to university.

*
Mrs Kelly goes to church every Sunday. (to a religious service)

#2
* Ken went to the prison to visit his brother. (He went as a visitor,
not as a prisoner.)

*
Jill has gone to the hospital to visit Jack.

*
She’s at the hospital now. (as a visitor)

*
Excuse me, where is the university, please? (= the university
buildings)

*
The workmen went to the church to repair the roof. (not for a
religious service)

With
most other places, you need the. For example, the cinema, the bank,
the station. See Units 71C and 72D.

C.
Bed work home

We
say: ‘go to bed/be in bed’ etc. (not ‘the bed’):

*
It’s time to go to bed now.

*
This morning I had breakfast in bed.

but
* I sat down on the bed. (a particular piece of furniture)

‘go
to work/be at work/start work/finish work’ etc. (not ‘the work’):

*
Ann didn’t go to work yesterday.

*
What time do you usually finish work?

‘go
home/come home/arrive home/be at home’ etc.:

*
It’s late. Let’s go home.

*
Will you be at home tomorrow afternoon?

D.
We say ‘go to sea/be at sea’ (without ‘the’) when the meaning is
‘go/be on a voyage’:

*
Keith is a seaman. He spends most of his life at sea.

but
* I’d like to live near the sea.

*
It can be dangerous to swim in the sea.

EXERCISES

73.1
Complete the sentences using a preposition (to/at/in etc.) + one of
the following words:

bed
home hospital prison school university work

You
can use the words more than once.

1.
Two people were injured in the accident and were taken _to hospital._

2.
In Britain, children from the age of five have to go —.

3.
Mark didn’t go out last night. He stayed —.

4.
I’ll have to hurry. I don’t want to be late —.

5.
There is a lot of traffic in the morning when everybody is going —.

6.
Cathy’s mother has just had an operation. She is still —.

7.
When Julia leaves school, she wants to study economics —.

8.
Bill never gets up before 9 o’clock. It’s 8.30 now, so he is still
—.

9.
If you commit a serious crime, you could be sent —.

73.2
Complete the sentences with the word given (school etc.). Use the
where necessary.

1.
(school)

a.
Every term parents are invited to the school to meet the teacher.

b.
Why aren’t your children at school today? Are they ill?

c.
When he was younger, Ted hated —

d.
What time does — start in the mornings in your country?

e.
A: How do your children get home from —? By bus?

B:
No, they walk — isn’t very far.

f.
What sort of job does jenny want to do when she leaves —?

g.
There were some people waiting outside — to meet their children.

2.
(university)

a.
In your country, do many people go to —?

b.
If you want to get a degree, you normally have to study at —.

c.
This is only a small town but — is the biggest in the country.

3.
(hospital)

a.
Nora works as a cleaner at —.

b.
When Ann was ill, we all went to — to visit her.

c.
My brother has always been very healthy. He’s never been in —.

d.
Peter was injured in an accident and was kept in — for a few days.

4.
(church)

a.
John’s mother is a regular churchgoer. She goes to — every Sunday.

b.
John himself doesn’t go to —.

c.
John went to — to take some photographs of the building.

5.
(prison)

a.
In many places people are in — because of their political opinions.

b.
The other day the fire brigade were called to — to put out a fire.

c.
The judge decided to fine the man -c500 instead of sending him to
—.

6.
(home/work/bed)

a.
I like to read in — before I go to sleep?

b.
It’s nice to travel around but there’s no place like —!

c.
Shall we meet after — tomorrow evening?

d.
If I’m feeling tired, I go to — early.

e.
What time do you usually start — in the morning?

f.
The economic situation is very bad. Many people are out of —

7.
(sea)

a.
There’s a nice view from the window. You can see —.

b.
It was a long voyage. We were at — for four weeks.

c.
I love swimming in —.

UNIT
74. The (3) (Children/the children)

A.
When we are talking about things or people in general, we do not use
‘the’:

*
I’m afraid of dogs. (not ‘the dogs’) (dogs = dogs in general, not a
particular group of dogs)

*
Doctors are paid more than teachers.

*
Do you collect stamps?

*
Crime is a problem in most big cities. (not ‘the crime’)

*
Life has changed a lot in the last 30 years. (not ‘the life’)

*
Do you often listen to classical music? (not ‘the classical music’)

*
Do you like Chinese food/French cheese/Swiss chocolate?

*
My favourite sport is football/skiing/athletics. (not ‘the football
the skiing’ etc.)

*
My favourite subject at school was history/physics/English. We say
‘most people/most books/most cars’ etc. (not ‘the most …’—see also
Unit 87A).

*
Most people like George. (not ‘the most people’)

B.
We use the when we mean particular things or people. Compare:

#1
In general (without ‘the’)

*
Children learn a lot from playing. (= children in general)

*
I often listen to music.

*
All cars have wheels.

*
Sugar isn’t very good for you.

*
Do English people work hard? (= English people in general)

#2
Particular people or things (with the)

*
We took the children to the zoo. (= a particular group, perhaps the
speaker’s own children)

*
The film wasn’t very good but I liked the music. (= the music in the
film)

*
All the cars in this car park belong to people who work here.

*
Can you pass the sugar, please? (= the sugar on the table)

*
Do the English people you know work hard? (= only the English people
you know, not English people in general)

C.
The difference between ‘something in general’ and ‘something in
particular’ is not always very clear. Compare these sentences:

#1
In general (without ‘the’)

*
I like working with people. (= people in general)

*
I like working with people who are lively. (not all people, but
‘people who are lively’ is still a general idea)

*
Do you like coffee? (= coffee in general)

*
Do you like strong black coffee? (not all coffee, but ‘strong black
coffee’ is still a general idea)

#2
Particular people or things (with the)

*
I like the people I work with. (= a particular group of people)

*
Did you like the coffee we had after our meal last night? (=
particular coffee)

EXERCISES

74.1
In this exercise you have to write whether you like or dislike these
things:

boxing
cats fast food restaurants football hot weather mathematics
opera small children rock music zoos

Choose
FOUR of these things and begin your sentences with one of these:

I
like …/ I don’t like… I don’t mind… I love …/ I hate… I’m
interested in …/ I’m not interested in …

1.
_I don’t like hot weather very much._

2.
—

3.
—

4.
—

5.
—

74.2
Complete the sentences using one of the following. Use the where
necessary.

(the)
basketball (the) questions (the) history (the) hotels (the) meat
(the) lies (the) information (the) patience (the) people (the)
water (the) grass (the) spiders

1.
My favourite sport is basketball.

2.
The information we were given wasn’t correct.

3.
Many people are afraid of —.

4.
A vegetarian is somebody who doesn’t eat —.

5.
The test wasn’t very difficult. I answered all — without
difficulty.

6.
Do you know — who live next door?

7.
— is the study of the past.

8.
George always tells the truth. He never tells —.

9.
We couldn’t find anywhere to stay in the town. All — were full.

10.
— in the pool didn’t look very clean, so we didn’t go for a swim.

11.
Don’t sit on —. It’s wet after the rain.

12.
You need — to teach young children.

74.3
Choose the correct form, with or without the.

1.
I’m afraid of _dogs/the dogs._ (‘dogs’ is correct)

2.
Can you pass _salt/the salt_, please? (‘the salt’ is correct)

3.
_Apples/The apples_ are good for you.

4.
Look at _apples/the apples_ on that tree! They’re very big.

5.
_Women/The women_ live longer than men/the men.

6.
I don’t drink _tea/the tea._ I don’t like it’

7.
We had a very nice meal. _Vegetables/The vegetables_ were especially
good.

8.
_Life/The life_ is strange sometimes. Some very strange things
happen.

9.
I like _skiing/the skiing_ but I’m not very good at it.

10.
Who are _people/the people_ in this photograph?

11.
What makes _people/the people_ violent? What causes aggression/the
aggression?

12.
_All books/All the books_ on the top shelf belong to me.

13.
Don’t stay in that hotel. It’s very noisy and _beds/the beds_ are
very uncomfortable.

14.
A pacifist is somebody who is against _war/the war._

15.
_First World War/The First World War_ lasted from 1914 until 1918.

16.
One of our biggest social problems is _unemployment/the
unemployment._

17.
Ron and Brenda got married but _marriage/the marriage_ didn’t last
very long.

18.
_Most people/The most people_ believe that _marriage/the marriage_
and _family life/the family life_ are the basis of _society/the
society._

UNIT
75. The (4) (The giraffe/the telephone/the piano etc.; the +
adjective)

A.
Study these sentences:

*
The giraffe is the tallest of all animals.

*
The bicycle is an excellent means of transport.

*
When was the telephone invented?

*
The dollar is the currency (= money) of the United States.

In
these examples, the… does not mean one particular thing. The
giraffe one particular type I animal, not one particular giraffe. We
use the (+ a singular countable noun) in this way to talk about a
type of animal, machine etc.

In
the same way we use the for musical instruments:

*
Can you play the guitar?

*
The piano is my favourite instrument.

Compare
a:

*
I’d like to have a guitar.

*
We saw a giraffe at the zoo.

Note
that we use man (= human beings in general/the human race) without
‘the’:

*
What do you know about the origins of man? (not ‘the man’)

B.
The + adjective

We
use the + adjective (without a noun) to talk about groups of people,
especially:

the
young the old the elderly the rich the poor the unemployed the
homeless the sick the disabled the injured the dead

The
young = young people, the rich = rich people etc.:

*
Do you think the rich should pay more taxes to help the poor?

*
The homeless need more help from the government.

These
expressions are always plural in meaning. You cannot say ‘a young’ or
‘an unemployed’. You must say ‘a young man’, ‘an unemployed woman’
etc. Note also that we say ‘the poor’ (not ‘the poors’), ‘the young’
(not ‘the youngs’) etc.

C.
The + nationality

You
can use the with some nationality adjectives to mean ‘the people of
that country’. For example:

*
The French are famous for their food. (= the people of France)

*
Why do the English think they are so wonderful? (= the people of
England) In the same way you can say:

the
Spanish the Dutch the British the Irish the Welsh

Note
that the French/the English etc. are plural in meaning. You cannot
say ‘a French/an English’. You have to say ‘a Frenchman/an
Englishwoman’ etc.

You
can also use the + nationality words ending in -ese (the Chinese/the
Sudanese etc.):

*
The Chinese invented printing.

These
words can also be singular (a Japanese, a Sudanese).

Also:
the Swiss/a Swiss (plural or singular)

With
other nationalities, the plural noun ends in -s. For example:

an
Italian a Mexican a Scot a Turk (the) Italians (the) Mexicans
(the) Scots (the) Turks

EXERCISES

75.1
Answer the questions. Choose the right answer from the box. Don’t
forget the. Use a dictionary if necessary.

1.
animals: tiger elephant rabbit cheetah giraffe kangaroo

2.
birds: eagle penguin swan owl parrot robin

3.
inventions: telephone wheel telescope laser helicopter
typewriter

4.
currencies: dollar lira escudo rupee peseta yen

1.
a. Which of the animals is tallest? _the giraffe._

b.
Which animal can run fastest?

c.
Which of these animals is found in Australia?

2.
a. Which of these birds has a long neck?

b.
Which of these birds cannot fly?

c.
Which bird flies at night?

3.
a. Which of these inventions is oldest?

b.
Which one is most recent?

c.
Which one is especially important for astronomy?

4
a. What is the currency of India?

b.
What is the currency of Portugal?

c.
What is the currency of your country?

75.2
Put in the or a where necessary. If the sentence is already complete
leave an empty space(-)

1.
When was _the_ telephone invented?

2.
Can you play —music instrument?

3.
Jill plays — violin in an orchestra.

4.
There was — piano in the corner of the room.

5.
Can you play — piano?

6.
Our society is based on — family.

7.
Martin comes from — large family.

8.
When was — paper first made?

9.
— computer has changed the way we live.

75.3
Complete these sentences using the + one of these adjectives:

injured
poor rich sick unemployed young

1.
_The young_ have the future in their hands.

2.
Ambulances arrived at the scene of the accident and took — to
hospital.

3.
Life is all right if you have a job, but things are not so easy for
—.

4.
Julia has been a nurse all her life. She has spent her life caring
for —.

5.
In England there is an old story about a man called Robin Hood. It is
said that he robbed — and gave the money to —.

75.4
What do you call the people of these countries?

1.
Canada?

one
person (a/an …): a Canadian

the
people in general: the Canadian

2.
Germany?

one
person (a/an …):

the
people in general:

3.
France?

one
person (a/an …):

the
people in general:

4.
Russia?

one
person (a/an …):

the
people in general:

5.
China?

one
person (a/an …):

the
people in general:

6.
Brazil?

one
person (a/an …):

the
people in general:

7.
England?

one
person (a/an …):

the
people in general:

8.
and your country?

one
person (a/an …):

the
people in general:

UNIT
76. Names with and without the (1)

A.
We do not use ‘the’ with names of people (‘Ann’, ‘Ann Taylor’ etc.).
In the same way, we do not normally use ‘the’ with names of places.
For example:

continents:
Africa (not ‘the Africa’), Europe, South America

countries:
France (not ‘the France’), Japan, Switzerland

states,
regions etc.: Texas, Cornwall, Tuscany, Central Europe

islands:
Corsica, Sicily, Bermuda

cities,
towns etc.: Cairo, New York, Madrid

mountains:
Everest, Etna, Kilimanjaro

But
we use the in names with ‘Republic’, ‘Kingdom’, ‘States’ etc.:

the
United States of America (the USA)

the
United Kingdom (the UK)

the
Dominican Republic

Compare:

*
We visited Canada and the United States.

B.
When we use Mr/Mrs/Captain/Doctor etc. + a name, we do not use ‘the’.
So we say:

Mr
Johnson/Doctor Johnson/Captain Johnson/President Johnson etc. (not
‘the…’)

Uncle
Robert/Aunt Jane/Saint Catherine/Princess Anne etc. (not ‘the…’)

Compare:

*
We called the doctor. but We called Doctor Johnson. (not ‘the Doctor
Johnson’)

We
use mount (= mountain) and lake in the same way (without ‘the’):

Mount
Everest (not ‘the…’) Mount Etna Lake Superior Lake Constance

*
They live near the lake. but They live near Lake Constance. (without
‘the’)

C.
We use the with the names of oceans, seas, rivers and canals (see
also Unit 77B):

the
Atlantic (Ocean)

the
Mediterranean (Sea)

the
Red Sea

the
Indian Ocean

the
Channel (between France and Britain)

the
Suez Canal

the
(River) Amazon

the
(River) Thames

the
Nile

the
Rhine

D.
We use the with plural names of people and places:

people:
the Taylors (= the Taylor family), the Johnsons

countries:
the Netherlands, the Philippines, the United States

groups
of islands: the Canaries/the Canary Islands, the Bahamas, the British
Isles

mountain
ranges: the Rocky Mountains/the Rockies, the Andes, the Alps

*
The highest mountain in the Alps is Mont Blanc. (not ‘the Mont
Blanc’)

E.
North/northern etc.

We
say: the north (of France) but northern France (without ‘the’)

the
south-east (of Spain) but south-eastern Spain

Compare:

*
Sweden is in northern Europe; Spain is in the south.

Also:
the Middle East the Far East

You
can also use north/south etc. + a place name (without ‘the’):

North
America West Africa South-East Spain

Note
that on maps, the is not usually included in the name.

EXERCISES

76.1
Put in the where necessary. Leave a space (-) if the sentence is
already complete.

1.
Who is — Doctor Johnson? (The sentence is complete without the.)

2.
I was ill, so I went to see — doctor.

3.
— President is the most powerful person in — United States.

4.
— President Kennedy was assassinated in 1963.

5.
Do you know — Wilsons? They’re a very nice couple.

6.
Do you know — Professor Brown’s phone number?

76.2
Some of these sentences are correct, but some need the (perhaps more
than once). Correct the sentences where necessary. Put ‘RIGHT’ if the
sentence is already correct.

1.
Everest was first climbed in 1953. _RIGHT_

2.
Milan is in north of Italy. _the north of Italy._

3.
Africa is much larger than Europe.

4.
Last year I visited Mexico and United States.

5.
South of England is warmer than north.

6.
Portugal is in western Europe.

7.
France and Britain are separated by Channel.

8.
Jim has travelled a lot in Middle East.

9.
Chicago is on Lake Michigan.

10.
The highest mountain in Africa is Kilimanjaro (5,895 meters).

11.
Next year we are going skiing in Swiss Alps.

12.
United Kingdom consists of Great Britain and Northern Ireland.

13.
Seychelles are a group of islands in Indian Ocean.

14.
River Volga flows into Caspian Sea.

76.3
Here are some geography questions. Choose the right answer from one
of the boxes and write the if necessary. You do not need all the
names in the boxes. Use an atlas if necessary.

continents:
Africa, Asia, Australia, Europe, North, America, South, America

countries:
Canada, Denmark, Indonesia, Sweden, Thailand, United States

oceans
and seas: Atlantic, Indian Ocean, Pacific, Black Sea, Mediterranean,
Red Sea

mountains:
Alps, Andes, Himalayas, Rockies, Urals

rivers
and canals: Amazon, Rhine, Danube, Thames, Nile, Volga, Suez Canal,
Panama Canal

1.
What do you have to cross to travel from Europe to America? _The
Atlantic_

2.
Where is Argentina?

3.
Which is the longest river in Africa?

4.
Of which country is Stockholm the capital?

5.
Of which country is Washington the capital?

6.
What is the name of the mountain range in the west of North America?

7.
What is the name of the sea between Africa and Europe?

8.
Which is the smallest continent in the world?

9.
What is the name of the ocean between America and Asia?

10.
What is the name of the ocean between Africa and Australia?

11.
Which river flows through London?

12.
Which river flows through Vienna, Budapest and Belgrade?

13.
Of which country is Bangkok the capital?

14.
What joins the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans?

15.
Which is the longest river in South America?

UNIT
77. Names with and without the (2)

A.
Names without ‘the’

We
do not use ‘the’ with names of most streets/roads/squares/parks etc.:

Union
Street (not ‘the …’) Fifth Avenue Piccadilly Circus Hyde Park
Blackrock Road Broadway Times Square Waterloo Bridge

Many
names (especially names of important buildings and institutions) are
two words:

Kennedy
Airport Cambridge University

The
first word is usually the name of a person (‘Kennedy’) or a place
(‘Cambridge’). We do not usually use ‘the’ with names like these.
Some more examples:

Victoria
Station (not ‘the …’) Edinburgh Castle London Zoo Westminster
Abbey Buckingham Palace Canterbury Cathedral

But
we say ‘the White House’, ‘the Royal Palace’, because ‘white’ and
‘royal’ are not names like ‘Kennedy’ and ‘Cambridge’. This is only a
general rule and there are exceptions.

B.
Most other names (of places, buildings etc.) have names with the:

adjective
or the + name etc. + noun

the
Hilton Hotel

the
National Theatre

the
Sahara Desert

the
Atlantic Ocean

These
places usually have names with the:

hotels/restaurants/pubs:
the Station Hotel, the Bombay Restaurant, the Red Lion (pub)

theatres/cinemas:
the Palace Theatre, the Odeon Cinema

museums/galleries:
the British Museum, the Tate Gallery

other
buildings: the Empire State Building, the Festival Hall, the White
House

oceans/seas/canals:
the Indian Ocean, the Mediterranean Sea, the Suez Canal

also:

newspapers:
the Washington Post, the Financial Times

organizations
(but see also Section D): the European Union, the BBC (= the British
Broadcasting Corporation)

Sometimes
we leave out the noun: the Hilton (Hotel), the Sahara (Desert)

Sometimes
the name is only the + noun: the Vatican (in Rome), the Sun (British
newspaper)

Names
with … of … usually have the. For example:

the
Bank of England

the
Tower of London

the
Museum of Modern Art

the
Houses of Parliament

the
Great Wall of China

the
Tropic of Capricorn

the
Gulf of Mexico

the
University of London (but the London University)

C.
Many shops, restaurants, hotels, banks etc. are named after the
people who started them. These names end in -‘s or -s. We do not use
‘the’ with these names:

Lloyds
Bank (not the Lloyds Bank) McDonalds Jack’s Guest House Harrods
(shop)

Churches
are often named after saints:

St
John’s Church (not the St John’s Church)

St
Paul’s Cathedral

D.
Names of companies, airlines etc. are usually without ‘the’:

Fiat
(not the Fiat) Sony Kodak British Airways IBM

EXERCISES

77.1
Use the map to answer the questions in the way shown. Write the name
of the place and the street it is in. On maps we do not normally use
the. In your sentences, use the if necessary.

1.
Is there a cine a near here? Yes, the Odeon in Baines Street.

2.
Is there a supermarket near here? Yes, — in —.

3.
Is there a hotel near here? Yes, — in —.

4.
Is there a church near here? Yes, —.

5.
Is there a nub near here? Yes. —.

6.
Is there a museum near here? Yes, —.

7.
Is there a bank near here? Yes, —.

8.
Is there a Park near here? Yes, — at the end of —.

9.
Is there a restaurant near here? Yes,—.

77.2
Where are these streets and buildings? Choose from the box to
complete the sentences. Use the where necessary.

Acropolis
Vatican Broadway White House Buckingham Palace St Mark’s
Cathedral Eiffel Tower Trafalgar Square

1.
_Trafalgar_ Square is in London.

2.
— is in Paris.

3.
— is in Rome.

4.
— is in London.

5.
— is in New York.

6.
— is in Washington.

7.
— is in Athens.

8.—
is in Athens. is in Venice.

77.3
Choose the correct form, with or without the.

1.
Have you ever been to _British Museum/the British Museum._ (the …
is correct)

2.
_Hyde Park/The Hyde Park_ is a very large park in central London.

3.
Another park in central London is _St James’s Park/the St James’s
Park._

4.
_Grand Hotel/The Grand Hotel_ is in _Baker Street/the Baker Street._

5.
We flew to New York from _Gatwick Airport/the Gatwick Airport_ near
London.

6.
Frank is a student at _Liverpool University/the Liverpool
University._

7.
If you’re looking for a good clothes shop, I would recommend
_Harrison’s/the Harrison’s._

8.
If you’re looking for a good pub, I would recommend _Ship Inn/the
Ship Inn._

9.
_Statue of Liberty/The Statue of Liberty_ is at the entrance to _New
York harbour/the New York harbour._

10.
You should go to _Science Museum/the Science Museum._ It’s very
interesting,

11.
John works for IBM/the IBM now. He used to work for _British
Telecom/the British Telecom._

12.
‘Which cinema are you going to this evening?’ ‘_Classic/The
Classic._’

13.
I’d like to go to China and see _Great Wall/the Great Wall._

14.
Which newspaper shall I buy—_Independent/the Independent_ or
_Herald/the Herald_?

15.
This book is published by _Cambridge University Press/the Cambridge
University Press._

UNIT
78. Singular and plural

A.
Sometimes we use a plural noun for one thing that has two parts. For
example:

trousers
(two legs) also jeans/tights/shorts/pants

pyjamas
(top and bottom)

glasses
(or spectacles)

binoculars

scissors

These
words are plural, so they take a plural verb:

*
My trousers are too long. (not ‘is too long’)

You
can also use a pair of + these words:

*
Those are nice jeans. or That’s a nice pair of jeans. (not ‘a nice
jeans’)

*
I need some new glasses. or I need a new pair of glasses.

B.
Some nouns end in -ics but are not usually plural. For example:
athletics gymnastics mathematics (or maths) physics electronics
economics politics

*
Gymnastics is my favourite sport.

News
is not plural (see Unit 69C):

*
What time is the news on television? (not ‘are the news’)

Some
words ending in -s can be singular or plural. For example:

means
a means of transport many means of transport

series
a television series two television series

species
a species of bird 200 species of bird

C.
Some singular nouns are often used with a plural verb. For example:

government
staff team family audience committee company firm

These
nouns are all groups of people. We often think of them as a number of
people (= ‘they’), not as one thing (= ‘it’). So we often use a
plural verb:

*
The government (= they) want to increase taxes.

*
The staff at the school (= they) are not happy with their new working
conditions.

In
the same way, we often use a plural verb after the name of a sports
team or a company:

*
Scotland are playing France next week (in a football match).

*
Shell have increased the price of petrol.

A
singular verb (The government wants…/Shell has… etc.) is also
possible.

We
always use a plural verb with police:

*
The police have arrested a friend of mine. (not ‘The police has’)

*
Do you think the police are well-paid?

Note
that a person in the police is ‘a policeman/a policewoman/a police
officer’ (not ‘a police’).

D.
We do not often use the plural of person (‘persons’). We normally use
people (a plural word):

*
He’s a nice person. but They are nice people.

*
Many people don’t have enough to eat. (not ‘doesn’t have’)

E.
We think of a sum of money, a period of time, a distance etc. as one
thing. So we use a singular verb:

*
Twenty thousand pounds (= it) was stolen in the robbery. (not ‘were
stolen’)

*
Three years (= it) is a long time to be without a job. (not ‘Three
years are …’)

*
Six miles is a long way to walk every day.

EXERCISES

78.1
Complete the sentences using a word from Sections A or B. Sometimes
you need a or some.

1.
My eyes aren’t very good. I need _glasses._

2.
This plant is _a_ very rare _species._

3.
Footballers don’t wear trousers when they play. They wear —.

4.
The bicycle is — of transport.

5.
The bicycle and the car are — of transport.

6.
I want to cut this piece of material. I need —.

7.
Ann is going to write — of articles for her local newspaper.

8.
There are a lot of American TV — shown on British television.

9.
While we were out walking, we saw 25 different — of bird.

78.2
In each example the words on the left are connected with an activity
(for example, a sport or an academic subject). Write the name of the
activity. Each time the beginning of the word is given.

1.
calculate algebra equation: mathematics.

2.
government election minister: p—

3.
finance trade industry: e—

4.
running lumping throwing: a—

5.
light heat gravity: ph—

6.
exercises somersault parallel bars: gy—

7.
computer silicon chip video games: el—

78.3
Choose the correct form of the verb, singular or plural. In one
sentence either the singular or plural verb is possible.

1.
Gymnastics _is/are_ my favourite sport. (‘is’ is correct)

2.
The trousers you bought for me _doesn’t/don’t_ fit me.

3.
The police _want/wants_ to interview two men about the robbery last
week.

4.
Physics _was/were_ my best subject at school.

5.
Can I borrow your scissors? Mine _isn’t/aren’t_ sharp enough.

6.
Fortunately the news _wasn’t/weren’t_ as bad as we expected.

7.
Where _does/do_ your family live?

8.
Three days _isn’t/aren’t_ long enough for a good holiday.

9.
I can’t find my binoculars. Do you know where _it is/they are?_

10.
Do you think the people _is/are_ happy with the government?

11.
_Does/Do_ the police know how the accident happened?

12.
I don’t like very hot weather. Thirty degrees _is/are_ too warm for
me.

78.4
Most of these sentences are wrong. Correct them where necessary; Put
‘RIGHT’ if the sentence is already correct.

1.
The government want to increase taxes. _RIGHT (wants’ is also
correct)_

2.
Susan was wearing a black jeans.

3.
Brazil are playing Italy in a football match next Wednesday.

4.
I like Martin and Jill. They’re very nice persons.

5.
I need more money than that. Ten pounds are not enough.

6.
I’m going to buy a new pyjama.

7.
The committee haven’t made a decision yet.

8.
Many people has given up smoking.

9.
There was a police standing at the corner of the street.

10.
Has the police arrived yet?

11.
This scissors is not very sharp.

UNIT
79. Noun + noun (a tennis ball/a headache etc.)

A.
We often use two nouns together (noun + noun) to mean one
thing/person/idea etc. For example:

a
tennis ball a bank manager a road accident income tax the city
centre

The
first noun is like an adjective—it tells us what kind of
thing/person/idea etc. For example:

a
tennis ball = a ball used to play tennis

a
road accident = an accident that happens on the road

income
tax = tax that you pay on your income

the
sea temperature = the temperature of the sea

a
London doctor = a doctor from London

So
you can say:

a
television camera a television programme a television studio a
television producer

(all
different things or people to do with television)

language
problems marriage problems health problems work problems

(all
different kinds of problems)

Compare:

garden
vegetables (= vegetables that are grown in a garden)

a
vegetable garden (= a garden where vegetables are grown)

Often
the first word ends in ~ing. Usually these are things used for doing
something. For example:

a
washing machine a frying pan a swimming pool the dining room

Sometimes
there are more than two nouns together:

*
I waited at the hotel reception desk. (= a desk)

*
We watched the World Swimming Championships on television.

*
If you want to play table tennis (= a game), you need a table tennis
table (= a table).

B.
When nouns are together like this, sometimes we write them as one
word and sometimes as two separate words. For example:

a
headache toothpaste a weekend a stomach ache table tennis

There
are no clear rules for this. If you are not sure, it is usually
better to write two words.

You
can often put a hyphen (-) between the two words (but this is not
usually necessary): a dining-room the city-centre

C.
Note the difference between:

a
wine glass (perhaps empty) and a glass of wine (= a glass with wine
in it)

a
shopping bag (perhaps empty) and a bag of shopping (= a bag full of
shopping)

D.
When we use noun + noun, the first noun is like an adjective. It is
normally singular but the meaning is often plural. For example, a
bookshop is a shop where you can buy books, an apple tree is a tree
that has apples.

In
the same way we say:

a
three-hour journey (not ‘a three-hours journey’)

a
ten-pound note (not ‘pounds’) two 14-year-old girls (not ‘years’)

a
four-week English course (not ‘weeks’) a three-page letter (not
‘pages’)

So
we say:

*
It was a three-hour journey. but The journey took three hours.

For
the structure ‘I’ve got three weeks’ holiday’, see Unit 80E.

EXERCISES

79.1
What do we call these things and people? Use the structure noun +
noun.

1.
A ticket for a concert is _a concert ticket!_

2.
A magazine about computers is —.

3.
Photographs taken on your holiday are your —.

4.
Chocolate made with milk is —.

5.
Somebody whose job is to inspect factories is —.

6.
A hotel in central London is —.

7.
The results of your examinations are your —.

8.
The carpet in the dining room is —.

9.
A scandal involving a football club is —.

10.
A question that has two parts is —.

11.
A girl who is seven years old is —.

79.2
Write the correct word for each picture. Each word has two parts and
these are given above the pictures. In la for example, you must
decide whether the word is boathouse or houseboat.

boat/house

horse/race

card/phone

79.3
Answer the questions using two of the following words each time:

accident
belt card credit editor forecast number road room seat shop
weather window

1.
This can be caused by bad driving. _A road accident_

2.
If you’re staying at a hotel, you need to remember this. Your —

3.
You should wear this when you’re in a car. A —

4.
You can sometimes use this to pay for things instead of cash. A —

5.
If you want to know if it’s going to rain, you can read or listen to
this. The —

6.
This person is a top journalist. A —

7.
You might stop to look in this when you’re walking along a street. A
—

79.4
Complete the sentences using one of the following:

15
minute(s) 60 minute(s) two hour(s) five day(s) two year(s) 500
year(s) six mile(s) 20 pound(s) five course(s) ten page(s) 450
page(s)

Sometimes
you need the singular (day/page etc.) and sometimes the
plural(days/pages etc.)

1.
It’s quite a long book. There are _450 pages._

2.
A few days ago I received a _ten-page_ letter from Julia.

3.
I didn’t have any change. I only had a — note.

4.
At work in the morning I usually have a — break for coffee.

5.
There are — in an hour.

6.
It’s only a — flight from London to Madrid.

7.
It was a big meal. There were —

8.
Mary has just started a new job. She’s got a — contract.

9.
The oldest building in the city is the — old castle.

10.
I work — a week. Saturday and Sunday are free.

11.
We went for a — walk in the country.

UNIT
80. -s (the girl’s name) and of… (the name of the book)

A.
We normally use -‘s for people or animals (the girl’s…/the
horse’s… etc.):

the
girl’s name the horse’s tail Mr Evans’s daughter a woman’s hat
the manager’s office Sarah’s eyes

*
Where is the manager’s office? (not ‘the office of the manager’)

*
What colour are Sarah’s eyes? (not ‘the eyes of Sarah’)

Note
that you can use -‘s without a following noun:

*
This isn’t my book. It’s my brother’s. (= my brother’s book)

We
do not always use -‘s for people. For example, we would use of… in
this sentence:

*
What is the name of the man who lent us the money? (‘the man who lent
us the money’ is too long to be followed by -‘s)

Note
that we say a woman’s hat (= a hat for a woman), a boy’s name (= a
name for a boy), a bird’s egg (= an egg laid by a bird) etc.

B.
For things, ideas etc. we normally use of ( … of the book/… of
the restaurant etc.):

the
door of the garage (not ‘the garage’s door’)

the
name of the book

the
owner of the restaurant

Sometimes
you can use the structure noun + noun (see Unit 79):

the
garage door the restaurant owner

We
normally use of (not noun + noun ) with the
beginning/end/top/bottom/front/back middle/side etc. So we say:

the
back of the car (not ‘the car back’)

the
beginning of the month

C.
You can usually use -‘s or of… for an organization (= a group of
people). So you can say:

the
government’s decision or the decision of the government

the
company’s success or the success of the company

It
is also possible to use -‘s for places. So you can say:

the
city’s new theatre the world’s population Italy’s largest city

D.
After a singular noun we use -‘s:

my
sister’s room (= her room—one sister)

Mr
Carter’s house

After
a plural noun (sisters,, friends etc.) we put ‘ (an apostrophe) after
the s (s’):

my
sisters’ room (= their room—two or more sisters)

the
Carters’ house (Mr and Mrs Carter)

If
a plural noun does not end in -s (for example,
men/women/children/people) we use -s:

the
men’s changing room a children’s book (= a book for children)

Note
that you can use -‘s after more than one noun:

Jack
and Jill’s wedding Mr and Mrs Carter’s house

E.
You can also use -‘s with time expressions (yesterday/next week etc.)

*
Have you still got yesterday’s newspaper?

*
Next week’s meeting has been cancelled.

In
the same way, you can say today’s …/tomorrow’s …/this evening’s
… Monday’s … etc.

We
also use -‘s (or -s’ with plural words) with periods of time:

*
I’ve got a week’s holiday starting on Monday.

*
Jill has got three weeks’ holiday.

*
I live near the station — it’s only about ten minutes’ walk.

Compare
this structure with ‘a three-hour journey’, ‘a ten-minute walk’ etc.
(see Unit 79D).

EXERCISES

80.1
Join the two (or three) nouns. Sometimes you have to use -‘s or -s’;
and sometimes you have to use … of …

1.
the owner/that car _the owner of that car_

2.
the mother/Ann _Ann’s mother_

3.
the jacket/that man —

4.
the top/the page —

5.
the daughter/Charles —

6.
the cause/the problem —

7.
the newspaper/yesterday —

8.
the birthday/my father —

9.
the name/this street —

10.
the toys/the children —

11.
the new manager/the company —

12.
the result/the football match —

13.
the garden/our neighbours —

14.
the ground floor/the building —

15.
the children/Don and Mary —

16.
the economic policy/the government —

17.
the husband/Catherine —

18.
the husband/the woman-talking to Mary —

19.
the car/the parents/Mike —

20.
the wedding/the friend I Helen —

80.2
What is another way of saying these things? Use -‘s.

1.
a hat for a woman _a woman’s hat_

2.
a name for a boy —

3.
clothes for children —

4.
a school for girls —

5.
a nest for a bird —

6.
a magazine for women —

80.3
Read each sentence and write a new sentence beginning with the
underline words.

1.
The meeting _tomorrow_ has been cancelled.

_Tomorrow’s
meeting has been cancelled._

2.
The storm _last week_ caused a lot of damage.

Last
—

3.
The only cinema in _the town_ has closed down.

The
—

4.
Exports from _Britain_ to the United States have fallen recently.

5.
Tourism is the main industry in _the region._

80.4
Use the information given to complete the sentences.

1.
If I leave my house at 9 o’clock and drive to London, I arrive at
about 12.

So
it’s about _three hours’ drive_ to London from my house. (drive)

2.
If I leave my house at 8.S5 and walk-to the station, I get there at 9
o’clock.

So
it’s only — from my house to the station. (walk)

3.
I’m going on holiday on the 12th. I have to be back at work on the
26th.

So
I’ve got — (holiday)

4.
I went to sleep at 3 o’clock this morning and woke up an hour later.
After that I couldn’t sleep. So last night I only had — (sleep)

UNIT
81. A friend of mine My own house On my own/by myself

A.
A friend of mine/a friend of Tom’s etc.

We
say ‘a friend of mine/yours/his/hers/ours/theirs’ (not ‘a friend of
me/you/him’ etc.)

*
I’m going to a wedding on Saturday. A friend of mine is getting
married. (not ‘a friends of me’)

*
We went on holiday with some friends of ours. (not ‘some friends of
us’)

*
Michael had an argument with a neighbour of his.

*
It was a good idea of yours to go swimming this afternoon.

In
the same way we say ‘a friend of Tom’s’, ‘a friend of my sister’s’
etc.:

*
It was a good idea of Tom’s to go swimming.

*
That woman over there is a friend of my sister’s.

B.
My own …/your own … etc.

We
use my/your/his/her/its/our/their before own:

my
own house your own car her own room

You
cannot say ‘an own…’ (‘an own house’, ‘an own car’ etc.)

My
own…/your own… (etc.) = something that is only mine/yours (etc.),
not shared or borrowed:

*
I don’t want to share a room with anybody. I want my own room.

*
Vera and George would like to have their own house. (not ‘an own
house’)

*
It’s a pity that the flat hasn’t got its own entrance.

*
It’s my own fault that I’ve got no money. I buy too many things I
don’t need.

*
Why do you want to borrow my car? Why can’t you use your own?(= your
own car)

You
can also use … own… to say that you do something yourself instead
of somebody else doing it for you. For example:

*
Brian usually cuts his own hair. (= he cuts it himself; he doesn’t go
to the hairdresser)

*
I’d like to have a garden so that I could grow my own vegetables. (=
grow them myself instead of buying them from shops)

C.
On my own by myself

On
my own and by myself both mean ‘alone’. We say:

on
my/your own

on
his her/own

on
its our/their own

by
myself/yourself (singular)

by
himself/herself/itself

by
ourselves/yourselves (plural)/themselves

*
I like living on my own/by myself.

*
Did you go on holiday on your own/by yourself?

*
Jack was sitting on his own/by himself in a corner of the cafe.

*
Learner drivers are not allowed to drive on their own/by themselves.

EXERCISES

81.1
Write new sentences using the structure in Section A (a friend of
mine etc.).

1.
I am writing to _one of my friends._ _I’m writing to a friend of
mine._

2.
We met _one of your relations._ We met a —

3.
Henry borrowed _one of my books._ Henry —

4.
Ann invited _some of her friends_ to her flat. Ann —

5.
We had dinner with _one of our neighbours._

6.
I went on holiday with _two of my friends._

7.
Is that man _one of your friends?_

8.
I met _one of lane’s friends_ at the party.

81.2
Complete the sentences using my own/your own etc. + one of the
following:

business
ideas money private jet parliament room television

1.
I don’t want to share a room. I want _my own room._

2.
I don’t watch television with the rest of the family. I’ve got — in
my room.

3.
Sue doesn’t need to borrow from me. She’s got —.

4.
Julia is fed up with working for other people. She wants to start
—.

5.
Henry is extremely rich. He’s got —.

6.
You can give him advice but he won’t listen. He’s got —.

7.
The Isle of Man is an island off the coast of Britain. It is not
completely independent but it has —.

81.3
Complete the sentences using my own/your own etc.

1.
Why do you want to borrow my car? Why can’t you use your own car?

2.
How can you blame me? It’s not my fault. It’s —.

3.
He’s always using my ideas. Why can’t he use —?

4.
Please don’t worry about my problems. You’ve got —.

5.
I can’t make her decisions for her. She must make —.

81.4
Complete the sentences using my own/your own etc. Choose one of these
verbs:

bake
cut make write

1.
Brian never goes to the hairdresser. He usually _cuts his own car?_

2.
Mary doesn’t often buy clothes. She usually —.

3.
Paul is a singer. He sings songs written by other people but he also
—.

4.
We don’t often buy bread from a bakery. We —.

81.5
Complete the sentences using on my own/by myself etc.

1.
Did you go on holiday on _your own?_

2.
I’m glad I live with other people. I wouldn’t like to live on —.

3.
The box was too heavy for me to lift by —.

4.
‘Who was Tom with when you saw him?’ ‘Nobody. He was by —.’

5.
Very young children should not go swimming by —.

6.
I don’t think she knows many people. When I see her, she is always by
—.

7.
I don’t like strawberries with cream. I like them on —.

8.
Do you like working with other people or do you prefer working by
—.

9.
We had no help decorating the flat. We did it completely on —.

10.
I went out with Sally because she didn’t want to go out on —.

UNIT
82. Myself/yourself/themselves etc.

A.
Study this example:

George
cut himself when he was shaving this morning.

We
use myself/yourself/himself etc. (reflexive pronouns)

when
the subject and object are the same:

subject
-> (George) cut (himself). <- object

The
reflexive pronouns are:

singular:
myself yourself (one person) himself/herself/itself

plural:
ourselves yourselves (more than one person) themselves

*
I don’t want you to pay for me. I’ll pay for myself. (not ‘I’ll pay
for me’)

*
Julia had a great holiday. She enjoyed herself very much.

*
Do you sometimes talk to yourself? (said to one person)

*
If you want more to eat, help yourselves. (said to more than one
person)

Compare:

*
It’s not our fault. You can’t blame us.

*
It’s our own fault. We blame ourselves.

Note
that we do not use myself/yourself etc. after ‘bring/take something
with …’:

*
It might rain. I’ll take an umbrella with me. (not ‘with myself’)

B.
We do not use myself etc. after concentrate/feel/relax/meet:

*
You must try and concentrate. (not ‘concentrate yourself’)

*
‘Do you feel nervous?’ ‘Yes, I can’t relax.’

*
What time shall we meet? (not ‘meet ourselves’, not ‘meet us’)

We
normally use wash/shave/dress without myself etc.:

*
He got up, washed, shaved and dressed. (not ‘washed himself’ etc.)

But
we say ‘I dried myself’.

C.
Study the difference between -selves and each other:

*
Tom and Ann stood in front of the mirror and looked at themselves. (=
Tom and Ann looked at Tom and Ann)

but
* Tom looked at Ann; Ann looked at Tom. They looked at each other.

You
can use one another instead of each other:

*
How long have you and Bill known one another? (or … known each
other)

*
Sue and Ann don’t like each other. (or … don’t like one another)

D.
We also use myself/yourself etc. in another way. For example:

*
‘Who repaired your bicycle for you?’ ‘Nobody. I repaired it myself.’

‘I
repaired it myself’ = I repaired it, not anybody else. Here, myself
is used to emphasize I (=it makes it stronger). Some more examples:

*
I’m not going to do it for you. You can do it yourself. (= you, not
me)

*
Let’s paint the house ourselves. It will be much cheaper.

*
The film itself wasn’t very good but I liked the music.

*
I don’t think Sue will get the job. Sue herself doesn’t think she’ll
get it. (or Sue doesn’t think she’ll get it herself.)

EXERCISES

82.1
Complete each sentence using myself/yourself etc. with one of these
verbs (in the correct form):

blame
burn cut enjoy express hurt put

1.
George _cut himself_ while he was shaving this morning.

2.
Bill fell down some steps but fortunately he didn’t — badly.

3.
It isn’t her fault. She really shouldn’t —.

4.
Please try and understand how I feel — in my position.

5.
They had a great time. They really —.

6.
Be careful! That pan is very hot. Don’t —.

7.
Sometimes I can’t say exactly what I mean. I wish I could — better.

82.2
Put in myself/yourself/ourselves etc. or me/you/us etc.

1.
Julia had a great holiday. She enjoyed herself.

2.
It’s not my fault. You can’t blame —.

3.
What I did was very wrong. I’m ashamed of —.

4.
We’ve got a problem. I hope you can help —.

5.
‘Can I take another biscuit?’ ‘Of course. Help —!’

6.
Take some money with — in case you need it.

7.
Don’t worry about Tom and me. We can look after —.

8.
I gave them a key to our house so that they could let — in.

9.
When they come to visit us, they always bring their dog with —.

82.3
Complete these sentences. Use myself/yourself etc. only where
necessary, Use one of these verbs (in the correct form): concentrate
defend dry feel meet relax shave wash

1.
Martin decided to grow a beard because he was fed up with _shaving._

2.
I wasn’t very well yesterday but I — much better today.

3.
She climbed out of the swimming pool and — with a towel.

4,
I tried to study but I just couldn’t —.

5.
If somebody attacks you, you need to be able to —.

6.
I’m going out with Chris this evening. We’re — at the station at
7.30.

7.
You’re always rushing around. Why don’t you sit down and —?

8.
There was no water, so we couldn’t —.

82.4
Complete the sentences with -selves or each other.

1.
How long have you and Bill known _each other?_

2.
If people work too hard, they can make —ill.

3.
I need you and you need me. We need —.

4.
In Britain friends often give — presents at Christmas.

5.
Some people are very selfish. They only think of —.

6.
Nora and I don’t see — very often these days.

7.
We couldn’t get back into the house. We had locked — out.

8.
They’ve had an argument. They’re not speaking to — at the moment.

9.
We’d never met before, so we introduced — to —.

82.5
Complete the answers to the questions using myself/yourself/itself
etc.

1.
Who repaired the bicycle for you? Nobody. I repaired it myself.

2.
Did Brian have his hair cut by a hairdresser? No, he cut —.

3.
Do you want me to post that letter for you? No, I’ll —.

4.
Who told you that Linda was getting married? Linda —.

5.
Can you phone John for me? Why can’t you —?

UNIT
83. There … and it …

A.
There and it’

We
use there … when we talk about something for the first time, to say
that it exists:

*
There’s a new restaurant in King Street. (not ‘A new restaurant is in
King Street’)

*
The journey took a long time. There was a lot of traffic. (not ‘It
was a lot of traffic’)

*
* Things are much more expensive now. There has been a big rise in
the cost of living.

It
= a particular thing, place, fact, situation etc. (but see also
Section C:

*
We went to the new restaurant. It’s very good. (it = the restaurant)

*
‘Was the traffic bad?’ ‘Yes, it was terrible.’ (it = the traffic)

*
I wasn’t expecting them to come. It (= that they came) was a complete
surprise.

Compare:

*
I don’t like this town. There’s nothing to do here. It’s a boring
place.

Note
that there also means ‘to/at/in that place’:

*
The new restaurant is very good. I went there (= to the restaurant)
last night.

*
When we arrived at the party, there were already a lot of people
there (= at the party).

B.
You can say there will be, there must be, there used to be etc.

*
Will there be many people at the party?

*
‘Is there a flight to Paris this evening?’ ‘There might be. I’ll
phone the airport.’

*
If people drove more carefully, there wouldn’t be so many accidents.

Also:
there must have been, there should have been etc.:

*
There was a light on. There must have been somebody at home.

Compare
there and it:

*
They live on a busy road. There must be a lot of noise from the
traffic.

They
live on a busy main road. It must be very noisy.

*
There used to be a cinema in King Street but it closed a few years
ago.

That
building is now a supermarket. It used to be a cinema.

You
can also say there is sure/certain/likely to be something (see also
Unit 64E):

*
There is sure to be a flight to Paris this evening.

C.
We use it in sentences like this:

*
It’s dangerous to walk in the road. (It = to walk in the road)

It
is unusual to say ‘To walk in the road is dangerous.’ Normally we
begin with It…

*
It didn’t take us long to get here. (it = to get here)

*
It’s a pity (that) Sandra can’t come to the party. (It = that Sandra
can’t come)

*
Let’s go. It’s not worth waiting any longer. (It = waiting any
longer)

We
use it to talk about distance, time and weather:

*
It’s a long way from here to the airport.

*
How far is it to the airport?

*
What day is it today?

*
It’s a long time since I last saw you.

*
It’s going to be a nice day.

*
It was windy. (but ‘There was a cold wind.’)

EXERCISES

83.1
Put in there is/was or it is/was. Some sentences are questions (is
there …?/is it …? etc.) and some are negative (isn’t/wasn’t).

1.
The journey took a long time. _There was_ a lot of traffic.

2.
What’s the new restaurant like? is _it_ good?

3.
‘— a bookshop near here?’ ‘Yes, — one in Hill Street.’

4.
When we got to the cinema — a queue outside —a very long queue,
so we decided not to wait.

5.
I couldn’t see anything — completely dark.

6.
— trouble at the club last night. They had to call the police.

7.
How far — from Milan to Rome?

8.
— Keith’s birthday yesterday. We had a party.

9.
— three years since I last went to the theatre.

10.
I wanted to visit the museum but — enough time.

11.
‘— time to go?’ ‘Yes, — nearly midnight.’

12.
A few days ago — a storm. — a lot of damage.

13.
— a beautiful day yesterday. We had a picnic.

14.
— anything on television, so I turned it off.

15.
— an accident in King Street but — very serious.

83.2
Read the first sentence and then write a sentence beginning There…

1.
The roads were busy today. _There was a lot of traffic._

2.
This soup is very salty. There — in the soup.

3.
The box was empty. — in the box.

4.
The film was very violent. —

5.The
shops were very crowded. —

6.
I like this town — it’s lively. —

83.3
Complete the sentences. Use there will be, there would be etc. Choose
from:

will
might would wouldn’t should used to (be) going to

1.
If people drove more carefully, there would be fewer accidents.

2.
‘Have we got any eggs?’ ‘I’m not sure — some in the fridge.’

3.
I think everything will be OK. I don’t think — any problems.

4.
Look at the sky — a storm.

5.
‘Is there a school in the village?’ ‘Not now — one but it closed.’

6.
People drive too fast on this road. I think — a speed limit.

7.
If people weren’t aggressive — any wars.

83.4
Are these sentences right or wrong? Change it to there where
necessary.

1.
They live on a busy road. It must be a lot of noise. _WRONG; There
must be …_

2.
Last winter it was very cold and it was a lot of snow.

3.
I wish it was warmer. I hate cold weather.

4.
It used to be a church here, but it was knocked down.

5.
It’s a long way from my house to the nearest shop.

6.
Why was she so unfriendly? It must have been a reason.

7.
I don’t know who will win but it’s sure to be a good match.

8.
‘Where can we park the car?’ ‘Don’t worry. It’s sure to be a car park
somewhere.’

9.
After the lecture it will be an opportunity to ask questions.

10.
I like the place where I live but it would be nicer to live by the
sea.

11.
I was told that it would be somebody to meet me at the station but it
wasn’t anybody.

UNIT
84. Some and any

A.
In general we use some (also somebody/someone/something) in positive
sentences and any (also anybody etc.) in negative sentences (but see
also Sections C and D):

#1
some

*
We bought some flowers.

*
He’s busy. He’s got some work to do.

*
There’s somebody at the door.

*
I’m hungry. I want something to eat.

#2
any

*
We didn’t buy any flowers.

*
He’s lazy. He never does any work.

*
There isn’t anybody at the door.

*
I’m not hungry. I don’t want anything to eat.

We
use any in the following sentences because the meaning is negative:

*
She went out without any money. (She didn’t take any money with her.)

*
He refused to eat anything. (He didn’t eat anything.)

*
Hardly anybody passed the examination. (= almost nobody passed)

B.
In most questions we use any:

*
‘Have you got any luggage?’ ‘No, I haven’t.’

*
‘Has anybody seen my bag?’ ‘Yes, it’s under the table.’

But
we use some in questions when we expect the answer ‘yes’:

*
What’s wrong? Have you got something in your eye? (It seems that you
have got

something
in your eye and I expect you to answer ‘yes’.)

We
use some in questions when we offer or ask for things:

*
Would you like something to eat?

*
Can I have some sugar, please?

C.
We often use any after if:

*
If there are any letters for me, can you send them on to this
address?

*
If anyone has any questions, I’ll be pleased to answer them.

*
Let me know if you need anything.

The
following sentences have the idea of if:

*
I’m sorry for any trouble I’ve caused. (= if I have caused any
trouble)

*
Anyone who wants to do the exam must give me their names today. (= if
there is anyone)

D.
We also use any with the meaning ‘it doesn’t matter which’:

*
You can catch any bus. They all go to the centre. (= it doesn’t
matter which bus you catch)

*
‘Sing a song.’ ‘Which song shall I sing?’ ‘Any song. I don’t mind.’
(= it doesn’t matter which song)

*
Come and see me any time you want.

*
‘Let’s go out somewhere.’ ‘Where shall we go?’ ‘Anywhere. I don’t
mind.’

*
We left the door unlocked. Anybody could have come in.

Compare
something and anything:

*
A: I’m hungry. I want something to eat.

B:
What would you like?

A:
I don’t mind. Anything. (= something, but it doesn’t matter what)

E.
Somebody/someone/anybody/anyone are singular words:

*
Someone is here to see you.

But
we often use they/them/their after these words:

*
Someone has forgotten their umbrella. (= his or her umbrella)

*
If anybody wants to leave early, they can. (= he or she can)

EXERCISES

84.1
Complete the sentences with some or any.

1.
We didn’t buy _any_ flowers.

2.
This evening I’m going out with — friends of mine.

3.
‘Have you seen — good films recently?’ ‘No, I haven’t been to the
cinema for ages.’

4.
I didn’t have — money, so I had to borrow —.

5.
Can I have — milk in my coffee, please?

6.
I was too tired to do — work.

7.
You can cash these traveller’s cheques at — bank.

8.
Can you give me — information about places of interest in the town?

9.
With the special tourist train ticket, you can travel on — train
you like.

10.
If there are — words you don’t understand, use a dictionary.

84.2
Complete the sentences with some- or any- + -body/-thing/-where.

1.
I was too surprised to say _anything._

2.
There’s — at the door. Can you go and see who it is?

3.
Does — mind if I open the window?

4.
I wasn’t feeling hungry, so I didn’t eat —.

5.
You must be hungry. Would you like — to eat?

6.
Quick, let’s go! There’s — coming and I don’t want — to see us.

7.
Sally was upset about — and refused to talk to —.

8.
This machine is very easy to use — can learn to use it in a very
short time.

9.
There was hardly — on the beach. It was almost deserted.

10.
‘Do you live — near Jim?’ ‘No, he lives in another part of town.’

11.
We slept in a park because we didn’t have — to stay.

12.
‘Where shall we go on holiday?’ ‘Let’s go — warm and sunny.’

13.
They stay at home all the time. They never seem to go —.

14.
I’m going out now. If — phones while I’m out, can you tell them
I’ll be back at 11.30?

15.
Why are you looking under the bed? Have you lost —?

16.
— who saw the accident should contact the police.

17.
Sue is very secretive. She never tells — (2 words)

84.3
Complete the sentences. Use any (+ noun) or
anybody/anything/anywhere.

1.
Which bus do I have to catch? Any bus. They all go to the centre.

2.
Which day shall I come? I don’t mind. —.

3.
What do you want to eat? —. I don’t mind. Whatever you have.

4.
Where shall I sit? It’s up to you. You can sit —you like.

5.
What sort of job are you looking for? —. It doesn’t matter.

6.
What time shall I phone tomorrow? —. I’ll be in all day.

7.
Who shall I invite to the party? I don’t mind. — you like.

8.
Which newspaper shall I buy? —. Whatever they have in the shop.

UNIT
85. No/none/any

A.
No none nothing nobody/no one nowhere

You
can use these negative words at the beginning of a sentence or alone:

*
No cars are allowed in the city centre.

*
None of this money is mine.

*
‘What did you say?’ ‘Nothing.’

*
Nobody (or No one) came to visit me while I was in hospital.

*
‘Where are you going?’ ‘Nowhere. I’m staying here.’

You
can also use these words after a verb, especially after be and have:

*
The house is empty. There’s nobody living there.

*
She had no difficulty finding a job.

No/nothing/nobody
etc. = not + any/anything/anybody etc.:

*
We haven’t got any money. (= We’ve got no money.)

*
I didn’t say anything. (= I said nothing.)

*
She didn’t tell anybody about her plans. (= She told nobody…)

*
The station isn’t anywhere near here. (= … is nowhere near here)

When
you use no/nothing/nobody etc., do not use a negative verb (isn’t,
didn’t, can’t etc.):

*
I said nothing. (not ‘I didn’t say nothing’)

*
Nobody tells me anything. (not ‘Nobody doesn’t tell …’)

B.
We also use any/anything/anybody etc. (without ‘not’) to mean ‘it
doesn’t matter which/ hat/who’ (see Unit 84D). Compare no- and any-:

*
‘What do you want to eat?’ ‘Nothing. I’m not hungry.’

I’m
so hungry. I could eat anything. (= it doesn’t matter what)

*
The exam was extremely difficult. Nobody passed. (= everybody failed)

The
exam was very easy. Anybody could have passed. (= it doesn’t matter
who)

C.
No and none

We
use no + a noun. No = not a or not any:

*
We had to walk home because there was no bus. (= there wasn’t a bus)

*
I can’t talk to you now. I’ve got no time. (= I haven’t got any time)

*
There were no shops open. (= there weren’t any shops open)

We
use none alone (without a noun):

*
‘How much money have you got?’ ‘None.’ (= no money)

*
All the tickets have been sold. There are none left. (= no tickets
left)

Or
we use none of …:

none
of these shops none of my money none of it/them/us/you

After
none of + a plural word (‘none of the shops’, ‘none of them’ etc.)
you can use a singular or a plural verb. A plural verb is more usual:

*
None of the shops were (or was) open.

D.
After nobody/no one you can use they/them/their:

*
Nobody phoned, did they? (= did he or she)

*
The party was a disaster. Nobody enjoyed themselves. (= himself or
herself)

*
No one in the class did their homework. (= his or her homework)

EXERCISES

85.1
Answer these questions using none/nobody/nothing/nowhere.

1.
What did you do? _Nothing._

2.
Who were you talking to? —

3.
Where are you going? —

4.
How much luggage have you got? —

5.
How many children have they got? —

6.
Who did you meet? —

7.
What did you buy? —

Now
write full sentences using any/anybody/anything/anywhere.

8
(1) _I didn’t do anything._

9.
(2) I —

10.
(3) —

11.
(4) —

12.
(5) —

13.
(6) —

14.
(7) —

85.2
Complete these sentences with no, none or any.

1.
It was a public holiday, so there were _no_ shops open.

2.
I haven’t got _any_ money. Can you lend me some?

3.
I couldn’t make an omelette because there were — eggs.

4.
I couldn’t make an omelette because there weren’t — eggs.

5.
‘How many eggs have we got? — I’ll go and buy some from the shop if
you like.’

6.
We took a few photographs but — of them were very good.

7.
What a stupid thing to do! — intelligent person would do such a
thing.

8.
I’ll try and answer — questions you ask me.

9.
I couldn’t answer — of the questions they asked me.

10.
We cancelled the party because — of the people we invited were able
to come.

85.3
Complete these sentences with no- or any- + -body/-thing/-where.

1.
I don’t want _anything_ to drink. I’m not thirsty.

2.
The bus was completely empty. There was — on it.

3.
‘Where did you go for your holidays? — I stayed at home.’

4.
I went to the shops but I didn’t buy —.

5.
‘What did you buy? ‘—. couldn’t find — I wanted.’

6.
The town was still the same when I returned years later — had
changed.

7.
Have you seen my watch? I’ve looked all over the house but I can’t
find it —.

8.
There was complete silence in the room. — said —.

85.4
Choose the right word.

1.
She didn’t tell _nobody/anybody_ about her plans. (anybody is
correct)

2.
The accident looked serious but fortunately _nobody/anybody_ was
injured.

3.
I looked out of the window but I couldn’t see _nobody/anybody._

4.
My job is very easy. _Nobody/Anybody_ could do it.

5.
‘What’s in that box?’ _’Nothing/Anything._ It’s empty.’

6.
The situation is uncertain. _Nothing/Anything_ could happen.

7.
I don’t know _nothing/anything_ about economics.

UNIT
86. Much, many, little, few, a lot, plenty

A.
We use much and little with uncountable nouns:

much
time much luck little energy little money

We
use many and few with plural nouns:

many
friends many people few cars few countries

B.
We use a lot of/lots of/plenty of with uncountable and plural nouns:

a
lot of luck lots of time plenty of money a lot of friends lots of
people plenty of ideas

Plenty
= more than enough:

*
There’s no need to hurry. We’ve got plenty of time.

*
I’ve had plenty to eat. I don’t want any more.

C.
We use much/many especially in negative sentences and questions. A
lot (of) is also possible:

*
We didn’t spend much money. (or We didn’t spend a lot of money.)

*
Do you know many people? (or Do you know a lot of people?)

*
I don’t go out much. (or I don’t go out a lot.)

In
positive sentences a lot (of) is more usual. Much is unusual in
positive sentences in spoken English:

*
We spent a lot of money. (not ‘We spent much money’)

*
He goes out a lot. (not ‘He goes out much’)

You
can use many in positive sentences, but a lot (of) is more usual in
spoken English:

*
A lot of people (or Many people) drive too fast.

But
note that we use too much and so much in positive sentences:

*
We spent too much money.

D.
Little and few (without ‘a’) are negative ideas (= not much/not
many):

*
We must be quick. There is little time. (= not much, not enough time)

*
He isn’t popular. He has few friends. (= not many, not enough
friends) You can say very little and very few:

*
There is very little time.

*
He has very few friends.

A
little and a few are more positive. A little = some, a small amount:

*
Let’s go and have a drink. We’ve got a little time before the train
leaves. (a little time = some time, enough time to have a drink)

*
‘Do you speak English?’ ‘A little.’ (so we can talk a bit)

A
few = some, a small number:

*
I enjoy my life here. I have a few friends and we meet quite often.
(a few friends = not many but enough to have a good time)

*
‘When did you last see Clare?’ ‘A few days ago.’ (= some days ago)

Compare:

*
He spoke little English, so it was difficult to communicate with him.

He
spoke a little English, so we were able to communicate with him.

*
She’s lucky. She has few problems. (= not many problems)

Things
are not going so well for her. She has a few problems. (= some
problems)

Note
that ‘only a little’ and ‘only a few’ have a negative meaning:

*
We must be quick. We’ve only got a little time.

*
The village was very small. There were only a few houses.

EXERCISES

86.1
In some of these sentences much is incorrect or unnatural. Change
much to many or a lot (of) where necessary.

1.
We didn’t spend much money. _RIGHT_

2.
Sue drinks much tea. _a lot of tea_

3.
Jim always puts much salt on his food.

4.
We’ll have to hurry. We haven’t got much time.

5.
Did it cost much to repair the car?

6.
It cost much to repair the car.

7.
I don’t know much people in this town.

8.
I use the phone much at work.

9.
They’ve got so much money they don’t know what to do with it.

86.2
Complete the sentences using plenty (of) + one of the following:

hotels
money room time to learn things to see

1.
There’s no need to hurry. _We’re got of time._

2.
He’s got no financial problems. He’s got —.

3.
Come and sit with us. There’s —.

4.
She knows a lot but she still has —.

5.
It’s an interesting town to visit. There —.

6.
I’m sure we’ll find somewhere to stay —.

86.3
Put in much, many, few or little.

1.
He isn’t very popular. He has _few_ friends.

2.
Ann is very busy these days. She has — free time.

3.
Did you take — photographs when you were on holiday?

4.
I’m not very busy today. I haven’t got — to do.

5.
The museum was very crowded. There were too — people.

6.
Most of the town is modern. There are — old buildings.

7.
The weather has been very dry recently. We’ve had — rain.

86.4
Some of these sentences need a. Put in a where necessary. Put ‘RIGHT’
if the sentence is already complete.

1.
She’s lucky. She has _few problems._ _RIGHT_

2.
Things are not going so well for her. She has _few problems._ _a few
problems_

3.
Can you lend me _few dollars?_

4.
I can’t give you a decision yet. I need _little time_ to think.

5.
There was _little traffic_, so the journey didn’t take very long.

6.
It was a surprise that he won the match. _Few people_ expected him to
win.

7.
I don’t know much Spanish—_only few words._

86.5
Put in little/a little/few/a few.

1.
We must be quick. We have _little_ time.

2.
Listen carefully. I’m going to give you — advice.

3.
Do you mind if I ask you — questions?

4.
This town is not a very interesting place to visit, so — tourists
come here.

5.
I don’t think Jill would be a good teacher. She’s got — patience.

6.
‘Would you like milk in your coffee?’ ‘Yes, please —.’

7.
This is a very boring place to live. There’s — to do.

8.
‘Have you ever been to Paris?’ ‘Yes, I’ve been there — times.’

UNIT
87. All/all of most/most of no/none of etc.

all
some any most much/many little/few

A.
You can use the words in the box (and also no) with a noun (some
food/few books etc.):

*
All cars have wheels.

*
Some cars can go faster than others.

*
(on a notice) NO CARS (= no cars allowed)

*
Many people drive too fast.

*
I don’t go out very often. I’m at home most days.

You
cannot say ‘all of cars’, ‘most of people’ etc. (see also Section B):

*
Some people are very unfriendly. (not ‘some of people’)

Note
that we say most (not ‘the most’):

*
Most tourists don’t visit this part of the town. (not ‘the most
tourists’)

B.
Some of …/most of …/none of … etc.

You
can use the words in the box (also none and half) with of. You can
say some of (the people), most of (my friends), none of (this money)
etc.

We
use some of, most of (etc.) +
the/this/that/these/those/my/his/Ann’s… etc.

So
we say:

some
of the people, some of those people (but not ‘some of people’)

most
of my friends, most of Ann’s friends (but not ‘most of friends’)

none
of this money, none of their money (but not ‘none of money’)

For
example:

*
Some of the people I work with are very friendly.

*
None of this money is mine.

*
Have you read any of these books?

*
I wasn’t well yesterday. I spent most of the day in bed.

You
don’t need of after all or half. So you can say:

*
All my friends live in London. or All of my friends …

*
Half this money is mine. or Half of this money …

See
also Section C.

Compare
all … and all (of) the …:

*
All flowers are beautiful. (= all flowers in general)

*
All (of) the flowers in this garden are beautiful. (= a particular
group of flowers)

C.
You can use all of/some of/none of etc. + it/us/you/them:

*
‘How many of these people do you know?’ ‘None of them.’ /’A few of
them.’

*
Do any of you want to come to a party tonight?

*
‘Do you like this music?’ ‘Some of it. Not all of it.’

Before
it/us/you/them you need of after all and half (all of, half of):

all
of us (not ‘all us’) half of them (not ‘half them’)

D.
You can use the words in the box (and also none) alone, without a
noun:

*
Some cars have four doors and some have two.

*
A few of the shops were open but most (of them) were closed.

*
Half (of) this money Is mine, and half (of it) is yours. (not ‘the
half’)

EXERCISES

87.1
Put in of where necessary. Leave an empty space H if the sentence is
already complete.

1.
All — cars have wheels.

2.
None _of_ this money is mine.

3.
Some — people get angry very easily.

4.
Some — the people I met at the party were very interesting.

5.
I have lived in London most — my life.

6.
Many — people watch too much TV.

7.
Are any — those letters for me?

8.
Most — days I get up before 7 o’clock.

9.
Jim thinks that all — museums are boring.

87.2
Choose from the list and complete the sentences. Use of (some of/most
of etc.) where necessary.

accidents
ears her friends the people I invited birds my dinner the
houses the population these books European countries her opinions
my spare time

1.
I haven’t read many _of these books._

2.
All cars have wheels.

3.
I spend most — gardening.

4.
It’s a historic town. Many — are over 400 years old.

5.
Many — are caused by bad driving.

6.
When she got married, she kept it a secret. She didn’t tell any —.

7.
Not many people live in the north of the country. Most — live in
the south,

8.
Not all — can fly. For example, the penguin can’t fly.

9.
None — to the party could come, so I cancelled it.

10.
Julia and I have very different ideas. I don’t agree with many —.

11.
Sarah travels a lot. She has been to most —.

12.
I had no appetite. I could only eat half —.

87.3
Complete the sentences using the words in brackets. Sometimes no
other words are necessary. Sometimes you need the or of the.

1.
I wasn’t well yesterday. I spent _most of the day_ in bed. (most/day)

2.
_Some cars_ can go faster than others. (some/cars)

3.
— drive too fast. (many/people)

4.
— you took on holiday were very good. (some/photographs)

5.
— learn more quickly than others. (some/people)

6.
We’ve eaten — we bought. There’s very little left. (most/food)

7.
Have you spent — you borrowed? (all)money)

8.
Peter can’t stop talking. He talks —. (all/time)

9.
We had a lazy holiday. We spent — on the beach. (most/time)

10.
George is easy to get on with — like him. (most/people)

11.
The exam was difficult. I could only answer —. (half/questions)

87.4
Complete the sentences. Use all/some/none + it/them/us (all of
it/some of them etc.).

1.
These books are all Jane’s. None of them belong to me.

2.
‘How many of these books have you read? — Every one.’

3.
We all got wet in the rain because — had an umbrella.

4.
Some of this money is yours and — is mine.

5.
I asked some people for directions but — were able to help me.

6.
She made up the whole story from beginning to end — was true.

7.
Not all the tourists in the group were Spanish — were French.

8.
I watched most of the film but not —.

UNIT
88. Both/both of neither/neither of either/either of

A.
We use both/neither/either for two things. You can use these words
with a noun (both books, neither book etc.)

For
example, you are talking about going out to eat this evening. There
are two restaurants where you can go. You say:

*
Both restaurants are very good. (not ‘the both restaurants’)

*
Neither restaurant is expensive.

*
We can go to either restaurant. I don’t mind. (either = one or the
other, it doesn’t matter which one)

B.
Both of …/neither of …/either of …

When
you use both/neither/either + of, you always need the …/these/those
…/my/your/his/ Tom’s… (etc.). You cannot say ‘both of
restaurants’. You have to say ‘both of the restaurants’, ‘both of
those restaurants’ etc.:

*
Both of these restaurants are very good.

*
Neither of the restaurants we went to was (or were) expensive.

*
I haven’t been to either of those restaurants. (= I haven’t been to
one or the other)

You
don’t need of after both. So you can say:

*
Both my parents are from London. or Both of my parents…

You
can use both of/neither of/either of + us/you/them:

*
(talking to two people) Can either of you speak Spanish?

*
I asked two people the way to the station but neither of them knew.

You
must say ‘both of’ before us/you/them (of is necessary):

*
Both of us were very tired. (not ‘Both us were …’)

After
neither of … a singular or a plural verb is possible:

*
Neither of the children wants (or want) to go to bed.

C.
You can also use both/neither/either alone:

*
I couldn’t decide which of the two shirts to buy. I liked both. (or I
liked both of them.)

*
‘Is your friend British or American?’ ‘Neither. She’s Australian.’

*
‘Do you want tea or coffee?’ ‘Either. I don’t mind.’

D.
You can say:

both
… and …: * Both Ann and Tom were late.

*
I was both tired and hungry when I arrived home.

neither
… nor …: * Neither Liz nor Robin came to the party.

*
She said she would contact me but she neither wrote nor phoned.

either
… or …: * I’m not sure where he’s from. He’s either Spanish or
Italian.

*
Either you apologize or I’ll never speak to you again.

E.
Compare either/neither/both (two things) and any/none/all (more than
two):

*
There are two good hotels in the town.

You
can stay at either of them.

*
We tried two hotels. Neither of them had any rooms./Both of them were
full.

*
There are many good hotels in the town. You can stay at any of them.

*
We tried a lot of hotels. None of them had any rooms./All of them
were full.

EXERCISES

88.1
Complete the sentences with both/neither/either.

1.
‘Do you want tea or coffee?’ ‘_Either._ of them I really don’t mind.’

2.
‘What day is it today—the I 8th or the 19th? ‘—. It’s the 20th.’

3.
‘There are two sandwiches here. Do you mind which I take?’ ‘No, take
—.’

4.
A: Where did you go for your holidays — Scotland or Ireland?

B:
We went to — A week in Scotland and a week in Ireland.

5.
‘When shall I phone you, morning or afternoon? ‘—. I’ll be in all
day.’

6.
‘Where’s Kate? Is she at work or at home?’ ‘—. She’s away on
holiday.’

88,2
Complete the sentences with both/neither/either. Use of where
necessary.

1.
_Both (of)_ my parents are from London.

2.
To get to the town centre, you can go along the footpath by the river
or you can go along the road. You can go — way.

3.
I tried twice to phone George but — times he was out.

4.
— Tom’s parents is English. His father is Polish and his mother is
Italian.

5.
I saw an accident this morning. One car drove into the back of
another. Fortunately — driver was injured but — cars were quite
badly damaged.

6.
I’ve got two sisters and a brother. My brother is working but — my
sisters are still at school.

88.3
Complete the sentences with both/neither/either of us/them.

1.
I asked two people the way to the station but _neither of them_ could
help me.

2.
I was invited to two parties last week but I didn’t go to —.

3.
There were two windows in the room. It was very warm, so I opened
—.

4.
Sarah and I play tennis together regularly but — can play very
well.

5.
I tried two bookshops for the book I wanted but — had it.

88.4
Write sentences with both … and …/neither … nor …/either …
or …

1.
Tom was late. So was Ann. Both Tom and Ann were later.

2.
She didn’t write and she didn’t phone. She neither wrote nor phoned.

3.
Jim is on holiday and so is Carol. Both —

4.
George doesn’t smoke and he doesn’t drink —

5.
Jim hasn’t got a car. Carol hasn’t got a car either —

6.
It was a very boring film. It was very long too. The film —

7.
Is that man’s name Richard? Or is it Robert? It’s one of the two.

That
man’s name —

8.
I haven’t got time to go on holiday. And I haven’t got the money.

I’ve
got —

9.
We can leave today or we can leave tomorrow — whichever you prefer.

We
—

88.5
Complete the sentences with neither/either/none/any.

1.
We tried a lot of hotels but none of them had any rooms.

2.
I took two books with me on holiday but I didn’t read — of them.

3.
I took five books with me on holiday but I didn’t read —them.

4.
There are a few shops at the end of the street but — of them sell
newspapers.

5.
You can phone me at — time during the evening. I’m always at home.

6.
I can meet you on the 6th or 7th. Would — of those days be
convenient for you?

7.
John and I couldn’t get into the house because — of us had a key.

8.
There were a few letters this morning but — of them were for me.

UNIT
89. All, every and whole

A.
All and everybody/everyone

We
do not normally use all to mean everybody/everyone:

*
Everybody enjoyed the party. (not ‘All enjoyed…’)

But
note that we say all of us/you/them, not ‘everybody of…’:

*
All of us enjoyed the party. (not ‘everybody of us’)

B.
All and everything

Sometimes
you can use all or everything:

*
I’ll do all I can to help. or I’ll do everything I can to help.

You
can say ‘all I can’/’all you need’ etc. but we do not normally use
all alone:

*
He thinks he knows everything. (not ‘he knows all’)

*
Our holiday was a disaster. Everything went wrong. (not ‘All went
wrong’)

We
use all in the expression all about:

*
They told us all about their holiday.

We
also use all (not ‘everything’) to mean the only thing(s):

*
All I’ve eaten today is a sandwich. (= the only thing I’ve eaten
today)

C.
Every/everybody/everyone/everything are singular words, so we use a
singular verb:

*
Every seat in the theatre was taken.

*
Everybody has arrived. (not ‘have arrived’)

But
we often use they/them/their after everybody/everyone:

*
Everybody said they enjoyed themselves. (= he or she enjoyed himself
or herself)

D.
All and whole

Whole
= complete, entire. Most often we use whole with singular nouns:

*
Did you read the whole book? (= all the book, not just a part of it)

*
She has lived her whole life in Scotland.

We
normally use the/my/her etc. before whole. Compare whole and all:

the
whole book/all the book her whole life/all her life

You
can also use: a whole ….

*
Jack was so hungry, he ate a whole packet of biscuits. (= a complete
packet)

We
do not normally use whole with uncountable nouns. We say:

*
I’ve spent all the money you gave me. (not ‘the whole money’)

E.
Every/all/whole with time words

We
use every to say how often something happens. So we say every
day/every Monday/every ten minutes/every three weeks etc.:

*
When we were on holiday, we went to the beach every day. (not ‘all
days’)

*
The bus service is very good. There’s a bus every ten minutes.

*
Ann gets paid every four weeks.

All
day/the whole day = the complete day from beginning to end:

*
We spent all day/the whole day on the beach.

*
He was very quiet. He didn’t say a word all evening/the whole
evening.

Note
that we say all day (not ‘all the day’), all week (not ‘all the
week’) etc.

Compare
all the time and every time:

*
They never go out. They are at home all the time. (= always—not
‘every time’)

*
Every time I see you, you look different. (= each time, on every
occasion)

UNIT
89

89.1
Complete these sentences with all, everything or everybody/everyone.

1.
It was a good party. _Everybody_ enjoyed it.

2.
_All_ I’ve eaten today is a sandwich.

3.
— has got their faults. Nobody is perfect.

4.
Nothing has changed — is the same as it was.

5.
Margaret told me — about her new job. It sounds quite interesting.

6.
Can — write their names on a piece of paper please?

7.
Why are you always thinking about money? Money isn’t —.

8.
I didn’t have much money with me. — I had was ten pounds.

9.
When the fire alarm rang, — left the building immediately.

10.
She didn’t say where she was going. — she said was that she was
going away.

11.
We have completely different opinions. I disagree with — she says.

12.
We all did well in the examination — in our class passed.

13.
We all did well in the examination — of us passed.

14.
Why are you so lazy? Why do you expect me to do — for you?

89.2
Write sentences with whole.

1.
I read the book from beginning to end. I _read the whole book._

2.
Everyone in the team played well. The —.

3.
Paul opened a box of chocolates. When he finished eating, there were
no chocolates left in the box. He ate —.

4.
The police came to the house. They were looking for something. They
searched everywhere, every room. They —.

5.
Ann worked from early in the morning until late in the evening. —.

6.
Everyone in Dave and Judy’s family plays tennis. Dave and Judy play,
and so do all their children. The —.

7.
Jack and Jill went on holiday to the seaside for a week. It rained
from the beginning of the week to the end. It —.

Now
write sentences 5 and 7 again using all instead of whole.

8.
(5) Ann —.

9.
(7) —.

89.3
Complete these sentences using every with one of the following:

five
minutes ten minutes four hours six months four years

1,
The bus service is very good. There’s a bus _every ten minutes_.

2.
Tom is ill. He has some medicine. He has to take it —.

3.
The Olympic Games take place —.

4.
We live near a busy airport. A plane flies over our house —.

5.
It’s a good idea to have a check-up with the dentist —.

89.4
Which is the correct alternative?

1.
I’ve spent _the whole money/all the money_ you gave me. (all the
money is correct)

2.
Sue works _every day/all days_ except Sunday.

3.
I’m tired. I’ve been working hard _all the day/all day._

4.
It was a terrible fire. _Whole building/The whole building_ was
destroyed.

5.
I’ve been trying to phone her all day but _every time/all the time_ I
phone her the line is engaged.

6.
1 don’t like the weather here. It rains _every time/all the time._

7.
When I was on holiday, _all my luggage/my whole luggage_ was stolen.

UNIT
90 Each and every

A.
Each and every are similar in meaning. Often it is possible to use
each or every:

*
Each time (or Every time) I see you, you took different.

*
There’s a telephone in each room (or every room) of the house.

But
each and every are not exactly the same. Study the difference:

#1
We use each when we think of things separately, one by one.

*
Study each sentence carefully. (= study the sentences one by one)

Each
is more usual for a small number:

*
There were four books on the table.

Each
book was a different colour.

*
(in a card game) At the beginning of the game, each player has three
cards.

#2
We use every when we think of things as a group. The meaning is
similar to all.

*
Every sentence must have a verb. (= all sentences in general)

Every
is more usual for a large number:

*
Carol loves reading. She has read every book in the library. (=all
the books)

*
I would like to visit every country in the world. (=all the
countries)

Each
(but not every) can be used for two things:

*
In a football match, each team has 11 players. (not ‘every team’)

We
use every (not each) to say how often something happens:

*
‘How often do you go shopping?’ ‘Every day.’ (not ‘each day’)

*
There’s a bus every ten minutes. (not ‘each ten minutes’)

B.
Compare the structures we use with each and every:

#1
You can use each with a noun: each book, each student

You
can use each alone (without a noun):

*
None of the rooms was the same. Each was different. (= each room)

Or
you can use each one:

*
Each one was different.

You
can say each of (the…/these… etc.):

*
Read each of these sentences carefully.

*
Each of the books is a different colour.

Also
each of us/you/them:

*
Each of them is a different colour.

#2
You can use every with a noun: every book, every student,

You
can say every one (but not every alone):

*
‘Have you read all these books?’ ‘Yes, every one.’

You
can say every one of … (but not ‘every of …’)

*
I’ve read every one of those books. (not ‘every of those books’)

*
I’ve read every one of them.

C.
You can also use each in the middle or at the end of a sentence. For
example:

*
The students were each given a book. (=Each student was given a
book.)

*
These oranges cost 25 pence each.

D.
Everyone and every one

Everyone
(one word) is only for people (=’everybody’). Every one (two words)
is for things or people, and is similar to each one (see Section B):

*
Everyone enjoyed the party. (=Everybody…)

*
He is invited to lots of parties and he goes to every one. (=to every
party)

EXERCISES

90.1
Look at the pictures and complete the sentences with each or every.

1.
_Each_. player has three cards.

2.
Carol has read — book in the library.

3.
— side of a square is the same length.

4.
— seat in the theatre was taken.

5.
— apartment has a balcony.

6.
There’s a train to London — hour.

7.
She was wearing four rings-one on — finger.

8.
Our football team has been very successful. We’ve won — game this
season.

90.2
Put in each or every.

1.
There were four books on the table. _Each_ book was a different
colour.

2.
The Olympic Games are held _every_ four years.

3.
— parent worries about their children.

4.
In a game of tennis there are two or four players. — player has a
racket.

5.
Nicola plays volleyball — Thursday evening.

6.
I understood most of what they said but not — word.

7.
The book is divided into five parts and — of these has three
sections.

8.
I get paid — four weeks.

9.
We had a great weekend. I enjoyed — minute of it.

10.
I tried to phone her two or three times, but — time there was no
reply.

11.
Car seat belts save lives — driver should wear one.

12.
(from an examination paper) Answer all five questions. Begin your
answer to — question on a separate sheet of paper.

90.3
Complete the sentences using each.

1.
The price of one of those oranges is 25 pence. Those _orange are 25
pence each._

2.
I had ten pounds and so did Sonia. Sonia and I —.

3.
One of those postcards costs 40 pence. Those —.

4.
The hotel was expensive. I paid f40 and so did you. We —.

90.4
Put in everyone (one word) or every one (two words).

1.
He’s invited to a lot of parties and he goes to _every one._

2.
As soon as — had arrived, we began the meeting.

3.
I asked her lots of questions and she answered — correctly.

4.
She’s very popular — likes her.

5.
I dropped a tray of glasses. Unfortunately — broke.

UNIT
91 Relative clauses (1)—clauses with who/that/which

A.
Look at this example sentence:

The
woman _who lives next_(relative clause) door is a doctor.

A
clause is a part of a sentence. A relative clause tells us which
person or thing (or what kind of person or thing) the speaker means:

*
The woman who lives next door … (‘who lives next door’ tells us
which woman)

*
People who live in London … (‘who live in London’ tells us what
kind of people)

We
use who in a relative clause when we are talking about people (not
things). We use who instead of he/she/they:

the
woman—she lives next door—is a doctor

->
The woman who lives next door is a doctor.

we
know a lot of people—they live in London

->
We know a lot of people who live in London.

*
An architect is someone who designs buildings.

*
What was the name of the man who lent you the money?

*
Anyone who wants to do the exam must enter before next Friday.

You
can also use that (instead of who):

*
The man that lives next door is very friendly.

But
sometimes you must use who (not ‘that’) for people — see Unit 94.

B.
When we are talking about things, we use that or which(not ‘who’) in
a relative clause:

where
is the cheese? — it was in the fridge

->
Where is the cheese that was in the fridge?

->
Where is the cheese which was in the fridge?

*
I don’t like stories that have unhappy endings. (or … stories which
have …)

*
Barbara works for a company that makes washing machines. (or … a
company which makes…)

*
The machine that broke down has now been repaired. (or The machine
which broke

down
…)

That
is more usual than which. But sometimes you must use which (not
‘that’)—see Unit 94.

C.
You cannot use what in sentences like these:

*.
Everything that happened was my fault. (not ‘Everything what
happened…’)

What
= ‘the thing(s) that’;

*
What happened was my fault. (=the thing that happened)

D.
Remember that in relative clauses we use who/that/which instead of
he/she/they/it. So we say:

*
Do you know the woman who lives next door? (not ‘…the woman she
lives next door’)

EXERCISES

91.1
In this exercise you have to explain what some words mean. Choose the
right meaning from the box and then write a sentence with who. Use a
dictionary if necessary.

he/she
steals from a shop

he/she
designs buildings

he/she
doesn’t believe in God

he/she
is not brave

he/she
buys something from a shop

he/she
pays rent to live in a house or flat

he/she
breaks into a house to steal things

he/she
no longer works and gets money from the state

1.
(an architect) _Architect is someone who designs buildings._

2.
(a burglar) _A burglar is someone —.

3.
(a customer) —.

4.
(a shoplifter) —.

5.
(a coward) —.

6.
(an atheist) —.

7.
(a pensioner) —.

8.
(a tenant) —.

91.2
Make one sentence from two. Use who/that/which.

1.
A girl was injured in the accident. She is now in hospital.

_The
girl who was injured in the accident is now in. hospital._

2.
A man answered the phone. He told me you were away.

The
man —.

3.
A waitress served us. She was very impolite and impatient.

The
—.

4.
A building was destroyed in the fire. It has now been rebuilt.

—.

5.
Some people were arrested. They have now been released.

The
—.

6.
A bus goes to the airport. It runs every half hour.

—.

91.3
Complete the sentences. Choose the most suitable ending from the box
and make it into a relative clause.

he
invented the telephone

she
runs away from home

hey
are never on time

they
were on the wall

it
makes washing machines

it
gives you the meaning of words

it
won the race

they
stole my car

it
can support life

it
cannot be explained

1.
Barbara works for a company _that makes washing machines._

2.
The book is about a girl —.

3.
What was the name of the horse —.

4.
The police have caught the men —.

5.
Alexander Bell was the man —.

6.
What’s happened to the pictures —.

7.
A mystery is something —.

8.
A dictionary is a book —.

9.
I don’t like people —.

10.
It seems that Earth is the only planet —.

UNIT
92 Relative clauses (2)—clauses with or without who/that/which

A.
Look again at these example sentences from Unit 91:

*
The woman [who] lives next door is a doctor. (or The woman that
lives…)

[The
woman] lives next door. who(= the woman) is the subject

*
Where is the cheese [that] was in the fridge? (or … the cheese
which was…)

[The
cheese] was in the fridge. that(= the cheese) is the subject

You
must use who/that/which when it is the subject of the relative
clause. You cannot say ‘The woman lives next door is a doctor’ or
‘Where is the cheese was in the fridge?’

B.
Sometimes who/that/which is the object of the verb. For example:

*.
The woman [who] I wanted to see was away on holiday.

I
wanted to see [the woman]. who(= the woman) is the object. I is the
subject

*
Have you found the keys [that] you lost?

You
lost [the keys]. that(= the keys) is the object. you is the subject

When
who/that/which is the object, you can leave it out. So you can say:

*
The woman I wanted to see was away. or The woman who I wanted to
see…

*
Have you found the keys you lost? or … the keys that you lost?

*
The dress Ann bought doesn’t fit her very well. or The dress that Ann
bought…

*
Is there anything I can do? or … anything that I can do?

Note
that we say:

the
keys you lost (not ‘the keys you lost them’)

the
dress Ann bought (not ‘bought it’)

C.
Notice the position of prepositions(in/at/with etc.) in relative
clauses:

do
you know the woman?—Tom is talking [to] her

->
Do you know the woman (who/that) Tom is talking [to]?

the
bed—I slept [in] it last night — wasn’t very comfortable

->
The bed (that/which) I slept in last night wasn’t very comfortable.

*
Are these the keys (that/which) you were looking for?

*
The woman (who/that) he fell in love with left him after a few weeks.

*
The man (who/that) I was sitting next to on the plane talked all the
time.

In
all these examples, you can leave out who/that/which.

Note
that we say:

the
books you were looking for (not ‘the books you were looking for
them’)

D.
You cannot use what in sentences like these:

*
Everything (that) they said was true. (not ‘Everything what they said
…’)

*
I gave her all the money (that) I had. (not ‘… all the money what I
had’)

What
= the thing(s) that:

*
Did you hear what they said? (= the things that they said)

EXERCISES

92.1
In some of these sentences you don’t need who or that. If you don’t
need these words, put them in brackets like this: (who) (that).

1.
The woman who lives next door is a doctor. (‘who’ is necessary in
this sentence)

2.
Have you found the keys (that) you lost. (in this sentence you don’t
need ‘that’)

3.
The people who we met at the party were very friendly.

4.
The people who work in the office are very friendly.

5.
The people who I talked to were very friendly.

6.
What have you done with the money that I gave you?

7.
What happened to the money that was on the table? Did you take it?

8.
It was an awful film. It was the worst film that I’ve ever seen.

9.
It was an awful experience. It was the worst thing that has ever
happened to me.

92.2
Complete these sentences with a relative clause. Use the sentences in
the box to make your relative clauses.

we
hired a car

you’re
going to see a film

I
invited some people to the par쇼

Ann
is wearing a dress

you
had to do some work

Tom
recommended a hotel to us

you
lost Same keys

we
wanted to visit a museum

1.
Have you found the keys _you lost ?_

2.
1 like the dress — was shut when we got there.

3.
The museum —?

4.
What’s the name of the film — couldn’t come.

5.
Some of the people —?

6.
Have you finished the work —?

7.
The car — broke down after a few miles.

8.
We stayed at a hotel —.

92.3
Complete these sentences using a relative clause with a preposition.

we
went to a party last night

you
can rely on George

we
were invited to a wedding

I
work with a number of people

I
applied for a job

you
told me about a hotel

you
were looking for some keys

I
saw you with a man

1.
Are these the keys _you were looking for?_

2.
Unfortunately we couldn’t go to the wedding —.

3.
I enjoy my job. I like the people —.

4.
What’s the name of that hotel —?

5.
The party — wasn’t very enjoyable.

6.
I didn’t get the job —.

7.
George is a good person to know. He’s somebody —.

8.
Who was that man — in the restaurant?

92.4
Put in that or what. If the sentence is complete with or without
that, write (that)—in brackets.

1.
I gave her all the money _that_ I had.

2.
They give their children everything — they want.

3.
Tell me — you want and I’ll try to get it for you.

4.
Why do you blame me for everything — goes wrong?

5.
I won’t be able to do much but I’ll do the best — I can.

6.
I can only lend you ten pounds. It’s all — I’ve got.

7.
I don’t agree with — you’ve just said.

8.
I don’t trust him. I don’t believe anything — he says.

UNIT
93 Relative clauses (3)—whose/whom/where

A.
Whose

We
use whose in relative clauses instead of his/her/their:

we
saw some people — [their] car had broken down

->
We saw some people [whose] car had broken down.

We
use whose mostly for people:

*
A widow is a woman whose husband is dead. (her husband is dead)

*
What’s the name of the man whose car you borrowed? (you borrowed his
car)

*
A few days ago I met someone whose brother I went to school with. J
went to school with his/her brother)

Compare
who and whose:

*
I met a man who knows you. (be knows you)

*
I met a man whose sister knows you. (his sister knows you)

B.
Whom

Whom
is possible instead of who when it is the object of the verb in the
relative clause (like the sentences in Unit 92B):

*
The woman whom I wanted to see was away on holiday. (I wanted to see
her)

You
can also use whom with a preposition (to whom/from whom/with whom
etc.):

*
The woman with whom he fell in love left him after a few weeks. (he
fell in love with her)

But
we do not often use whom. In spoken English we usually prefer who or
that, or nothing (see Unit 92). So we usually say:

*
The man I saw. or The man who/that I saw.

*
The woman he fell in love with. or The woman who/that he fell in love
with.

For
whom see also Units 94-95.

C.
Where

You
can use where in a relative clause to talk about a place:

the
hotel—we stayed [there]—wasn’t very clean

->
The hotel [there] we stayed wasn’t very clean.

*
I recently went back to the town where I was born. (or … the town I
was born in. or … the town that I was born in.)

*
I would like to live in a country where there is plenty of sunshine.

D.
We say:

the
day/the year/the time(etc.) something happens or the day/the year/the
time(etc.) that something happens

*
Do you still remember the day (that) we first met?

*
The last time (that) I saw her, she looked very well.

*
I haven’t seen them since the year (that) they got married.

E.
We say:

the
reason something happens or the reason that/why something happens

*
The reason I’m phoning you is to invite you to a party. (or The
reason that I’m phoning …/The reason why I’m phoning …)

EXERCISES

93.1
You met these people at a party:

My
mother writes detective stories.

My
wife is an English teacher.

I
won a restaurant.

My
ambition is to limb Everest.

We’ve
just I got married.

My
parents used to work in a circus.

Later
you tell a friend about the people you met. Complete the sentences
using who … or whose …

1.
I met somebody _whose mother writes detective stories.

2.
I met a man —.

3.
I met a woman —.

4.
I met somebody —.

5.
I met a couple —.

6.
I met somebody —.

93.2
Complete the sentences. Use the sentences in the box to make relative
clauses with where.

I
can buy some postcards there

Ann
bought a dress there

John
is staying there

I
was born there

we
can have a really good meal there

we
had the car repaired there

1.
I recently went back to the town _where I was born._

2.
Do you know a restaurant —?

3.
Is there a shop near here —?

4.
I can’t remember the name of the garage —.

5.
Do you know the name of the hotel —?

6.
Ann bought a dress which didn’t fit her, so she took it back to the
shop —.

93.3
Complete each sentence using who/whom/whose/where.

1.
What’s the name of the man _who_ car you borrowed?

2.
A cemetery is a place — people are buried.

3.
A pacifist is a person — believes that all wars are wrong.

4.
An orphan is a child — parents are dead.

5.
The place — we spent our holidays was really beautiful.

6.
This school is only for children — first language is not English.

7.
1 don’t know the name of the woman to — I spoke on the phone.

93.4
Use your own ideas to complete these sentences. They are like the
ones in Sections D and E.

1.
I’ll always remember the day _I first met you._

2.
I’ll never forget the time —.

3.
The reason — was that I didn’t know your address.

4.
Unfortunately I wasn’t at home the evening —.

5.
The reason — is that they don’t need one.

6.
1989 was the year —.

Unit
94 Relative clauses(4)—‘extra information’ clauses (1)

A.
There are two types of relative clause. In these examples, the
relative clauses are underlined. Compare:

#1
Type 1

*
The woman _who lives next door_ is a doctor.

*
Barbara works for a company _that makes washing machines._

*
We stayed at the hotel _(that) Ann recommended to us._

In
these examples, the relative clause tells you which person or thing
(or what kind of person or thing) the speaker means:

‘The
woman who lives next door’ tells us which woman.

‘A
company that makes washing machines’ tells us what kind of company.

‘The
hotel (that) Ann recommended tells us which hotel.

We
do not use commas (,) with these clauses:

*
We know a lot of people _who live in London._ (what kind of people)

#2
Type 2

*
My brother Jim, _who lives in London_, is a doctor.

*
Colin told me about his new job, _which he’s enjoying very much._

*
We stayed at the Grand Hotel, _which Ann recommended to us._

In
these examples, the relative clauses do not tell you which person or
thing the speaker means. We already know which thing or person is
meant: ‘My brother Jim’, ‘Colin’s new job’ and ‘the Grand Hotel’. The
relative clauses in these sentences give us extra information about
the person or thing.

We
use commas (,) in these clauses:

*
My brother Jim, _who lives in London_, is a doctor. (extra
information about Jim)

B.
In both types of relative clause we use who for people and which for
things. But:

#1
Type 1

You
can use that:

*
Do you know anyone who/that speaks French and Italian?

*
Barbara works for a company which/that makes washing machines.

You
can leave out that/who/which when it is the object (see Unit 92):

*
We stayed at the hotel (that/which) Ann recommended.

*
This morning I met somebody (that/who) I hadn’t seen for ages.

We
do not often use whom in this type of clause (see Unit 93B).

#2
Type 2

You
cannot use that:

*
John, who (not ‘that’) speaks French and Italian, works as a tourist
guide.

*
Colin told me about his new job, which (not ‘that’) he’s enjoying
very much.

You
cannot leave out who or which:

*
We stayed at the Grand Hotel, which Ann recommended to us.

You
can use whom (when it is the object):

*
This morning I met Diane, whom (or who) I hadn’t seen for ages.

In
both types of relative clause you can use whose and where:

*
We met some people whose car had broken down.

*
What’s the name of the place where you spent your holiday?

*
Amy, whose car had broken down, was in a very bad mood.

*
Mrs Bond is going to spend a few weeks in Sweden, where her daughter
lives.

EXERCISES

94.1
Make one sentence from two. Use the sentence in brackets to make a
relative clause (Type 2). Sometimes the clause goes in the middle of
the sentence, sometimes at the end. You will need to use
who(m)/whose/which/where.

1.
Ann is very friendly. (She lives next door.) _Ann, who lives next
door, is very friendly._

2.
We stayed at the Grand Hotel. (Ann recommended it to us.) _We stayed
at the Grand Hotel, which Ann recommended to us._

3.
We went to Sandra’s party. (We enjoyed it very much.) We went to
Sandra’s party —.

4.
1 went to see the doctor. (He told me to rest for a few days.) —.

5.
John is one of my closest friends. (I have known him for a very long
time.) John —.

6.
Sheila is away from home a lot. (Her job involves a lot of
travelling.) —.

7.
The new stadium will be opened next month. (It can hold 90,000
people.) The —.

8.
We often go to visit our friends in Bristol. (It is only 30 miles
away.) —.

9.
Glasgow is the largest city in Scotland. (My brother lives there.)
—.

94.2
Read the information and complete the sentences. Use a relative
clause. Sometimes the clause tells us which thing or person (Type 1);
sometimes it only gives us extra information (Type 2). Use commas
where necessary.

1.
There’s a woman living next door. She’s a doctor.

The
woman _who lives next door is a doctor._

2.
I’ve got a brother called Jim. He lives in London. He’s a doctor.

My
brother Jim, _who lives in London, is a doctor._

3.
There was a strike at the car factory. It lasted ten days. It is now
over.

The
strike at the car factory —.

4.
I was looking for a book this morning. I’ve found it now.

I’ve
found —.

5.
London was once the largest city in the world, but the population is
now falling.

The
population of London —.

6.
A job was advertised. A lot of people applied for it. Few of them had
the necessary qualifications. Few of —.

7.
Margaret has a son. She showed me a photograph of him. He’s a
policeman.

Margaret
showed me —.

94.3
In some of these sentences you can use which or that; in others, only
which is possible. Cross out that if only which is possible. Also,
put commas(,) where necessary.

1.
Jane works for a company _which/that_ makes shoes. (both possible, no
commas)

2.
Colin told me about his new job, _which/that_ he’s enjoying very
much. (only which is possible; comma necessary)

3.
My office _which/that_ is on the second floor of the building is very
small.

4.
The office _which/that_ I’m using at the moment is very small.

5.
She told me her address _which/that_ I wrote down on a piece of
paper.

6.
There are some words _which/that_ are very difficult to translate.

7.
The sun _which/that_ is one of millions of stars in the universe
provides us with heat and light.

UNIT
95

Relative
clauses (5)—‘extra information’ clauses (2)

A.
Prepositions + whom/which

In
‘extra information’ clauses (see Unit 94-Type 2) you can use a
preposition before whom (for people) and which (for things). So you
can say:

to
whom/with whom/about which/for which etc.:

*
Mr Carter, to whom I spoke on the phone last night, is very
interested in our plan.

*
Fortunately we had a map, without which we would have got lost.

In
spoken English we often keep the preposition after the verb in the
relative clause. When we do this, we normally use who (not ‘whom’)
for people:

*
This is Mr Carter, who I was telling you about.

*
Yesterday we visited the City Museum, which I’d never been to before.

B.
All of/most of etc. + whom/which

Study
these examples:

Mary
has three brothers. All of them are married. (2 sentences)

->
Mary has three brothers, all of whom are married. (1 sentence)

They
asked me a lot of questions. I couldn’t answer most of them. (2
sentences)

->
They asked me a lot of questions, most of which I couldn’t answer. (1
sentence)

In
the same way you can say:

none
of/neither of/any of/either of + whom (people)

none
of/neither of/any of/either of which (things)

some
of/many of/much of/(a) few of + which (things)

some
of/many of/much of/(a) few of whom (people

both
of/half of/each of/one of/two of (etc.) + whom (people)

both
of/half of/each of/one of/two of (etc.) + which (things)

*
Tom tried on three jackets, none of which fitted him.

*
Two men, neither of whom I had ever seen before, came into my office.

*
They’ve got three cars, two of which they never use.

*
Sue has a lot of friends, many of whom she was at school with.

C.
Which (not ‘what’)

Study
this example:

[Jim
passed his driving test.] [This] surprised everybody. (2 sentences)

[Jim
passed his driving test,] _[which] surprised everybody._(relative
clause)(1 sentence)

In
this example, which = ‘the fact that he passed his driving test’. You
must use which (not ‘what’) in sentences like these:

*
Sheila couldn’t come to the party, which was a pity. (not ‘…what
was a pity’)

*
The weather was very good, which we hadn’t expected. (not ‘…what we
hadn’t

expected’)

For
what, see also Units 91C and 92D.

EXERCISES

95.1
Make two sentences from one using a relative clause. Use the sentence
in brackets to make the relative clause.

1.
Mr Carter is very interested in our plan. (I spoke to him on the
phone last night.)

_Mr
Carter, to whom I spoke on the phone last night, is very interested
in our plan._

2.
This is a photograph of our friends. (We went on holiday with these
friends.)

This
is a photograph —.

3.
The wedding took place last Friday. (Only members of the family were
invited to it.)

The
wedding —.

4.
Sheila finally arrived. (We had been waiting for her.)

5.
We climbed to the top of the tower. (We had a beautiful view from
there.)

95.2
Write sentences with all of/most of etc. + whom/which.

1.
Mary has three brothers. (All of her brothers are married.)

_Mary
has three brothers, all of whom are married._

2.
We were given a lot of information. (Most of the information was
useless.)

We
were given —.

3.
There were a lot of people at the party. (I had met only a few of
these people before.)

4.
I have sent her two letters. (She has received neither of these
letters.)

5.
Ten people applied for the job. (None of these people were suitable.)

6.
Kate has got two cars. (She hardly ever uses one of them.)

7.
Norman won 50,000 pounds. (He gave half of this to his parents.)

8.
Julia has two sisters. (Both of her sisters are teachers.)

95.3
join a sentence from Box A with a sentence from Box B to make a new
sentence. Use which.

A:

1.
Sheila couldn’t come to party.

2.
Jill isn’t on the phone.

3.
Nell has passed his examinations.

4.
Our flight was delayed.

5.
Ann offered to let me stay in her house.

6.
The street I live in is very noisy at night.

7.
Our car has broken down.

B:

1.
This was very nice of her.

2.
This means we can’t go away tomorrow.

3.
This makes it difficult to contact her.

4.
This makes it difficult to steep.

5.
This was a pity.

6.
This is good news.

7.
This meant we had to wait four hours at the airport.

1.
Sheila couldn’t come to the party, _which was a pity._

2.
Jill isn’t —.

3.
—.

4.
—.

5.
—.

6.
—.

7.
—.

UNIT
96 ~ing and ~ed clauses (the woman talking to Tom, the boy injured in
the accident)

A.
A clause is a part of a sentence. Some clauses begin with ~ing or
~ed. For example:

Do
you know the woman _talking to Tom?_(~ing clause)

The
boy _injured in the accident_(~ed clause) was taken to hospital

B.
We use ~ing clauses to say what somebody (or something) is doing (or
was doing) at a particular time:

*
Do you know the woman talking to Tom? (the woman is talking to Tom)

*
Police investigating the crime are looking for three men. (police are
investigating the crime)

*
Who were those people waiting outside? (they were waiting)

*
I was woken up by a bell ringing. (a bell was ringing)

When
you are talking about things (and sometimes people), you can use an
~ing clause to say what something does all the time, not just at a
particular time. For example:

*
The road joining the two villages is very narrow. (the road joins the
two villages)

*
1 live in a pleasant room overlooking the garden. (the room overlooks
the garden)

*
Can you think of the name of a flower beginning with ‘T’? (the name
begins with ‘T’)

C.
~ed clauses have a passive meaning:

*
The boy injured in the accident was taken to hospital. (the boy was
injured in the accident)

*
Some of the people invited to the party can’t come. (the people have
been invited to the party)

Injured
and invited are past participles. Many verbs have past participles
that do not end in ~ed (made, bought, stolen etc.):

*
Most of the goods made in this factory are exported. (the goods are
made.

*
The police never found the money stolen in the robbery. (the money
was stolen)

You
can use left in this way, with the meaning ‘not used, still there’:

*
We’ve spent nearly all our money. We’ve only got a little left. For
irregular past participles, see Appendix 1.

D.
We often use ~ing and ~ed clauses after there is/there was etc.:

*
There were some children swimming in the river.

*
Is there anybody waiting?

*
There was a big red car parked outside the house.

EXERCISES

96.1
Make one sentence from two. Use the information in brackets to make
an ~ing clause. Sometimes the ~ing clause goes in the middle of the
new sentence; sometimes it goes at the end.

1.
I was woken up by a bell. (The bell was ringing.)

_I
was woken up by a bell ringing._

2.
1 didn’t talk much to the man. (The man was sitting next to me on the
plane.)

3.
The taxi broke down. (The taxi was taking us to the airport.)

The
—.

4.
At the end of the street there is a path. (The path leads to the
river.)

5.
A new factory has just opened in the town. (The factory employs 500
people.)

6.
The company sent me a brochure. (The brochure contained all the
information I needed.)

96.2
Make one sentence from two, beginning as shown. Each time make an ~ed
clause.

1.
A boy was injured in the accident. He was taken to hospital.

_The
boy injured in the accident was taken to hospital._.

2.
A window was broken in the storm last night. It has now been
repaired.

The
window — repaired.

3.
A number of suggestions were made at the meeting. Most of them were
not very practical.

Most
of the suggestions —.

4.
Some paintings were stolen from the museum. They haven’t been found
yet.

The
—.

5.
A man was arrested by the police. What was his name?

What
was the name —.

96.3
Complete the sentences using one of the following verbs in the
correct form: blow call invite live offer read ring sit study
work

1.
I was woken up by a bell _ringing._

2.
A lot of the people _invited_ to the party cannot come.

3.
Life must be very unpleasant for people — near busy airports.

4.
A few days after the interview, I received a letter — me the job.

5.
Somebody — Jack phoned while you were out.

6.
There was a tree — down in the storm last night.

7.
When I entered the waiting room it was empty except for a young man
— by

the
window a magazine.

8.
Ian has got a brother — in a bank in London and a sister —
economics at university in Manchester.

96.4
Use the words in brackets to make sentences using there is/there was
etc.

1.
That house is empty. (nobody/live/in it)

_There’s
nobody living in it._

2.
The accident wasn’t serious. (nobody/injure)

_There
was nobody injured._

3.
I can hear footsteps. (somebody/come)

There
—.

4.
The train was full. (a lot of people/travel)

5.
We were the only guests at the hotel. (nobody else/stay there)

6.
The piece of paper was blank. (nothing/write/on it)

7.
There are regular English courses at the college. (a
course/begin/next Monday)

UNIT
97 Adjectives ending in ~ing and ~ed (boring/bored etc.)

A.
There are many adjectives ending in ~ing and ~ed. For example, boring
and bored. Study this example situation:

Jane
has been doing the same job for a very long time. Every day she does
exactly the same thing again and again. She doesn’t enjoy it any more
and would like to do something different.

Jane’s
Job is boring.

Jane
is bored (with her job).

Somebody
is bored if something (or somebody else ) is boring. Or, if something
is boring, it makes you bored. So:

*
Jane is bored because her job is boring.

*
Jane’s job is boring, so Jane is bored. (not ‘Jane is boring’)

If
a person is boring, this means that they make other people bored:

*
George always talks about the same things. He’s really boring.

B.
Compare adjectives ending in ~ing and ~ed:

You
can say:

*
My job boring.

*
My job interesting.

*
My job is tiring.

*
My job satisfying.

*
My job depressing. (etc.)

The
~ing adjective tells you about the job.

You
can say:

*
I’m bored with my job.

*
I’m not interested in my job any more.

*
I’m always tired when I finish work.

*
I’m not satisfied with my job.

*
My job makes me depressed. (etc.)

The
~ed adjective tells you how somebody feels (about the job).

Compare
these examples:

interesting

*
Julia thinks politics is very interesting.

*
Did you meet anyone interesting at the party?

surprising

*
It was quite surprising that he passed the examination. disappointing

*
The film was disappointing. I expected it to be much better.

shocking

*
The news was shocking.

interested

*
Julia is very interested in politics. (not ‘interesting in politics’)

*
Are you interested in buying a car? I’m trying to sell mine.

surprised

*
Everybody was surprised that he passed the examination.

disappointed

*
I was disappointed with the film. I expected it to be much better.

shocked

*
We were very shocked when we heard the news.

EXERCISES

97.1
Complete the sentences for each situation. Use the word given + the
ending ~ing or ~ed.

1.
The film wasn’t as good as we had expected. (disappoint-)

a.
The film was _disappointing._

b.
We were _disappointed_ with the film.

2.
Diana teaches young children. It’s a very hard job but she enjoys it.
(exhaust-)

a.
She enjoys her job but it’s often —.

b.
At the end of a day’s work, she is often —.

3.
It’s been raining all day. I hate this weather. (depress-)

a.
This weather is —.

b.
This weather makes me —.

c.
It’s silly to get — because of the weather.

4.
Clare is going to the United States next month. She has never been
there before. (excit-)

a.
It will be an — experience for her.

b.
Going to new places is always —.

c.
She is really — about going to the United States.

97.2
Choose the correct word.

1.
I was _disappointing/disappointed_ with the film. I had expected it
to be better.

2.
Are you _interesting/interested_ in football?

3.
The football match was quite _exciting/excited_ I enjoyed it.

4.
It’s sometimes _embarrassing/embarrassed_ when you have to ask people
for money.

5.
Do you easily get _embarrassing/embarrassed?_

6.
I had never expected to get the job. I was really _amazing/amazed_
when I was offered it.

7.
She has really learnt very fast. She has made
_astonishing/astonished_ progress.

8.
1 didn’t find the situation funny. I was not _amusing/amused._

9.
It was a really _terrifying/terrified_ experience. Afterwards
everybody was very _shocking/shocked._

10
Why do you always look so _boring/bored?_ Is your life really so
_boring/bored?_

11.
He’s one of the most _boring/bored_ people I’ve ever met. He never
stops talking and he never says anything _interesting/interested._

97.3
Complete the sentences using one of the words in the box.

amusing/amused
confusing/confused exhausting/exhausted annoying/annoyed
disgusting/disgusted interesting/interested boring/bored
exciting/excited surprising/surprised

1.
He works very hard. It’s not _surprising_ that he’s always tired.

2.
I’ve got nothing to do. I’m —.

3.
The teacher’s explanation was —. Most of the students didn’t
understand it.

4.
The kitchen hadn’t been cleaned for ages. It was really —.

5.
I seldom visit art galleries. I’m not particularly — in art.

6.
There’s no need to get — just because I’m a few minutes late.

7.
The lecture was —. I fell asleep.

8.
I asked Emily if she wanted to come out with us but she wasn’t —.

9.
I’ve been working very hard all day and now I’m —.

10.
I’m starting a new job next week. I’m quite — about it.

11.
Tom is very good at telling funny stories. He can be very —.

12.
Liz is a very — person. She knows a lot, she’s travelled a lot and
she’s done lots of different things.

UNIT
98 Adjectives: word order (a nice new house), Adjectives after verbs
(You look tired)

A.
Sometimes we use two or more adjectives together:

*
My brother lives in a nice new house.

*
In the kitchen there was ‘a beautiful large round wooden table.

Adjectives
like new/large/round/wooden are fact adjectives. They give us factual
information about age, size, colour etc.

Adjectives
like nice/beautiful are opinion adjectives. They tell us what
somebody thinks of something or somebody.

Opinion
adjectives usually go before fact adjectives.

a
nice(opinion) long(fact) summer holiday

an
interesting(opinion) young(fact) man

an
delicious(opinion) hot(fact) vegetable soup

a
beautiful(opinion) large round wooden(fact) table

B.
Sometimes we use two or more fact adjectives. Very often (but not
always) we put fact adjectives in this order:

1.
how big? -> 2. how old? -> 3. what color? -> 4. where from?
-> 5. what is it made of? -> NOUN

a
tall young man (1 -> 2)

a
large wooden table (1 -> 5)

big
blue eyes (1 -> 3)

an
old Russian song (2 -> 4)

a
small black plastic bag (1 -> 3 -> 5)

an
old white cotton shirt (2 -> 3 -> 5)

Adjectives
of size and length (big/small/tall/short/long etc.) usually go before
adjectives of shape and width (round/fat/thin/slim/wide etc.): a
large round table a tall thin girl a long narrow street

When
there are two colour adjectives, we use and:

a
black and white dress

a
red, white and green flag

but
a long black dress (not ‘a long and black dress’)

C.
We say ‘the first two days’, ‘the next few weeks’, ‘the last ten
minutes’ etc.:

*
I didn’t enjoy the first two days of the course. (not ‘the two first
days’)

*
They’ll be away for the next few weeks. (not ‘the few next weeks’)

D.
We use adjectives after be/get/become/seem:

*
Be careful!

*
I’m tired and I’m getting hungry.

*
As the film went on, it became more and more boring.

*
Your friend seems very nice.

We
also use adjectives to say how somebody/something looks, feels,
sounds, tastes or smells:

*
You look tired./I feel tired./She sounds tired.

*
The dinner smells good.

*
This tea tastes a bit strange.

But
to say how somebody does something you must use an adverb (see Units
99-100):

*
Drive carefully! (not ‘Drive careful’)

*
Susan plays the piano very well. (not ‘plays…very good’)

EXERCISES

98.1
Put the adjectives in brackets in the correct position.

1.
a beautiful table (wooden/round) _a beautiful round wooden table_.

2.
an unusual ring (gold) —.

3.
a new pullover (nice) —.

4.
a new pullover (green) —.

5.
an old house (beautiful) —.

6.
black gloves (leather) —.

7.
an American film (old) —.

8.
a long face (thin) —.

9.
big clouds (black) —.

10.
a sunny day (lovely) —.

11.
a wide avenue (long) —.

12.
a metal box (black/small) —.

13.
a big cat (fat/black) —.

14.
a little village (old/lovely) —.

15.
long hair (black/beautiful) —.

16.
an old painting (interesting/French) —.

17.
an enormous umbrella (red/yellow) —.

98.2
Write the following in another way using the first …/the next
…./the last …

1.
the first day and the second day of the course _the first two days of
the course_

2.
next week and the week after _the next two weeks_

3.
yesterday and the day before yesterday —

4.
the first week and the second week of September —

5.
tomorrow and a few days after that —

6.
questions 1, 2 and 3 of the examination —

7.
next year and the year after —

8.
the last day of our holiday and the two days before that —

98.3
Complete each sentence with a verb (in the correct form) and an
adjective from the boxes.

verb:
feel smell look seem smell sound taste

adjective:
awful fine nice interesting upset wet

1.
Ann _seemed upset_ this morning. Do you know what was wrong?

2.
I can’t eat this. I’ve just tried it and it —.

3.
I wasn’t very well yesterday but I — today.

4.
What beautiful flowers! They — too.

5.
You — Have you been out in the rain?

6.
Jim was telling me about his new job. It — quite —, much better
than his old job.

98.4
Choose the correct word.

1.
This tea tastes a bit _strange._ (strange/strangely)

2.
I always feel — when the sun is shining. (happy/happily)

3.
The children were playing — in the garden. (happy/happily)

4.
The man became — when the manager of the restaurant asked him to
leave. (violent/violently)

5.
You look — Are you all right? (terrible/terribly)

6.
There s no point in doing a job if you don t do it —.
(proper/properly)

UNIT
99 Adjectives and adverbs (1) (quick/quickly)

A.
Look at these examples:

*
Our holiday was too short — the time went very quickly.

*
The driver of the car was seriously injured in the accident.

Quickly
and seriously are adverbs. Many adverbs are made from an adjective +
-1y:

adjective:
quick serious careful quiet heavy bad

adverb:
quickly seriously carefully quietly heavily badly

For
spelling, see Appendix 6.

Not
all words ending in -ly are adverbs. Some adjectives end in -ly too,
for example:

friendly
lively elderly lonely silly lovely

B.
Adjective or adverb?

#1
Adjectives (quick/careful etc.) tell us about a noun. We use
adjectives before nouns and after some verbs, especially be:

*
Tom is a careful driver. (not ‘a carefully driver’)

*
We didn’t go out because of the heavy rain.

*
Please be quiet.

*
I was disappointed that my exam results were so bad.

We
also use adjectives after the verbs look/feel/sound etc. (see Unit
98D):

*
Why do you always look so serious?

#2
Adverbs (quickly/carefully etc.) tell us about a verb. An adverb
tells us how somebody does something or how something happens:

*
Tom drove carefully along the narrow road. (not ‘drove careful’)

*
We didn’t go out because it was raining heavily. (not ‘raining
heavy’)

*
Please speak quietly. (not ‘speak quiet’)

*
I was disappointed that I did so badly in the exam. (not ‘did so
bad’)

Why
do you never take me seriously?

Compare:

*
She speaks perfect English.(adjective + noun)

*
She speaks English perfectly.(verb + object + adverb)

Compare
these sentences with look:

*
Tom looked sad when I saw him. (= he seemed sad, his expression was
sad)

*
Tom looked at me sadly. (= he looked at me in a sad way)

C.
We also use adverbs before adjectives and other adverbs. For example:

reasonably
cheap (adverb + adjective)

terribly
sorry (adverb + adjective)

incredibly
quickly (adverb + adverb)

*
It’s a reasonably cheap restaurant and the food is extremely good.

*
Oh, I’m terribly sorry. I didn’t mean to push you. (not ‘terrible
sorry’)

*
Maria learns languages incredibly quickly.

*
The examination was surprisingly easy.

You
can also use an adverb before a past participle
(injured/organised/written etc.)

*
Two people were seriously injured in the accident. (not ‘serious
injured’)

*
The meeting was very badly organised.

EXERCISES

99.1
Complete the sentences with adverbs. The first letter(s) of each
adverb are given.

1.
We didn’t go out because it was raining _heavily._

2.
Our team lost the game because we played very ba—.

3.
I had little difficulty finding a place to live. I found a flat quite
ea—.

4.
We had to wait for a long time but we didn’t complain. We waited
pa—.

5.
Nobody knew George was coming to see us. He arrived unex—.

6.
Mike keeps fit by playing tennis reg—.

99.2
Put in the right word.

1.
The driver of the car was _seriously_ injured. (serious/seriously)

2.
The driver of the car had serious_ injuries. (serious/seriously)

3.
I think you behaved very —. (selfish/selfishly)

4.
Rose is — I upset about losing her job. (terrible/terribly)

5.
There was a — change in the weather. (sudden/suddenly)

6.
Everybody at the party was — dressed. (colourful/colourfully)

7.
Linda likes wearing — clothes. (colourful/colourfully)

8.
She fell and hurt herself quite —.(bad/badly)

9.
He says he didn’t do well at school because he was — taught.
(bad/badly)

10.
Don’t go up that ladder. It doesn’t look —. (safe/safely)

11.
He looked at me — when I interrupted him. (angry/angrily)

99.3
Complete each sentence using a word from the list. Sometimes you need
the adjective (careful etc.) and sometimes the adverb (carefully
etc.).

careful(ly)
complete(ly) continuous(ly) financial(ly) fluent(ly)
happy/happily nervous(ly) perfect(ly) quick(ly) special(1y)

1.
Our holiday was too short. The time passed very _quickly._

2.
Tom doesn’t take risks when he’s driving. He’s always —.

3.
Sue works — She never seems to stop.

4.
Alice and Stan are very — married.

5.
Monica’s English is very — although she makes quite a lot of
mistakes.

6.
I cooked this meal — for you, so I hope you like it.

7.
Everything was very quiet. There was — silence.

8.
I tried on the shoes and they fitted me —.

9.
Do you usually feel — before examinations?

10.
I’d like to buy a car but it’s — impossible for me at the moment.

99.4
Choose two words (one from each box) to complete each sentence.

absolutely
reasonably unusually badly seriously unnecessarily completely
slightly

cheap
enormous planned badly changed ill quiet damaged long

1.
I thought the restaurant would be expensive but it was _reasonably
cheap._

2.
George’s mother is — in hospital.

3.
What a big house! It’s —.

4.
It wasn’t a serious accident. The car was only —.

5.
The children are normally very lively but they’re — today.

6,
When I returned home after 20 years, everything had —.

7.
The film was — It could have been much shorter.

8.
A lot went wrong during our holiday because it was —.

UNIT
100 Adjectives and adverbs (2) (well/fast/late, hard/hardly)

A.
Good/well

Good
is an adjective. The adverb is well:

*
Your English is good. but You speak English well.

*
Susan is a good pianist. but Susan plays the piano well.

We
use well (not ‘good’) with past participles (dressed/known etc.):

well-dressed
well-known well-educated well-paid

But
well is also an adjective with the meaning ‘in good health’:

*
‘How are you today?’, ‘I’m very well, thanks.’ (not ‘I’m very good’)

B.
Fast/hard/late

These
words are both adjectives and adverbs:

adjective:

*
Jack is a very fast runner.

*
Ann is a hard worker.

*
The train was late.

adverb:

*
Jack can run very fast.

*
Ann works hard. (not ‘works hardly’)

*
I got up late this morning.

Lately
= ‘recently’

*
Have you seen Tom lately?

C.
Hardly

Hardly
= very little, almost not. Study these examples:

*
Sarah was rather unfriendly to me at the party. She hardly spoke to
me. (= she spoke to me very little, almost not at all)

*
George and Hilda want to get married but they’ve only known each
other for a few

days.
I don’t think they should get married yet. They hardly know each
other. (= they know each other very little)

Hard
and hardly are completely different. Compare:

*
He tried hard to find a job but he had no luck. (= he tried a lot,
with a lot of effort)

*
I’m not surprised he didn’t find a job. He hardly tried to find one.
(= he tried very little)

We
often use hardly + any/anybody/anyone/anything/anywhere:

*
A: How much money have you got?

B:
Hardly any. (= very little, almost none)

*
I’ll have to go shopping. We’ve got hardly any food.

*
The exam results were very bad. Hardly anybody in our class passed.
(= very few students passed, almost nobody passed)

*
She ate hardly anything. She wasn’t feeling hungry. (= she ate very
little, almost nothing) Note the position of hardly. You can say:

*
She ate hardly anything. or She hardly ate anything.

*
We’ve got hardly any food. or We’ve hardly got any food. We often use
can/could + hardly. I can hardly do something = it’s almost
impossible for me to do it:

*
Your writing is terrible. I can hardly read it. (= it is almost
impossible for me to read it)

*
My leg was hurting me. I could hardly walk. Hardly ever = almost
never

*
I’m nearly always at home in the evenings. I hardly ever go out.

EXERCISES

100.1
Put in good or well.

1.
I play tennis but I’m not very _good._

2.
Your exam results were very —.

3.
You did very — in your exams.

4.
The weather was very — while we-were on holiday.

5.
1 didn’t sleep very — last night.

6.
How are you? Are you —?

7.
George speaks German very —.

8.
George’s German is very —.

9.
Our new business is going very — at the moment.

10.
I like your jacket. It looks — on you.

11.
I’ve met her a few times but I don’t know her very —.

100.2
Complete these sentences using well + one of the following words:
balanced behaved done dressed informed kept known paid

1.
The children were very good. They were _well-behaved._

2.
I’m surprised you haven’t heard of her. She is quite —.

3.
Our neighbours’ garden is neat and tidy. It is very —.

4.
You should eat different types of food. Your diet should be —.

5.
Ann knows a lot about many things. She is quite —.

6.
His clothes are always smart. He is always —.

7.
Jill has a lot of responsibility in her job but she isn’t very —.

8.
Congratulations on passing your examinations —!

100.3
Are the underlined words right or wrong? Correct the ones that are
wrong.

1.
I’m tired because I’ve been working _hard._ _RIGHT_

2.
I tried _hard_ to remember her name but I couldn’t.

3.
This coat is practically unused. I’ve _hardly_ worn it.

4.
She’s a good tennis player. She hits the ball _hardly._

5.
Don’t walk so _fast!_ I can’t keep up with you.

6.
Why are you walking so _slow?_ Are you tired?

100.4
Write sentences with hardly. Use one of the following verbs (in the
correct form):

change
hear know recognise say sleep speak

1.
George and Hilda have only met once before. They _hardly know_ each
other.

2.
You’re speaking very quietly. I can — you.

3.
I’m very tired this morning. I — last night.

4.
We were so shocked when we heard the news, we could —.

5.
Kate was very quiet this evening. She — a word.

6.
You look the same now as you looked 15 years ago. You’ve —.

7.
I met Keith a few days ago. I hadn’t seen him for a long time and he
looks very different now. I — him.

100.5
Complete these sentences with hardly +
any/anybody/anything/anywhere/ever.

1.
I’ll have to go shopping. We’ve got _hardly any_ food.

2.
It was a very warm day and there was — wind

3.
‘Do you know much about computers?’ ‘No —.’

4.
The hotel was almost empty. There was — staying there.

5.
I listen to the radio quite often but I — watch television.

6.
Our new boss is not very popular. — likes her.

7.
It was very crowded in the room. There was — to sit.

8.
We used to be good friends but we — see each other now.

9.
It was nice driving this morning. There was — traffic.

10.
1 hate this town. There’s — to do and — to go.

UNIT
101 So and such

A.
Study these examples:

#1
* I didn’t enjoy the book.

The
story was so stupid.

We
use so + adjective/adverb:

so
stupid so quick so nice so quickly

#2
* I didn’t enjoy the book.

It
was such a stupid story.

We
use such + noun: such a story such people

We
use such + adjective + noun: such a stupid story such nice people

Note
that we say such a … (not ‘a such …’)

B.
So and such make the meaning of an adjective (or adverb) stronger:

*
It’s a lovely day, isn’t it? It’s so warm. (= really warm)

*
He’s difficult to understand because he speaks so quickly.

Compare
so and such in these sentences:

*
I like Tom and Ann. They are so nice.

You
can use so … that …:

*
The book was so good that I couldn’t put it down.

*
I was so tired that I fell asleep in the armchair.

You
can leave out that in sentences like this:

*
I was so tired (that) I fell asleep.

*
We enjoyed our holiday. We had such a good time. (= a really good
time)

*
I like Tom and Ann. They are such nice people. (not ‘so nice people’)

You
can use such … that …:

*
It was such a good book that I couldn’t put it down.

*
It was such lovely weather that we spent the whole day on the beach.

*
It was such lovely weather (that) we …

C.
We also use so and such with the meaning ‘like this’:

*
I was surprised to find out that the house was built 100 years ago. I
didn’t realize it was so old. (as old as it is)

*
I expected the weather to be much cooler. I didn’t expect it to be so
warm.

*
I’m tired because I got up at 6 o’clock. I don’t usually get up so
early.

*
I didn’t realize it was such an old house.

*
The house was so untidy. I’ve never seen such a mess. (= a mess like
this)

Note
the expression no such…

*
You won’t find the word ‘blid’ in an English dictionary because there
is no such word. (= this word does not exist)

D.
We say: so long but such a long time:

*
I haven’t seen her for so long I’ve forgotten what she looks like.

so
far but such a long way:

*
I didn’t know it was so far.

so
much, so many but such a lot (of):

*
Why did you buy so much food?

*
I haven’t seen her for such a long time. (not ‘a so long time’)

*
I didn’t know it was such a long way.

*
Why did you buy such a lot of food?

EXERCISES

101.1
Put in so, such or such a.

1.
He’s difficult to understand because he speaks _so_ quickly.

2.
I like Tom and Ann. They’re _such_ nice people.

3.
It was a great holiday. We had _such a_ good time.

4.
I was surprised that he looked — well after his recent illness.

5.
Everything is — expensive these days, isn’t it?

6.
The weather is lovely, isn’t it? I didn’t expect it to be — nice
day.

7.
I have to go. I didn’t realize it was — late.

8.
He always looks good. He wears — nice clothes.

9.
It was — boring film that I fell asleep while I was watching it.

10.
I couldn’t believe the news. It was — shock.

11.
I think she works too hard. She looks — tired all the time.

12.
The food at the hotel was — awful. I’ve never eaten . awful food.

13.
They’ve got — much money, they don’t know what to do with it.

14.
1 didn’t realize you lived — long way from the city centre.

15.
I can’t decide what to do. It’s — problem.

101.2
Make one sentence from two. Use so or such.

1.
She worked hard.

2.
It was a beautiful day.

3.
I was tired.

4.
We had a good time on holiday.

5.
She speaks English well.

6.
I’ve got a lot of things to do.

7.
The music was loud.

8.
I had a big breakfast.

9.
It was horrible weather.

a.
You could hear it from miles away.

b.
You would think it was her native language.

c.
We spent the whole day indoors.

d.
She made herself ill.

e.
I couldn’t keep my eyes open.

f.
I didn’t eat anything else for the rest of the day.

g.
We decided to go to the beach.

h.
I don’t know where to begin.

I.
We didn’t want to come home.

1.
_She worked so hard she made herself ill._

2.
It was, such a beautiful day we decided to go to the beach._

3.
I was —.

4.
—.

5.
—.

6.
—.

7.
—.

8.
—.

9.
—.

101.3
Use your own ideas to complete these pairs of sentences.

1.
a. We enjoyed our holiday. It was so _relaxing._

b.
We enjoyed our holiday. We had such _a good time._

2
a. I don’t like London very much. It’s so —.

b.
I don’t like London very much. It’s such —.

3.
a. I like Ann. She’s so —.

b.
I like Ann. She’s such —.

4.
a. I wouldn’t like to be a teacher. It’s so —.

b.
I wouldn’t like to be a teacher. It’s such —.

5.
a. It’s great to see you again! I haven’t seen you for so —.

b.
It’s great to see you again! I haven’t seen you for such —.

UNIT
102 Enough and too

A.
The position of enough

Enough
goes after adjectives and adverbs:

*
He didn’t get the job because he wasn’t experienced enough. (not
‘enough experienced’)

*
You won’t pass the examination if you don’t work hard enough.

*
She shouldn’t get married yet. She’s not old enough.

The
opposite is too. (too hard/too old etc.):

*
You never stop working. You work too hard. Enough normally goes
before nouns:

*
He didn’t get the job because he didn’t have enough experience. (not
‘experience enough’)

*
I’d like to go away on holiday but I haven’t got enough money.

*
Some of us had to sit on the floor because there weren’t enough
chairs.

You
can also use enough alone (without a noun):

*
I’ll lend you some money if you haven’t got enough.

The
opposite is too much…/too many …:

*
We can’t go away on holiday. It costs too much (money).

*
There are too many people and not enough chairs.

B.
We say enough/too … for (somebody/something):

*
I haven’t got enough money for a holiday.

*
He wasn’t experienced enough for the job.

*
This shirt is too big for me. I need a smaller size.

But
we usually say enough/too … to do something (not ‘for doing’). So
we say:

enough
money to buy something, too young to do something etc.

For
example:

*
I haven’t got enough money to go on holiday. (not ‘for going’)

*
He wasn’t experienced enough to do the job.

*
She’s not old enough to get married. or She’s too young to get
married.

*
Let’s get a taxi. It’s too far to walk home from here.

*
There weren’t enough chairs for everyone to sit down.

*
They spoke too quickly for us to understand.

C.
We say:

The
food was very hot. We couldn’t eat it.

and:
The food was so hot that we couldn’t eat it.

but:
The food was too hot to eat. (without ‘it’)

Some
more examples like this:

*
The wallet was too big to put in my pocket. (not ‘too big to put it’)

*
These boxes are too heavy to carry. (not ‘too heavy to carry them’)

*
The water wasn’t clean enough to swim in.

EXERCISES

102.1
Complete these sentences using enough with one of the following
adjectives or nouns:

adjectives:
big old warm well,

nouns:
cups milk money qualifications room time

1.
She shouldn’t get married yet. She’s not _old enough._

2.
I’d like to buy a car but I haven’t got —.

3.
Have you got — in your tea or would you like some more?

4.
Are you —? Or shall I switch on the heating?

5.
It’s only a small car. There isn’t — for all of you.

6.
Steve didn’t feel — to go to work this morning.

7.
1 didn’t answer all the questions in the exam. I didn’t have —.

8.
Do you think I’ve got — to apply for the job?

9.
Try this jacket on and see if it’s — for you.

10.
There weren’t — for everybody to have coffee at the same time.

102.2
Complete the answers to the questions. Use too or enough with the
word in brackets.

1.
Is she going to get married?

(old)
No, she’s not _old enough to get married._

2.
I need to talk to you about something.

(busy)
Well, I’m afraid I’m — to you now.

3.
Let’s go to the cinema.

(late)
No, it’s — to the cinema.

4.
Why don’t we sit in the garden?

(warm)
It’s not — in the garden.

5.
Would you like to be a politician?

(nice)
No, I’m — a politician.

6.
Do you want to play tennis today?

(energy)
No, I haven’t got — tennis today.

7.
Did you hear what he was saying?

(far
away) No, we were — what he was saying.

8.
Can he read a newspaper in English?

(English)
No, he doesn’t know — a newspaper.

102.3
Make one sentence from two. Complete the new sentence using too or
enough.

1.
We couldn’t cat the food. It was too hot. _The food was, too hot to
eat._

2.
I can’t drink this coffee. It’s too hot. This coffee is —.

3.
Nobody could move the piano. It was too heavy.

The
piano —.

4.
I don’t wear this coat in winter. It isn’t warm enough.

This
coat —

5.
I can’t explain the situation. It is too complicated.

The
situation —.

6.
Three people can’t sit on this sofa. It isn’t wide enough.

This
sofa —.

7.
We couldn’t climb over the wall. It was too high.

The
wall —.

8.
You can’t see some things without a microscope, They are too small.

Some
—.

UNIT
103 Quite and rather

A.
Quite = less than ‘very’ but more than ‘a little’:

*
I’m surprised you haven’t heard of her. She’s quite famous. (= less
than ‘very famous’ but more than ‘a little famous’)

*
It’s quite cold. You’d better wear your coat.

*
Lucy lives quite near me, so we see each other quite often.

Quite
goes before a/an:

quite
a nice day (not ‘a quite nice day’), quite an old house, quite a long
way

Sometimes
we use quite + noun (without an adjective):

*
I didn’t expect to see them. It was quite a surprise.

We
also use quite with some verbs, especially like and enjoy:

*
I quite like tennis but it’s not my favourite sport.

Quite
sometimes means ‘completely’. See Section C.

B.
Rather is similar to quite. We use rather mainly with negative words
and negative ideas:

*
It’s rather cold. You’d better wear your coat.

*
‘What was the examination like?’ ‘Rather difficult, I’m afraid.’

*
Let’s get a taxi. It’s rather a long way to walk.

Quite
is also possible in these examples.

Often
we use quite with a positive idea and rather with a negative idea:

*
She’s quite intelligent but rather lazy.

When
we use rather with positive words (nice/interesting etc.), it means
‘unusually’ or

‘surprisingly’.
For example, rather nice = unusually nice/surprisingly nice/nicer
than expected:

*
These oranges are rather nice. Where did you get them?

*
Ann didn’t like the book but I thought it was rather interesting.
(=more interesting than expected)

Rather
can go before or after a/an. So you can say:

a
rather interesting book or rather an interesting book

C.
Quite also means ‘completely’. For example:

*
‘Are you sure?’ ‘Yes, quite sure.’ (= completely sure)

Quite
means ‘completely’ with a number of adjectives, especially:

[sure,
right, true, clear, different, incredible, amazing, certain, wrong,
safe, obvious, unnecessary, extraordinary, impossible]

*
She was quite different from what I expected. (= completely
different)

*
Everything they said was quite true. (= completely true)

We
also use quite (=’completely’) with some verbs. For example:

*
I quite agree with you. (= I completely agree) Not quite = ‘not
completely’:

*
They haven’t quite finished their dinner yet.

*
I don’t quite understand what you mean.

*
‘Are you ready yet?’ ‘Not quite.’ (= not completely)

EXERCISES

103.1
Complete the sentences using quite + one of the following:

a
busy day a good voice a nice time a lot of mistakes a nice day a
long way a strong wind a frightening experience

1.
The weather was better than we had expected. It was _quite a nice
day._

2.
Tom often sings. He’s got —.

3.
The bus stop wasn’t very near the hotel. We had to walk —.

4.
I’m tired. I’ve had —.

5.
Our holiday was OK. We had —.

6.
It’s warm today but there’s —.

7.
1 hope that never happens again. It was —.

8.
She speaks English fluently but she makes —.

103.2
Complete these sentences using the words in brackets. Each time use
quite with the positive word and rather with the negative word.

1.
She’s _quite intelligent_ but _rather lazy._ (intelligent/lazy)

2.
The car goes — but it’s —. (well/noisy)

3.
The programme was — but —. (long/interesting)

4.
George is — but he’s —. (a hard worker/slow)

5.
I was — with the hotel but Jim was —. (disappointed/pleased)

6.
It’s — job but it’s — work. (a well-paid/hard)

7.
Sarah lives — us but it’s — to get to her house. (near/difficult)

103.3
What does quite mean in these sentences? Tick (V) the right meaning.

(more
than a little, less than very (Section A)), (completely (Section C))

1.
It’s _quite cold._ You’d better wear your coat.

2.
‘Are you sure?’ ‘Yes, _quite sure._’

3.
Maria’s English is _quite good._ ( ), ( )

4.
I couldn’t believe it. It was _quite incredible._

5.
The people I work with are _quite friendly._

6.
My bedroom is _quite big._

7.
You’re _quite right._

103.4
Complete these sentences using quite with one of the following:

amazing
different impossible right safe sure unnecessary true

1.
I didn’t believe her at first, but in fact what she said was _quite
true._

2.
You won’t fall. The ladder is —.

3.
I’m afraid I can’t do what you ask. It’s —.

4.
I couldn’t agree with you more. You are —.

5.
You can’t compare the two things. They are —.

6.
You needn’t have done that. It was —.

7.
1 think I saw them go out but I’m not —.

8.
I couldn’t believe what had happened. It was —.

UNIT
104 Comparison (1)—cheaper, more expensive etc.

A.
Look at these examples:

How
shall we travel? By car or by train?

Let’s
go by car. It’s cheaper.

Don’t
go by train. It’s more expensive.

Cheaper
and more expensive are comparative forms.

After
comparatives you can use than (see also Unit 106):

*
It’s cheaper to go by car than by train.

*
Going by train is more expensive than going by car.

B.
The comparative form is ~er or more …

We
use ~er for short words (one syllable):

cheap
-> cheaper, fast-> faster, large -> larger, thin ->
thinner

We
also use ~er for two-syllable words that end in -y (-y -> -ier):

lucky
-> luckier, early -> earlier, easy -> easier, pretty ->
prettier

For
spelling, see Appendix 6.

Compare
these examples:

*
You’re older than me.

*
The exam was quite easy — easier than we expected.

*
Can you walk a bit faster?

*
I’d like to have a bigger car.

*
Last night I went to bed earlier than usual.

We
use more… for longer words (two syllables or more):

more
modern, more serious, more expensive, more comfortable

We
use more… for adverbs that end in -1y:

more
slowly, more seriously, more quietly, more carefully

Also:
more often

but:
earlier (not ‘more early’)

*
You’re more patient than me.

*
The exam was quite difficult — more difficult than we expected.

*
Can you walk a bit more slowly?

*
I’d like to have a more reliable car.

*
1 don’t play tennis much these days. I used to play more often.

You
can use ~er or more… with some two-syllable adjectives, especially:

quiet,
clever, narrow, shallow, simple

*
It’s too noisy here. Can we go somewhere quieter/more quiet?

C.
These adjectives and adverbs have irregular comparative forms:

good/well
-> better:

*
The garden looks better since you tidied it up.

*
I know him well — probably better than anybody else.

bad/badly
-> worse:

*
‘Is your headache better?’ ‘No, it’s worse.’

*
He did very badly in the exam — worse than expected.

far
—> further (or farther):

*
It’s a long walk from here to the station — further than I
thought.(or …farther than…) Further (but not ‘farther’) can also
mean ‘more’ or ‘additional’:

*
Let me know if you hear any further news. (= any more news)

EXERCISES

104.1
Complete the sentences using a comparative form (older/more important
etc.).

1.
It’s too noisy here. Can we go somewhere _quieter?_

2.
This coffee is very weak. I like it a bit —.

3.
The hotel was surprisingly big. I expected it to be —.

4.
The hotel was surprisingly cheap. I expected it to be —.

5.
The weather is too cold in this country. I’d like to live somewhere
—.

6.
My job is a bit boring sometimes. I’d like to do something —.

7.
1 was surprised how easy it was to use the computer. I thought it
would be —.

8.
Your work isn’t very good. I’m sure you can do —.

9.
Don’t worry. The situation isn’t so bad. It could be —.

10.
1 was surprised we got here so quickly. I expected the journey to
take —.

11.
You’re talking very loudly. Can you speak a bit —.

12.
You hardly ever phone me. Why don’t you phone me —.

13.
You’re standing too near the camera. Can you move a bit — away?

14.
You were a bit depressed yesterday but you look — today.

104.2
Complete the sentences. Each time use the comparative form of one of
the words in the list. Use than where necessary.

big
crowded early easily high important interested peaceful
reliable serious simple thin

1.
I was feeling tired last night, so I went to bed _earlier than_
usual.

2.
I’d like to have a _more reliable_ car. The one I’ve got keeps
breaking down.

3.
Unfortunately her illness was — we thought at first.

4.
You look — Have you lost weight?

5.
I want a — flat. We don’t have enough space here.

6.
He doesn’t study very hard. He’s — in having a good time.

7.
Health and happiness are — money.

8.
The instructions were very complicated. They could have been —.

9.
There were a lot of people on the bus. It was — usual.

10.
I like living in the countryside. It’s — living in a town.

11.
You’ll find your way around the town — if you have a good map.

12.
In some parts of the country, prices are — in others.

104.3
Read the situations and complete the sentences. Use a comparative
form (~er or more …).

1.
Yesterday the temperature was nine degrees. Today it’s only six
degrees.

_It’s
colder today than it was yesterday._

2.
The journey takes four hours by car and five hours by train.

It
takes —.

3.
Dave and I went for a run. I ran ten kilometres. Dave stopped after
eight kilometres.

I
ran —.

4.
Chris and Joe both did badly in the exam. Chris got 20 % but Joe only
got 15 %.

Joe
did —.

5.
I expected my friends to arrive at about 4 o’clock. In fact they
arrived at 2.30.

My
friends —.

6.
You can go by bus or by train. The buses run every 30 minutes. The
trains run every hour.

The
buses —.

7.
We were very busy at work today. We’re not usually as busy as that.

We
—.

UNIT
105 Comparison (2)

A.
Before comparatives you can use:

much,
a lot, far (=a lot), a bit, a little, slightly (= a little)

*
Let’s go by car. It’s much cheaper. (or It’s a lot cheaper.)

*
Don’t go by train. It’s a lot more expensive. (or It’s much more
expensive.)

*
Could you speak a bit more slowly? (or … speak a little more
slowly?)

*
This bag is slightly heavier than the other one.

*
Her illness was far more serious than we thought at first. (or …
much more serious… or … a lot more serious … )

B.
You can use any and no + comparatives (any longer/no bigger etc.):

*
I’ve waited long enough. I’m not waiting any longer. (= not even a
little longer)

*
We expected their house to be very big but it’s no bigger than ours.
(or it isn’t any bigger than ours.)

*
Yesterday you said you felt ill. Do you feel any better today?

*
This hotel is better than the other one and it’s no more expensive.

C.
Harder and harder/more and more/more and more difficult etc.

We
repeat comparatives like this (… and …) to say that something is
changing continuously:

*
It’s becoming harder and harder to find a job.

*
It’s becoming more and more difficult to find a job.

*
Your English is improving. It’s getting better and better.

*
These days more and more people are learning English.

D.
The … the better

Study
these examples:

*
‘What time shall we leave?’ ‘The sooner the better.’ (= as soon as
possible)

*
‘What sort of box do you want? A big one?’ ‘Yes, the bigger the
better.’ (= as big as possible)

*
When you’re travelling, the less luggage you have to carry the
better. (= it is best to have as little luggage as possible)

We
also use the … the … (with two comparatives) to say that one
thing depends on another thing:

*
The warmer the weather, the better I feel. (= if the weather is
warmer, I feel better)

*
The sooner we leave, the sooner we will arrive.

*
The younger you are, the easier it is to learn.

*
The more expensive the hotel, the better the service.

*
The more electricity you use, the higher your bill will be.

*
The more I thought about the plan, the less I liked it.

E.
Older and elder

The
comparative of old is older:

*
Tom looks older than he really is.

You
can use elder (or older) when you talk about people in a family. You
can say (my) elder brother/sister/son/daughter:

*
My elder brother is a pilot. (or My older brother …)

We
say ‘my elder brother’ but we do not say that ‘somebody is elder
…’:

*
My brother is older than me. (not ‘elder than me’)

For
eldest, see Unit 107D.

EXERCISES

105.1
Use the words in brackets to complete the sentences. Use much/a bit
etc. + a comparative form. Use than where necessary.

1.
Her illness was _much more serious than_ we thought at first.
(much/serious)

2.
This bag is too small. I need something —. (much/big)

3.
I’m afraid the problem is — it seems. (much/complicated)

4.
You looked depressed this morning but you look —now. (a bit/happy)

5.
I enjoyed our visit to the museum. It was — I expected.
(far/Interesting)

6.
You’re driving too fast. Could you drive —? ( a bit/slowly)

7.
It’s — to learn a foreign language in the country where it is
spoken. (a lot/easy)

8.
I thought she was younger than me but in fact she’s —
(slightly/old)

105.2
Complete the sentences using any/no + a comparative. Use than where
necessary.

1.
I’m fed up with waiting. I’m not waiting _any longer._

2.
I’m sorry I’m a bit late but I couldn’t get here —.

3.
This shop isn’t expensive. The prices are — anywhere else.

4.
I must stop for a rest. I can’t walk —.

5.
The traffic isn’t particularly bad today. It’s — usual.

105.3
Complete the sentences using the structure in Section C (… and
…)

1.
It’s becoming _harder and harder_ to find a job. (hard)

2.
That hole in your pullover is getting —. (big)

3.
My bags seemed to get — as I carried them. (heavy)

4.
As I waited for my interview, I became —. (nervous)

5.
As the day went on, the weather got —. (bad)

6.
Travelling is becoming —. (expensive)

7.
Since she has been in Britain, her English has got —. (good)

8.
As the conversation went on, he became —. (talkative)

105.4
These sentences are like those in Section D. Use the word(s) in
brackets (in the correct form) to complete the sentences.

1.
I like warm weather. The warmer the weather, _the better I feel._
(feel)

2.
I didn’t really like him when we first met.

But
the more I got to know him, —. (like)

3
If you’re in business, you want to make a profit.

The
more goods you sell, —. (profit)

4
It’s hard to concentrate when you’re tired.

The
more tired you are, —. (hard)

5.
She had to wait a very long time.

The
longer she waited, —. (impatient/become)

105.5
Which is correct, older or elder? Or both of them?

1.
My _older/elder_ brother is a pilot. (older and elder are both
correct)

2.
I’m surprised Diane is only 25. I thought she was _older/elder._

3.
Ann’s younger sister is still at school. Her _older/elder_ sister is
a nurse.

4
Martin is _older/elder_ than his brother.

UNIT
106 Comparison (3)—as … as/than

A.
Study this example situation:

Shirley,
Henry and Arthur are all millionaires. They are all very rich.

Shirley
has 10 million pounds, Henry has 8 million pounds and Arthur has 2
million pounds. So:

Henry
is rich.

He
is richer than Arthur.

But
he isn’t as rich as Shirley. (= Shirley is richer than he is)

Some
more examples of not as … (as):

*
Tom isn’t as old as he looks. (= he looks older than he is)

*
The city centre wasn’t as crowded this morning as it usually is. (=
it is usually more crowded)

*
jenny didn’t do as well in the exam as she had hoped. (= she had
hoped to do better)

*
‘The weather is better today, isn’t it?’ ‘Yes, it’s not as cold.’ (=
yesterday was colder)

*
I don’t know as many people as you do. (= you know more people)

You
can also say ‘not so. (as)’:

*
It’s not warm but it isn’t so cold as yesterday. (= … it isn’t as
cold as …)

Less
… (than) is similar to not as … (as):

*
I spent less money than you. (= I didn’t spend as much money …)

*
The city centre was less crowded than usual. (= it wasn’t as crowded
…)

B.
You can use as … as (but not ‘so … as’) in positive sentences and
in questions:

*
I’m sorry I’m late. I got here as fast as I could.

*
There’s plenty of food. You can have as much as you like.

*
Let’s walk. It’s just as quick as taking the bus.

*
Can you send me the money as soon as possible, please?

Also:
twice as … as, three times as … as etc.:

*
Petrol is twice as expensive as it was a few years ago.

*
Their house is about three times as big as ours.

C.
We say the same as (not ‘the same like’):

*
Ann’s salary is the same as mine. or Ann gets the same salary as me.

*
Tom is the same age as George.

*
‘What would you like to drink?’ ‘I’ll have the same as you.’

D.
Than me/than I am etc.

We
usually say:

*
You are taller than me. (not ‘than I’)

*
He is not as clever as her. (not ‘as she’)

After
than/as it is more usual to say me/him/her/them/us when there is no
verb. Compare:

*
You are taller than I am. but You are taller than me.

*
They have more money than we have. but They have more money than us.

*
I can’t run as fast as he can. but I can’t run as fast as him.

EXERCISES

106.1
Complete the sentences using as … as.

1.
I’m quite tall but you are taller. I’m not _as tell as you._

2.
My salary is high but yours is higher. My salary isn’t —.

3.
You know a bit about cars but I know more. You don’t —.

4.
It’s still cold but it was colder yesterday. It isn’t —.

5.
I still feel a bit tired but I felt a lot more tired yesterday.

I
don’t —.

6.
They’ve lived here for quite a long time but we’ve lived here longer.

They
haven’t —.

7.
I was a bit nervous before the interview but usually I’m a lot more
nervous.

I
wasn’t —.

106.2
Rewrite these sentences so that they have the same meaning.

1.
Jack is younger than he looks. Jack isn’t _as old as he looks._

2.
1 didn’t spend as much money as you. You _spent more money than me._

3.
The station was nearer than I thought. The station wasn’t —.

4.
The meal didn’t cost as much as I expected. The meal —.

5.
I go out less than I used to. I don’t —.

6.
Her hair isn’t as long as it used to be. She used to —.

7.
1 know them better than you do. You don’t —.

8.
There were fewer people at this meeting than at the last one.

There
weren’t —.

106.3
Complete the sentences using as … as. Choose one of the following:

bad,
comfortable, fast, long, often, quietly, soon, well, well-qualified,

1.
I’m sorry I’m a bit late. I got here _as fast as_ I could.

2.
It was a difficult question. I answered it — I could.

3.
‘How long can I stay with you?’ ‘You can stay — you like.’

4.
I need the information quickly, so please let me know — possible.

5.
I like to keep fit, so I go swimming — I can.

6.
I didn’t want to wake anybody, so I came in — I could.

In
the following sentences use just as … as.

7.
I’m going to sleep on the floor. It’s — sleeping in that hard bed.

8.
Why did he get the job rather than me? I’m — him.

9.
At first I thought you were nice but really you’re — everybody
else.

106.4
Write sentences using the same as.

1.
Sally and Kate are both 22 years old. _Sally is the same age as
Kate._

2.
You and I both have dark brown hair. Your hair —.

3.
I arrived at 10.25 and so did you. I —.

4.
My birthday is 5 April. Tom’s birthday is 5 April too. My —.

106.5
Complete the sentences with than… or as…

1.
I can’t reach as high as you. You are taller _than me._

2.
He doesn’t know much. I know more —.

3.
I don’t work particularly hard. Most people work as hard —.

4.
We were very surprised. Nobody was more surprised —.

5.
She’s not a very good player. I’m a better player —.

6.
They’ve been very lucky. I wish we were as lucky —.

UNIT
107 Superlatives—the longest/the most enjoyable etc.

A.
Study these examples:

What
is the longest river in the world?

What
was the most enjoyable holiday you’ve ever had?

Longest
and most enjoyable are superlative forms.

B.
The superlative form is ~est or most … In general, we use ~est for
short words and most … for longer words. (The rules are the same as
those for the comparative — see Unit 104.)

long
-> longest, hot -> hottest, easy -> easiest, hard ->
hardest

but
most famous, most boring most difficult, most expensive

These
adjectives are irregular:

good
-> best, bad -> worst, far -> furthest

For
spelling, see Appendix 6.

C.
We normally use the before a superlative (the longest/the most famous
etc.):

*
Yesterday was the hottest day of the year.

*
That film was really boring. It was the most boring film I’ve ever
seen.

*
She is a really nice person — one of the nicest people I know.

*
Why does he always come to see me at the worst possible moment?
Compare:

*
This hotel is the cheapest in town. (superlative)

*
This hotel is cheaper than all the others in town. (comparative)

D.
Oldest and eldest

The
superlative of old is oldest:

*
That church is the oldest building in the town. (not ‘the eldest’)

We
use eldest (or oldest) when we are talking about people in a family:

*
My eldest son is 13 years old. (or My oldest son . )

*
Are you the eldest in your family? (or . the oldest.

E.
After superlatives we use in with places (towns, buildings etc.):

*
What is the longest river in the world? (not ‘of the world’)

*
We had a lovely room. It was one of the nicest in the hotel. (not ‘of
the hotel’)

We
also use in for organisations and groups of people (a
class/team/company etc.):

*
Who is the best student in the class? (not ‘of the class’)

We
normally use of for a period of time:

*
What was the happiest day of your life?

*
Yesterday was the hottest day of the year.

F.
We often use the present perfect (I have done) after a superlative
(see also Unit 8A):

*
What’s the best film you’ve ever seen?

*
That was the most delicious meal I’ve had for a long time.

G.
Sometimes we use most + adjective to mean ‘very’:

*
The book you lent me was most interesting. (= very interesting)

*
Thank you for the money. It was most generous of you. (= very
generous)

EXERCISES

107.1
Complete the sentences. Use a superlative (~est or most … ) + a
preposition.

1
It’s a very nice room. It _is the nicest room in_ the hotel.

2.
It’s a very cheap restaurant. It’s — the town.

3.
It was a very happy day. It was — my life.

4.
She’s a very intelligent student. She — the class.

5.
It’s a very valuable painting. It — the gallery.

6.
Spring is a very busy time for me. It — the year.

In
the following sentences use one of + a superlative + a preposition.

7
It’s a very nice room. It _is one of the nicest rooms in_ the hotel.

8.
He’s a very rich man. He’s one — the world.

9.
It’s a very old castle. It — Britain.

10.
She’s a very good player. She — the team.

11.
It was a very bad experience. It — my life.

12.
He’s a very dangerous criminal. He — the country.

107.2
Complete the sentences. Use a superlative (~est or most …) or a
comparative (~er or more …).

1.
We stayed at _the cheapest_ hotel in the town. (cheap)

2.
Our hotel was _cheaper_ than all the others in the town. (cheap)

3.
The United States is very large but Canada is —. (large)

4.
What’s — river in the world? (long)

5.
He was a bit depressed yesterday but he looks — today. (happy)

6.
It was an awful day. It was — day of my life. (bad)

7.
What is — sport in your country? (popular)

8.
Everest is — mountain in the world. It is than any other mountain.
(high)

9.
We had a great holiday. It was one of the — holidays we’ve ever
had. (enjoyable)

10.
I prefer this chair to the other one. It’s —. (comfortable)

11.
What’s — way of getting from here to the station? (quick)

12.
Mr and Mrs Brown have got three daughters — is 14 years old. (old)

107.3
What do you say in these situations? Use a superlative + … ever …
Use the words given in brackets (in the correct form).

1.
You’ve just been to the cinema. The film was extremely boring. You
tell your friend: (boring/film/see) _That’s the most boring film I’ve
ever seen._

2.
Your friend has just told you a joke, which you think is very funny.
You say: (funny/joke/hear) That’s —.

3.
You’re drinking coffee with a friend. It’s really good coffee. You
say: (good/coffee/taste) This —.

4.
You are talking to a friend about Mary. Mary is very patient. You
tell your friend about her: (patient/person/meet) She —.

5.
You have just run ten kilometres. You’ve never run further than this.
You say to your friend: (far/run) That —.

6.
You decided to give up your job. Now you think this was a bad
mistake. You say to your friend: (bad/mistake/make) It —.

7.
Your friend meets a lot of people, some of them famous. You ask your
friend: (famous/person/meet?) Who —?

UNIT
108 Word order (1)—verb + object; place and time

A.
Verb + object

The
verb and the object of the verb normally go together. We do not
usually put other words between them:

I
like children very much. (not ‘l like very much children’)

Did
you see your friends yesterday?

Ann
often plays tennis

Study
these -examples. Notice how the verb and the object go together each
time:

*
Do you clean the house every weekend? (not ‘Do you clean every
weekend the house?’)

*
Everybody enjoyed the party very much. (not ‘Everybody enjoyed very
much the party’)

*
Our guide spoke English fluently. (not ‘…spoke fluently English’)

*
I not only lost all my money — I also lost my passport. (not ‘I lost
also my passport’)

*
At the end of the street you’ll see a supermarket on your left. (not
‘…see on your left a supermarket’)

B.
Place and time

Usually
the verb and the place (where?) go together:

go
home, live in a city, walk to work etc.

If
the verb has an object, the place comes after the verb + object:

take
somebody home, meet a friend in the street

Time
(when?/how often?/how long?) normally goes after place:

Tom
walks to work every morning. (not ‘Tom walks every morning to work’)

She
has been in Canada since April.

We
arrived at the airport early.

Study
these examples. Notice how time goes after place:

*
I’m going to Paris on Monday. (not ‘I’m going on Monday to Paris’)

*
They have lived in the same house for a long time.

*
Don’t be late. Make sure you’re here by 8 o’clock.

*
Sarah gave me a lift home after the party.

*
You really shouldn’t go to bed so ate.

It
is often possible to put time at the beginning of the sentence:

*
On Monday I’m going to Paris.

*
Every morning Tom walks to work.

Some
time words (for example, always/never/often) usually go with the verb
in the middle of the sentence. See Unit 109.

EXERCISES

108.1
Is the word order right or wrong? Correct the ones that are wrong.

1.
Everybody enjoyed the party very much. _RIGHT_

2.
Tom walks every morning to work. _WRONG: to work every morning_

3.
Jim doesn’t like very much football. —

4.
I drink three or four cups of coffee every morning. —

5.
I ate quickly my dinner and went out. —

6.
Are you going to invite to the party a lot of people? —

7.
I phoned Tom immediately after hearing the news —

8.
Did you go late to bed last night? —

9.
Sue was here five minutes ago. Where is she now? —

10.
Did you learn a lot of things at school today? —

11.
I met on my way home a friend of mine —

12.
I fell yesterday off my bicycle —

108.2
Put the parts of the sentence in the right order.

1.
(the party/very much/everybody enjoyed) _Everybody enjoyed the party
very much._

2.
(we won/easily/the game) —.

3.
(quietly/the door /I closed) —.

4.
(Diane/quite well /speaks/German) —.

5.
(Tim/all the time television/watches) —.

6.
(again/please don’t ask/that question) —.

7.
(football/every weekend/does Ken play?) —.

8.
(some money/I borrowed/from a friend of mine) —.

108.3
Complete the sentences. Put the parts in the right order.

1.
(for a long time/have lived /in the same house)

They
_have lived in the same house for a long time._.

2.
(to the bank every Friday /go) I —.

3.
(home/did you come/so late) Why —?

4.
(her car/ drives /everyday /to work) Ann —.

5.
(been/recently/to the cinema) I haven’t —.

6.
(at the top of the page/your name/write) Please —.

7.
(her name/after a few minutes/remembered) I —.

8.
(around the town/all morning/walked) We —.

9.
(on Saturday night/didn’t see you/at the party) I —.

10.
(some interesting books/found/in the library) We —.

11.
(the children/yesterday/to the zoo/took) Sally —.

12.
(opposite the park/a new hotel/are building) They —.

UNIT
109 Word order (2)—adverbs with the verb

A.
Some adverbs (for example, always, also, probably) go with the verb
in the middle of a sentence:

*
Tom always goes to work by car.

*
We were feeling very tired and we were also hungry.

*
Your car has probably been stolen.

B.
Study these rules for the position of adverbs in the middle of a
sentence. (They are only general rules, so there are exceptions.)

i)
If the verb is one word (goes/fell/cooked etc.), the adverb usually
goes before the verb:

Tom
always(adverb) goes(verb) to work by car.

I
almost(adverb) fell(verb) as I was going down the stairs.

*
I cleaned the house and also cooked the dinner. (not ‘cooked also’)

*
Lucy hardly ever watches television and rarely reads newspapers.

Note
that these adverbs (always/often/also etc.) go before have to:

*
Jim never phones me. I always have to phone him. (not ‘I have always
to phone’)

ii)
But adverbs go after am/is/are/was/were:

*
We were feeling very tired and we were also hungry.

*
Why are you always late? You’re never on time.

*
The traffic isn’t usually as bad as it was this morning.

iii)
If the verb is two or more words (can remember/doesn’t smoke/has been
stolen etc.), the adverb goes after the first verb (can/doesn’t/has
etc.):

I
can(verb 1) never(adverb) remember(verb 2) his name.

Ann
doesn’t(verb 1) usually(adverb) smoke.(verb 2)

Are
you(verb 1) definitely(adverb) going(verb 2) to the party tomorrow?

Your
car has(verb 1) probably(adverb) been(verb 2) stolen.

*
My parents have always lived in London.

*
Jack can’t cook. He can’t even boil an egg.

*
The house was only built a year ago and it’s already falling down.

Note
that probably goes before the negative. So we say:

*
I probably won’t see you. or I will probably not see you. (but not ‘I
won’t probably.’)

C.
We also use all and both in these positions:

*
We all felt ill after the meal. (not ‘we felt all ill’)

*
My parents are both teachers. (not ‘my parents both are teachers’)

*
Sarah and Jane have both applied for the job.

*
We are all going out this evening.

D.
Sometimes we use is/will/did etc. instead of repeating part of a
sentence (see Unit 50A). Note the position of always/never etc. in
these sentences:

*
He always says he won’t be late but he always is. (= he is always
late)

*
I’ve never done it and I never will. (= I will never do it) We
normally put always/never etc. before the verb in sentences like
these.

EXERCISES

109.1
Are the underline words in the right position or not? Correct the
sentences that are wrong.

1.
Tom goes _a1ways_ to work by car. _WRONG: Tom always goes_

2.
I cleaned the house and also cooked the dinner. _RIGHT_

3.
I have usually a shower when I get up. —

4.
We soon found the solution to the problem. —

5.
Steve gets hardly ever angry. —

6.
I did some shopping and I went also to the bank. —

7.
Jane has always to hurry in the morning because she gets up so late.
—

8.
We all were tired so we all fell asleep. —

9.
She always says she’ll phone me but she never does —

109.2
Rewrite the sentences to include the word in brackets.

1.
Ann doesn’t drink tea. (often) _Ann doesn’t often drink tea._

2.
We were on holiday. (all) —.

3.
We were staying at the same hotel. (all) —.

4.
We enjoyed ourselves. (all) —.

5.
Catherine is very generous. (always) —.

6.
1 don’t have to work on Saturdays. (usually) I —.

7.
Do you watch television in the evenings? (always) —.

8.
Martin is learning French. He is learning Italian. (also)

Martin
is learning French. He —.

9.
That hotel is very expensive. (probably) —.

10.
It costs a lot to stay there. (probably) —.

11.
I can help you, (probably) —.

12.
I can’t help you. (probably) —.

109.3
Complete the sentences. Use the words in brackets in the correct
order.

1.
I _can never remember_ her name. (remember/never/can)

2.
I — sugar in coffee. (take/usually)

3.
1 — hungry when I get home from work. (am/usually)

4.
‘Where’s Jim?’ ‘He — home early.’ (gone has/probably)

5.
Mark and Diane — in Manchester. (both were/born)

6.
Liz is a good pianist. She — very well. (sing/also/can)

7.
Our car — down. (often/breaks)

8.
They live in the same street as me but I — to them.
(never/have/spoken)

9.
We — a long time for the bus. (have/always/to wait)

10.
My sight isn’t very good. I — with glasses. (read/can/only)

11.
I — early tomorrow. (probably/leaving/will/be)

12.
I’m afraid I — able to come to the party. (probably/be I won’t)

13.
It’s difficult to contact Sue. She — at home when I phone her.
(is/hardly ever)

14.
We — in the same place. We haven’t moved. (still/are/living)

15.
If we hadn’t taken the same train, we — each other.
(never/met/would/have)

16.
‘Are you tired?’ ‘Yes, I — at this time of day.’ (am/always)

UNIT
110 Still, yet and already Any more/any longer/no longer

A
still

We
use still to say that a situation or action is continuing. It hasn’t
changed or stopped:

*
It’s 10 o’clock and Tom is still in bed.

*
When I went to bed, Jane was still working.

*
Do you still want to go to the party or have you changed your mind?

Still
usually goes in the middle of the sentence with the verb. See Unit
109.

B.
Any more/any longer/no longer

We
use not … any more or not … any longer to say that a situation
has changed. Any more and any longer go at the end of a sentence:

*
Ann doesn’t work here any more (or any longer). She left last month.
(not ‘Ann doesn’t still work here’)

*
We used to be good friends but we aren’t any more (or any longer).

You
can also use no longer. No longer goes in the middle of the sentence:

*
Ann no longer works here. Note that we do not normally use no more in
this way:

*
We are no longer friends. (not ‘We are no more friends’)

Compare
still and not … any more:

*
Sheila still works here but Ann doesn’t work here any more.

C.
Yet

Yet
= ‘until now’. We use yet mainly in negative sentences (I haven’t
finished yet) and questions (Have you finished yet?). Yet shows that
the speaker is expecting something to happen.

Yet
usually goes at the end of a sentence:

*
It’s 10 o’clock and Tom hasn’t got up yet.

*
I’m hungry. Is dinner ready yet?

*
We don’t know where we’re going for our holidays yet.

We
often use yet with the present perfect (Have you finished yet?). See
also Unit 7C. Compare yet and still:

*
Jack lost his job a year ago and is still unemployed.

Jack
lost his job a year ago and hasn’t found another job yet.

*
Is it still raining?

Has
it stopped raining yet?

Still
is also possible in negative sentences (before the negative):

*
She said she would be here an hour ago and she still hasn’t come.

This
is similar to ‘she hasn’t come yet’. But still. not shows a stronger
feeling of surprise or impatience. Compare:

*
I wrote to him last week. He hasn’t replied yet. (but I expect he
will reply soon)

*
I wrote to him months ago and he still hasn’t replied. (he should
have replied before now)

D.
Already

We
use already to say that something happened sooner than expected.
Already usually goes in the middle of a sentence (see Unit 109):

*
‘When is Sue going on holiday?’ ‘She has already gone.’ (= sooner
than you expected)

*
Shall I tell Liz the news or does she already know?

*
I’ve only just had lunch and I’m already hungry.

EXERCISES

110.1
Compare what Paul said a few years ago with what he says now. Some
things are the same as before and some things have changed.

Paul
a few years ago (beard)

I
travel a lot. I work in a shop.

I
write poems.

I
want to be a teacher.

I’m
interested in politics. I’m single. I go fishing a lot.

Paul
now

I
travel a lot.

I
work in a hospital.

I
gave up writing poems.

I
want to be a teacher.

I’m
not interested in politics.

I’m
single.

I
haven’t been fishing for years.

Write
sentences about Paul using still and not . any more.

1.
(travel) _He still travels a lot._

2.
(shop) _He doesn’t work in a shop any more.-

3.
(poems) He —.

4.
(teacher) —.

5.
(politics) —.

6.
(single) —.

7.
(fishing) —.

8.
(beard) —.

Now
write three sentences about Paul using no longer.

9.
_He no longer works in a shop._

10.
He —.

11.
—.

12
—.

110.2
For each sentence (with still) write a sentence with a similar
meaning using not … yet + one of the following verbs:

decide
find finish go stop take off wake up

1.
It’s still raining. _It hasn’t stopped raining yet._

2.
George is still here. He —.

3.
They’re still having their dinner. They —.

4.
The children are still asleep —.

5.
Ann is still looking for a job —.

6.
I’m still wondering what to do —.

7.
The plane is still waiting on the runway —.

110.3
In this exercise you have to put in still, yet, already or not …
any more in the _underline_ sentence (or part of a sentence). Study
the examples carefully.

1.
Jack lost his job a year ago and _he is unemployed._ _He is still
unemployed_

2.
Do you want me to tell Liz the news or _does she know_? _does she
already know

3.
I’m hungry. _Is dinner ready_? _Is dinner ready yet_

4.
I was hungry earlier but _I’m not hungry._ _I’m not hungry any more_

5.
Can we wait a few minutes? _I don’t want to go out._ —.

6.
Jill used to work at the airport but _she doesn’t work there._ —.

7.
I used to live in Amsterdam. _I have a lot of friends there_ —.

8.
‘Shall I introduce you to Jim?’ ‘There’s no need. _We’ve met._’ —.

9.
_Do you live in the same house_ or have you moved? —.

10.
Would you like to eat with us or _have you eaten?_ —.

11.
‘Where’s John?’ ‘_He isn’t here._ He’ll be here soon.’ —.

12.
Tim said he would be here at 8.30. It’s 9 o’clock now and _he isn’t
here._ —.

13.
Do you want to join the club or _are you a member?_ —.

14.
It happened a long time ago but _I can remember it very clearly._
—.

15.
I’ve put on weight. _These trousers don’t fit me._ —.

16.
‘_Have you finished with the paper?_’ ‘No _I’m reading it._’ —.

UNIT
111 Even

A.
Study this example situation:

Tina
loves watching television. She has a TV set in every room of the
house—even the bathroom.

We
use even to say that something is unusual or surprising. It is not
usual to have a TV set in the bathroom.

Some
more examples:

*
These photographs aren’t very good. Even I could take better
photographs than these. (and I’m certainly not a good photographer)

*
He always wears a coat — even in hot weather.

*
Nobody would lend her the money — not even her best friend. or Not
even her best friend would lend her the money.

B.
Very often we use even with the verb in the middle of a sentence (see
Unit 109):

*
Sue has travelled all over the world. She has even been to the
Antarctic. (It’s especially unusual to go to the Antarctic, so she
must have travelled a lot.)

*
They are very rich. They even have their own private jet.

Study
these examples with not even:

*
I can’t cook. I can’t even boil an egg. (and boiling an egg is very
easy)

*
They weren’t very friendly to us. They didn’t even say hello.

*
Jenny is very fit. She’s just run five miles and she’s not even out
of breath.

C.
You can use even + a comparative (cheaper/more expensive etc.):

*
I got up very early but John got up even earlier.

*
I knew I didn’t have much money but I’ve got even less than I
thought.

*
We were surprised to get a letter from her. We were even more
surprised when she came to see us a few days later.

D.
Even though/even when/even if

You
can use even + though/when/if to join sentences. Note that you cannot
use even alone in the following examples:

*
Even though she can’t drive, she has bought a car. (not ‘Even she
can’t drive.’)

*
He never shouts, even when he’s angry.

*
I’ll probably see you tomorrow. But even if I don’t see you tomorrow,
we’re sure to see each other before the weekend. (not ‘even I don’t
see you’)

Compare
even if and if:

*
We’re going to the beach tomorrow. It doesn’t matter what the weather
is like. We’re going to the beach even if it’s raining.

*
We hope to go to the beach tomorrow, but we won’t go if it’s raining.

EXERCISES

111.1
Sharon, Linda and Angela are three friends who went on holiday
together. Use the information given about them to complete the
sentences using even or not even.

Sharon
is usually on time, Sharon is usually happy, Sharon likes getting up
early, Sharon is very interested in art

Linda
isn’t very keen on art, Linda is usually miserable, Linda usually
hates hotels, Linda hasn’t got a camera

Angela
is almost always late, Angela is a keen photographer, Angela loves
staying at hotels, Angela isn’t very good at getting up

1.
They stayed at a hotel. Everybody liked it, _even Linda._

2.
They arranged to meet. They all arrived on time —.

3.
They went to an art gallery. Nobody enjoyed it —.

4.
Yesterday they had to get up early. They all managed to do this —.

5.
They were together yesterday. They were all in a good mood —.

6.
None of them took any photographs, —.

111.2
Make sentences with even. Use the words in brackets.

1.
She has been all over the world. (the Antarctic) _She has even been
to the Antarctic._

2.
She has to work every day. (on Sundays) —.

3.
They painted the whole room. (the floor) They —.

4.
You could hear the noise from a long way away. (from the next street)

You
—.

5.
They have the windows open all the time. (when it’s freezing) —.

In
the following sentences you have to use not … even.

6.
They didn’t say anything to us. (hello). _The didn’t even say hello._

7.
I can’t remember anything about her. (her name) I —.

8.
There isn’t anything to do in this town. (a cinema) —.

9.
He didn’t tell anybody where he was going. (his wife) —.

111.3
Complete these sentences using even + a comparative.

1.
It was very hot yesterday but today it’s _even hotter._

2.
The church is 500 years old but the house next to it is —.

3.
That’s a very good idea but I’ve got an — one.

4.
The first question was very difficult to answer. The second one was
—.

5.
1 did very badly in the examination but most of my friends did —.

6.
Neither of us was hungry. I ate very little and my friend ate —.

111.4
Put in if, even, even if or even though.

1.
_Even though_ she can’t drive, she has bought a car.

2.
The bus leaves in five minutes but we can still catch it — we run.

3.
The bus leaves in two minutes. We won’t catch it now — we run.

4.
His Spanish isn’t very good — after three years in Spain.

5.
His Spanish isn’t very good — he’s lived in Spain for three years.

6.
— with the heating on, it was very cold in the house.

7.
— I was very tired, I couldn’t sleep.

8.
I won’t forgive them for what they said — they apologise.

9.
— I hadn’t eaten anything for 24 hours, I wasn’t hungry.

UNIT
112 Although/though/even though In spite of/despite

A.
Study this example situation:

Last
year Jack and Jill spent their holidays by the sea.

It
rained a lot but they enjoyed themselves. You can say:

Although
it rained a lot, they enjoyed themselves. (= It rained a lot but they
…)

or
In spite of the rain, they enjoyed themselves. Despite the rain, they
enjoyed themselves.

B.
After although we use a subject + verb:

*
Although it rained a lot, we enjoyed our holiday.

*
I didn’t get the job although I had all the necessary qualifications.

Compare
the meaning of although and because:

*
We went out although it was raining.

*
We didn’t go out because it was raining.

C.
After in spite of or despite, we use a noun, a pronoun
(this/that/what etc.) or ~ing:

*
In spite of the rain, we enjoyed our holiday.

*
I didn’t get the job in spite of having all the necessary
qualifications.

*
She wasn’t well, but in spite of this she went to work.

*
In spite of what I said yesterday, I still love you.

Despite
is the same as in spite of. Note that we say ‘in spite of’, but
despite (without ‘of’):

*
She wasn’t well, but despite this she went to work. (not ‘despite of
this’)

You
can say ‘in spite of the fact (that)…’ and ‘despite the fact (that)
…’:

*
I didn’t get the job in spite of the fact (that) I had all the
necessary qualifications.

*
I didn’t get the job despite of the fact (that) I had all the
necessary qualifications.

Compare
in spite of and because of:

*
We went out in spite of the rain. (or … despite the rain.)

*
We didn’t go out because of the rain.

D.
Compare although and in spite of/despite:

*
Although the traffic was bad, I arrived on time. (not ‘in spite of
the traffic was bad’)

In
spite of the traffic, I arrived on time. (not ‘in spite of the
traffic was bad’)

*
I couldn’t sleep although I was very tired. (not ‘despite I was
tired’)

*
I couldn’t sleep despite being very tired. (not ‘despite I was
tired’)

E.
Sometimes we use though instead of although:

*
I didn’t get the job though I had all the necessary qualifications.

In
spoken English we often use though at the end of a sentence:

*
The house isn’t very nice. I like the garden though. (= but I like
the garden)

*
I see him every day. I’ve never spoken to him though. (= but I’ve
never spoken to him)

Even
though (but not ‘even’ alone) is a stronger form of although:

*
Even though I was really tired, I couldn’t sleep. (not ‘Even I was
really tired …’)

EXERCISES

112.1
Complete the sentences. Use although + a sentence from the box.

I
didn’t speak the language

he
has a very important job

I
had never seen her before

we
don’t like them very much

it
was quite cold, the heating was on

I’d
met her twice before

we’ve
known each other for a long time]

1.
_Although he has a very important job,_ he isn’t articularly
well-paid.

2.
—, I recognised her from a photograph.

3.
She wasn’t wearing a coat —.

4.
We thought we’d better invite them to the party —.

5.
—, I managed to make myself understood.

6.
—, the room wasn’t warm.

7.
I didn’t recognize her —.

8.
We’re not very good friends —.

112.2
Complete the sentences with although/in spite of/because/because of.

1.
_Although_ it rained a lot, we enjoyed our holiday.

2.
a. — all our careful plans, a lot of things went wrong.

b.
—we had planned everything carefully, a lot of things went wrong.

3.
a. I went home early — I was feeling unwell.

b.
I went to work the next day — I was still feeling unwell.

4.
a. She only accepted the job — the salary, which was very high.

b.
She accepted the job — the salary, which was rather low.

5.
a. I managed to get to sleep — there was a lot of noise.

b.
I couldn’t get to sleep — the noise.

Use
your own ideas to complete the following sentences:

6.
a. He passed the exam although .—.

b.
He passed the exam because —.

7.
a. I didn’t eat anything although —.

b.
I didn’t eat anything in spite of —.

112.3
Make one sentence from two. Use the word(s) in brackets in your
sentences.

1.
I couldn’t sleep. I was tired. (despite). _I couldn’t sleep despite
being tired._

2.
They have very little money. They are happy. (in spite of)

In
spite of —.

3.
My foot was injured. I managed to walk to the nearest village.
(although)

4.
I enjoyed the film. The story was silly. (in spite of)

5.
We live in the same street. We hardly ever see each other. (despite)

6.
I got very wet in the rain. I had an umbrella. (even though)

112.4
Use the words in brackets to make a sentence with though at the end.

1.
The house isn’t very nice. (like/garden) _I like the garden though._

2.
It’s quite warm. (a bit windy) —.

3.
We didn’t like the food. (ate) —.

4.
Liz is very nice. (don’t like/husband) I —.

UNIT
113 in case

A.
Study this example situation:

Geoff
is a football referee. He always wears two watches during a game
because it is possible that one watch will stop.

He
wears two watches in case one of them stops.

In
case one of them stops =’because it is possible one of them will
stop’.

Some
more examples of in case:

*
Ann might phone tonight. I don’t want to go out in case she phones.
(= because it is possible she will phone)

*
I’ll draw a map for you in case you can’t find our house. (= because
it is possible you won’t be able to find it)

We
use just in case for a smaller possibility:

*
I don’t think it will rain but I’ll take an umbrella just in case.
(=just in case it rains) Do not use will after in case. Use a present
tense for the future (see also Unit 25):

*
I don’t want to go out tonight in case Ann phones. (not ‘in case Ann
will phone’)

B.
In case is not the same as if. We use in case to say why somebody
does (or doesn’t do) something. You do something now in case
something happens later. Compare:

#1
in case

*
We’ll buy some more food in case Tom comes.

(=
Perhaps Tom will come; we’ll buy some more food now, whether he comes
or not; then we’ll already have the food if he comes.)

*
I’ll give you my phone number in case you need to contact me.

*
You should insure your bicycle in case it is stolen.

#2
if

*
We’ll buy some more food if Tom comes.

(=
Perhaps Tom will come; if he comes, we’ll buy some more food; if he
doesn’t come, we won’t buy any more food.)

*
You can phone me at the hotel if you need to contact me.

*
You should inform the police if your bicycle is stolen.

C.
You can use in case (+ past) to say why somebody did something:

*
We bought some more food in case Tom came. (= because it was possible
that Tom would come)

*
I drew a map for Sarah in case she couldn’t find the house.

*
We rang the bell again in case they hadn’t heard it the first time.

D.
‘In case of.’ is not the same as ‘in case’. In case of… = ‘if there
is…’ (especially in notices etc.):

*
In case of fire, please leave the building as quickly as possible. (=
if there is a fire)

*
In case of emergency, telephone this number. (= if there is an
emergency)

EXERCISES

113.1
Barbara is going for a long walk in the country. She is going to take
these things with her:

some
chocolate a map an umbrella her camera some water a towel

She
has decided to take these things because:

perhaps
she’ll want to have a swim

it’s
possible she’ll get lost

she
might get hungry

she
might want to take some photographs

perhaps
she’ll get thirsty

perhaps
it will rain

Write
sentences with in case saying why Barbara has decided to take these
things with her.

1.
_She’s going to take some chocolate in case she gets hungry._

2.
She’s going to take a map in case —.

3.
She’s going to —.

4.
—.

5.
—.

6
—.

113.2
What do you say in these situations? Use in case.

1.
It’s possible that Mary will need to contact you, so you give her
your phone number.

You
say: Here’s my phone number —.

2.
A friend of yours is going away for a long time. Maybe you won’t see
her again before she goes, so you decide to say goodbye now.

You
say: I’ll say —.

3.
You are shopping in a supermarket with a friend. You think you have
everything you need but perhaps you’ve forgotten something. Your
friend has the list. You ask him to check it.

You
say: Can you —.

113.3
Write sentences with in case.

1.
There was a possibility that Ann would phone. So I didn’t go out.

_I
didn’t go out in case Ann phoned._

2.
John thought that he might forget the name of the book. So he wrote
it down.

He
wrote down —.

3.
1 thought my parents might be worried about me. So I phoned them.

I
phoned —.

4.
1 wrote a letter to Jane but I didn’t receive a reply. So I wrote to
her again because I thought that perhaps she hadn’t received my first
letter.

I
—.

5.
I met some people when I was on holiday in France. They said they
might come to London one day. I live in London, so I gave them my
address.

I
—.

113.4
Put in case or if.

1.
Ann might phone this evening. I don’t want to go out _in case_ she
phones.

2.
You should tell the police _if_ your bicycle is stolen.

3.
1 hope you’ll come to London sometime. — you come, you can stay
with us,

4.
This letter is for Susan. Can you give it to her — you see her?

5.
Write your name and address on your bag — you lose it.

6.
Go to the lost property office — you lose your bag.

7.
The burglar alarm will ring — somebody tries to break into the
house.

8.
I’ve just painted the door. I’ll put a WET PAINT notice next to it
— somebody doesn’t realize it’s just been painted.

9.
I was advised to arrange insurance — I needed medical treatment
while I was abroad.

UNIT
114 Unless As long as and provided/providing

A.
Unless

Study
this example situation:

The
club is for members only.

You
can’t go in unless you are a member.

This
means:

‘You
can’t go In except if you are a member.’ or ‘You can go in only if
you are a member.’

Unless
=’except if’

Some
more examples of unless:

*
I’ll see you tomorrow unless I have to work late. (= except if I have
to work late)

*
Don’t tell Sue what I said unless she asks you. (= except if she asks
you)

*
‘Shall I tell Sue what you said?’ ‘Not unless she asks you.’ (= only
if she asks you)

*
I don’t like fish. I wouldn’t eat it unless I was extremely hungry.
(= except if I was extremely hungry)

We
often use unless in warnings:

*
We’ll be late unless we hurry. (= except if we hurry)

*
Unless you work much harder, you won’t pass the exam.

*
I was told I wouldn’t pass the exam unless I worked harder.

Instead
of unless it is often possible to say if … not:

*
Don’t tell Sue what I said if she doesn’t ask you.

*
We’ll be late if we don’t hurry.

B.
As long as etc.

as
long as or so long as All these expressions mean ‘if’ or ‘on
condition that’.

provided
(that) or providing (that) All these expressions mean ‘if’ or ‘on
condition that’.

For
example:

*
You can use my car as long as you drive carefully.

*
You can use my car so long as you drive carefully.

(=
you can use my car but you must drive carefully—this is a condition)

*
Travelling by car is convenient provided (that) you have somewhere
to park.

*
Travelling by car is convenient providing (that) you have somewhere
to park.

(=
but only if you have somewhere to park)

*
Providing (that) she studies hard, she’ll pass her exams.

*
Provided (that) she studies hard, she’ll pass her exams.

(=
she must study hard — if she does this, she will pass)

C.
When you are talking about the future, dr, not use will after
unless/as long as/provided providing. Use a present tense (see also
Unit 25):

*
We’ll be late unless we hurry. (not ‘unless we will hurry’)

*
Providing she studies hard, she will pass the exam. (not ‘providing
she will study’)

EXERCISES

114.1
Write a new sentence with the same meaning. Use unless in your
sentence.

1.
You must work much harder or you won’t pass the exam.

_You
won’t pass, the exam unless you work much harder._

2.
Listen carefully or you won’t know what to do.

You
won’t know what to do —.

3.
She must apologize to me or I’ll never speak to her again.

I’ll
—.

4.
You have to speak very slowly or he won’t be able to understand you.

5.
The company must offer me more money or I’m going to look for another
job.

114.2
Write a new sentence with the same meaning. Use unless in your
sentence.

1.
You are allowed into the club only if you’re a member.

_You
aren’t allowed into the club unless you’re a member._

2.
I’m going to the party only if you go too.

I’m
not going —.

3.
The dog will attack you only if you move suddenly.

4.
He’ll speak to you only if you ask him a question.

5.
The doctor will see you today only if it’s an emergency.

114.3
Choose the correct word or expression for each sentence.

1.
You can use my car _unless/as long as_ you drive carefully. (as long
as is correct)

2.
I’m playing tennis tomorrow _unless/providing_ it’s raining.

3.
I’m playing tennis tomorrow _unless/providing_ it’s not raining.

4.
I don’t mind if you come in late _unless/as long as_ you come in
quietly.

5.
I’m going now _unless/provided_ you want me to stay.

6.
I don’t watch television _unless/as long as_ I’ve got nothing else to
do.

7.
Children are allowed to use the swimming pool _unless/provided_ they
are with an adult.

8.
_Unless/provided_ they are with an adult, children are not allowed to
use the swimming pool.

9.
We can sit here in the corner _unless/as long as_ you’d rather sit
over there by the window.

10.
A: Our holiday cost a lot of money.

B:
Did it? Well, that doesn’t matter _unless/as long as_ you enjoyed
yourselves.

114.4
Use your own ideas to complete these sentences.

1.
We’ll be late unless _we hurry._

2.
I like hot weather unless —.

3.
I like hot weather provided —.

4.
Kate reads a newspaper every day as long as —.

5.
I don’t mind walking home as long as —.

6.
I like to walk to work in the morning unless —.

7.
We can meet tomorrow unless —.

8.
You can borrow the money providing —.

9.
You won’t achieve anything unless —.

UNIT
115 As (reason and time)

A.
As (reason)

As
sometimes means ‘because’:

*
As it was a public holiday, all the shops were shut. (= because it
was a public holiday)

*
As they live near us, we see them quite often.

*
We watched television all evening as we had nothing better to do. d
We also use as to say that two things happened at the same time. See
Section B.

B.
As (time)

You
can use as when two things happen at the same time:

*
I watched her as she opened the letter. (‘I watched’ and ‘she opened’
at the same time)

*
As they walked along the street, they looked in the shop windows.

*
Can you turn off the light as you go out, please? (= on your way out
of the room)

Or
you can say that something happened as you were doing something else
(= in the middle of doing something else):

*
Jill slipped as she was getting off the bus.

*
The thief was seen as he was climbing over the wall.

Most
often we use as when two short actions happen at the same time:

*
George arrived as Sue left. (= he arrived and Sue left at the same
time)

*
We all waved goodbye to Liz as she drove away in her car.

But
we also use as when two things happen together over a longer period
of time:

*
As the day went on, the weather got worse.

*
I began to enjoy the job more as I got used to it.

You
can also use just as (= exactly at that moment):

*
Just as I sat down, the phone rang.

*
Just as we were going out, it started to rain.

*
I had to leave just as the conversation was getting interesting.

For
the past continuous (was getting/were going etc.) see Unit 6.

C.
As, when and while

We
use as only if two things happen at the same time. We use when (not
‘as’) if one thing happens after another. Compare when and as:

*
When I got home, I had a bath. (not ‘as I got home’)

*
As I walked into the room, the phone started ringing. (= at the same
time)

We
use as (time) for actions and happenings. As + a situation (not an
action) usually means ‘because’ (see Section A):

*
As we were asleep, we didn’t hear the doorbell. (=because we were
asleep)

*
As they live near me, I see them quite often. (=because they live
near me)

You
cannot use as for time in sentences like this. You have to use while
or when:

*
The doorbell rang while we were asleep. (not ‘as we were asleep’)

*
Angela got married when she was 23. (not ‘as she was 23’)

EXERCISES

115.1
What does as mean in these sentences? (because), (at the same time
as)

1.
As they live near us, we see them quite often. (because)

2.
Jill slipped as she was getting off the bus. (at the same time as)

3.
As I was tired, I went to bed early.

4.
Unfortunately, as I was parking the car, I hit the car behind.

5,
As we climbed the hill, we got more and more tired.

6.
We decided to go out to cat as we had no food at home.

7.
As we don’t use the car very often, we’ve decided to sell it.

115.2
(Section A) join a sentence from List A with one from List B. Begin
each sentence with As.

A:
1. yesterday was a public holiday

2.
it was a nice day

3.
we didn’t want to wake anybody up

4.
the door was open

5.
none of us had a watch

B:
1. I walked in

2.
we came in very quietly

3.
all the shops were shut

4.
we didn’t know what time it was

5.
we went for a walk by the sea

1.
_As yesterday was a public holiday, all the shops were shut._

2.
—.

3.
—.

4.
—.

5.
—.

115.3
(Section B) Use as to join a sentence from List A with one from List
B.

A:
1. we all waved goodbye to Liz

2.
we all smiled

3.
I burnt myself

4.
the crowd cheered

5.
a dog ran out in front of the car

B:
1. we were driving along the road

2.
I was taking a hot dish out of the oven

3.
she drove away in her ear

4.
we posed for the photograph

5.
the two teams ran onto the field

1.
_We all waved goodbye to Liz as she drove a in her car._

2.—.

3.
—.

4.
—.

5.
—.

115.4
Put in as or when. Sometimes you can use either as or when.

1.
Angela got married _when_ she was 23.

2.
My camera was stolen — I was on holiday.

3.
He dropped the glass — he was taking it out of the cupboard.

4.
— I left school, I went to work in a shop.

5.
The train slowed down — it approached the station.

6.
I used to live near the sea — I was a child.

115.5
Use your own ideas to complete these sentences.

1.
I saw you as —.

2.
It began to rain just as —.

3.
As I didn’t have enough money for a taxi, —.

4.
Just as I took the photograph, —.

UNIT
116 Like and as

A.
Like = ‘similar to’, ‘the same as’. Note that you cannot use as in
this way:

*
What a beautiful house! It’s like a palace. (not ‘as a palace’)

*
‘What does Sandra do?’ ‘She’s a teacher, like me.’ (not ‘as me’)

*
Be careful! The floor has been polished. It’s like walking on ice.
(not ‘as walking’)

*
It’s raining again. I hate weather like this. (not ‘as this’)

In
these sentences, like is a preposition. So it is followed by a noun
(like a palace), a pronoun (like me/like this) or ~ing (like
walking).

You
can also say ‘like (somebody/something) doing something’:

*
‘What’s that noise?’ ‘It sounds like a baby crying.’

B.
Sometimes like = ‘for example’:

*
Some sports, like motor racing, can be dangerous.

You
can also use such as (= for example):

*
Some sports, such as motor racing, can be dangerous.

C.
We use as (not ‘like’) before a subject + verb:

*
I didn’t move anything. I left everything as I found it.

*
They did as they promised. (= They did what they promised.)

Compare
like and as in these sentences:

*
You should have done it like this. (like + pronoun)

*
You should have done it as I showed you. (as + subject + verb)

We
also say as you know/as I said/as she expected/as I thought etc.:

*
As you know, it’s Tom’s birthday next week. (= you know this already)

*
Jane failed her driving test, as she expected. she expected this
before)

Note
that we say as usual/as always:

*
You’re late as usual.

D.
As can also be a preposition but the meaning is different from like.
Compare:

#1
as

*
Brenda Casey is the manager of a company. As the manager, she has to
make many important decisions. (‘As the manager’ = in her position as
the manager)

*
During the war this hotel was used as a hospital. (so it really was a
hospital)

like

*
Mary Stone is the assistant manager. Like the manager (Brenda Casey),
she also has to make important decisions. (‘Like the manager’ =
similar to the manager)

*
Everyone is ill at home. Our house is like a hospital. (it isn’t
really a hospital)

As
(preposition) = ‘in the position of’, ‘in the form of’ etc.:

*
A few years ago I worked as a bus driver. (not ‘like a bus driver’)

*
We’ve got a garage but we haven’t got a car, so we use the garage as
a workshop.

*
Many English words (for example, ‘work’ and ‘rain’) can be used as
verbs or nouns.

*
London is all right as a place to visit, but I wouldn’t like to live
there.

*
The news of her death came as a great shock.

We
say regard … as:

*
I regard her as my best friend.

EXERCISES

116.1
(Sections A, B and Q Put in like or as.

1.
It’s raining again. I hate weather _like_ this.

2.
Jane failed her driving test _as_ she expected.

3.
Do you think Carol looks — her mother?

4.
He really gets on my nerves. I can’t stand people — him.

5.
Why didn’t you do it — I told you to do it?

6.
‘What does Bill do?’ ‘He’s a student — most of his friends.’

7.
Why do you never listen? Talking to you is — talking to the wall.

8.
— I said yesterday, I’m thinking of changing my job.

9.
Tom’s idea seemed a good one, so we did — he suggested.

10.
It’s a difficult problem. I never know what to do in situations —
this.

11.
I’ll phone you tomorrow — usual, OK?

12.
This tea is awful. It tastes — water.

13.
Suddenly there was a terrible noise. It was — a bomb exploding.

14.
She’s a very good swimmer. She swims — a fish.

15.
I’m afraid I can’t meet you on Sunday — we arranged.

16.
We met Keith last night. He was very cheerful — always.

116.2
(Sections A and D) Complete the sentences using like or as + one of
the following:

a
beginner blocks of ice a palace a birthday present a problem a
child a church winter a tourist guide

1.
This house is beautiful. It’s _like a palace._

2.
Margaret once had a part-time job —.

3.
My feet are really cold. They’re —.

4.
I’ve been learning Spanish for a few years but I still speak —.

5.
1 wonder what that building with the tower is. It looks —.

6.
My brother gave me this watch — a long time ago.

7.
It’s true that we disagree about some things but I don’t regard this
—.

8.
It’s very cold for the middle of summer. It’s —.

9.
He’s 22 years old but he sometimes behaves —.

116.3
(All sections) Put in like or as.

1.
Your English is very fluent. I wish I could speak — you.

2.
Don’t take my advice if you don’t want to. You can do — you like.

3.
You waste too much time doing things — sitting in cafes all day.

4.
1 wish I had a car — yours.

5.
There’s no need to change your clothes. You can go out — you are.

6.
My neighbour’s house is full of interesting things. It’s — a
museum.

7.
1 think I preferred this room — it was, before we decorated it.

8.
When we asked Sue to help us, she agreed immediately — I knew she
would.

9.
Sharon has been working — a waitress for the last two months.

10.
While we were on holiday, we, spent most of our time doing energetic
things — sailing, water skiing and swimming.

11.
You’re different from the other people I know. I don’t know anyone
— you.

12.
We don’t need all the bedrooms in the house, so we use one of them
— a study.

13.
— her father, Catherine has a very good voice.

14.
The news that Sue and Jim were getting married came — a complete
surprise to me.

15.
At the moment I’ve got a temporary job in a bookshop. It’s OK — a
temporary job but I wouldn’t like to do it permanently.

UNIT
117 As if

A.
You can use as if to say how somebody or something looks/sounds/feels
etc.:

*
That house looks as if it’s going to fall down.

*
Ann sounded as if she had a cold, didn’t she?

*
I’ve just come back from holiday but I feel tired and depressed. I
don’t feel as if I’ve just had a holiday.

Compare:

*
You look tired. (look + adjective)

You
look as if you haven’t slept. (look + as if + subject + verb)

*
Tom sounded worried. (sound + adjective)

Tom
sounded as if he was worried. (sound + as if + subject + verb)

You
can use as though instead of as if:

*
Ann sounds as though she’s got a cold. (= as if she’s got a cold.)

B.
You can also say It looks/sounds/smells as if (or as though):

*
Sandra is very late, isn’t she? It looks as if she isn’t coming.

*
We took an umbrella with us because it looked as if it was going to
rain.

*
Do you hear that music next door? It sounds as if they’re having a
party.

*
It smells as though someone has been smoking in here.

After
It looks/sounds/smells, many people use like instead of as if/as
though:

*
It looks like Sandra isn’t coming.

C.
You can use as if with other verbs to say how somebody does
something:

*
He ran as if he was running for his life.

*
After the interruption, the speaker carried on talking as if nothing
had happened.

*
When I told them my plan, they looked at me as if I was mad.

D.
After as if we sometimes use the past when we are talking about the
present.

For
example:

*
I don’t like Norma. She talks as if she knew everything.

The
meaning is not past in this sentence. We use the past (‘as if she
knew’) because the idea is not real: Norma does not know everything.
We use the past in the same way with if and wish (see Unit 38).

Some
more examples:

*
She’s always asking me to do things for her—as if I didn’t have
enough to do. (I do have enough to do)

*
Harry’s only 40. Why do you talk about him as if he was an old man?
(he isn’t an old man)

When
you use the past in this way, you can use were instead of was:

*
Why do you talk about him as if he were an old man?

*
They treat me as if I were (or was) their own son. (I’m not their
son)

EXERCISES

117.1
Use the sentences in the box to make sentences with as if.

it
has just been cut I’m going to be sick he hadn’t eaten for a week
she was enjoying it she had hurt her leg he meant what he was
saying he needs a good rest she didn’t want to come

1.
Mark looks very tired. He looks _as if he needs a good rest._

2.
Sue was walking with difficulty. She looked —.

3.
I don’t think he was joking. He looked —.

4.
The grass is very short. It looks —.

5.
Peter was extremely hungry and ate his dinner very quickly.

He
ate —.

6.
Carol had a bored expression on her face during the concert.

She
didn’t look —.

7.
I’ve just eaten too many chocolates. Now I’m feeling ill.

I
feel —.

8.
I phoned Emma and invited her to the party but she wasn’t very
enthusiastic about it.

She
sounded —.

117.2
What do you say in these situations? Use You look/You sound/I feel as
if… Use the words in brackets to make your sentence.

1.
You meet Bill. He has a black eye and some plasters on his face.

You
say to him: _You look as if you’ve been in a fight._ (be/a fight)

2.
Christine comes into the room. She looks absolutely terrified.

You
say to her: What’s the matter? You —. (see/a ghost)

3.
Sarah is talking to you on the phone about her new job and she sounds
very happy about it.

You
say to her: —. (enjoy/it)

4.
You have just run one kilometre. You are absolutely exhausted.

You
say to a friend: I —. (run/a marathon)

117.3
Make sentences beginning It looks as if …/It sounds as if …

you
had a good time there’s been an accident they are having an
argument it’s going to rain she isn’t coming we’ll have to walk

1.
Sandra said she would be here an hour ago. You say: _It looks as if
she isn’t coming._

2.
The sky is full of black clouds. You say: It —.

3.
You hear two people shouting at each other next door.

You
say: —.

4.
You see an ambulance, some policemen and two damaged cars at the side
of the road.

You
say: —.

5.
You and a friend have just missed the last bus home.

You
say: —.

6.
Sue and Dave have just been telling you about all the interesting
things they did while they were on holiday. You say: —.

117.4
These sentences are like the ones in Section D. Complete each
sentence using as if

1.
Brian is a terrible driver. He drives _as if he were_ the only driver
on the road.

2.
I’m 20 years old, so please don’t talk to me — a child.

3.
Steve has only met Nicola once but he talks about her — a close
friend.

4.
It was a long time ago that we first met but I remember it —
yesterday.

UNIT
110 For, during and while

A.
For and during

We
use for + a period of time to say bow long something goes on:

for
two hours, for a week, for ages For example:

*
We watched television for two hours last night.

*
Victoria is going away for a week in September.

*
Where have you been? I’ve been waiting for ages.

*
Are you going away for the weekend?

We
use during + noun to say when something happens (not how long):

during
the film during our holiday during the night

For
example:

*
I fell asleep during the film.

*
We met a lot of people during our holiday.

*
The ground is wet. It must have rained during the night.

With
a ‘time word’ (for example, the morning/the afternoon/the summer),
you can usually say in or during:

*
It must have rained in the night. (or … during the night.)

*
I’ll phone you sometime during the afternoon. (or … in the
afternoon.)

You
cannot use during to say how long something goes on:

*
It rained for three days without stopping. (not ‘during three days’)

Compare
during and for:

*
I fell asleep during the film. I was asleep for half an hour.

B.
During and while

Compare:

We
use during + noun:

I
fell asleep during the film.

Compare
during and while in these examples:

*
We met a lot of interesting people during our holiday.

*
Robert suddenly began to feel ill during the examination.

We
use while + subject + verb:

*
I fell asleep while I was watching television.

*
We met a lot of interesting people while we were on holiday.

*
Robert suddenly began to feel ill while he was doing the examination.

Some
more examples of while:

*
We saw Amanda while we were waiting for the bus.

*
While you were out, there was a phone call for you.

*
Christopher read a book while I watched television.

When
you are talking about the future, use the present (not ‘will’) after
while:

*
I’ll be in London next week. I hope to see Tom while I’m there. (not
‘while I will be there’)

*
What are you going to do while you are waiting? (not ‘while you will
be waiting’)

See
also Unit 25.

EXERCISES

118.1.
Put in for or during.

1.
It rained _for_ three days without stopping.

2.
I fell asleep _during_ the film.

3.
I went to the theatre last night. I met Lucy — the interval.

4.
Martin hasn’t lived in Britain all his life. He lived in Brazil —
four years.

5.
Production at the factory was seriously affected — the strike.

6.
I felt really ill last week. I could hardly eat anything — I three
days.

7.
I waited for you — half an hour and decided that you weren’t
coming.

8.
Sue was very angry with me. She didn’t speak to me — a week.

9.
We usually go out at weekends, but we don’t often go out — the
week.

10.
Jack started a new job a few weeks ago. Before that he was out of
work — six months.

11.
I need a change. I think I’ll go away — a few days.

12.
The President gave a long speech. She spoke — two hours.

13.
We were hungry when we arrived. We hadn’t had anything to eat — the
journey.

14.
We were hungry when we arrived. We hadn’t had anything to eat —
eight hours.

118.2
Put in during or while.

1.
We met a lot of people _while_ while. we were on holiday.

2.
We met a lot of people _during_ our holiday.

3.
I met Mike — I was shopping.

4.
— we were in Paris, we stayed at a very comfortable hotel.

5.
— our stay in Paris, we visited a lot of museums and galleries.

6.
The phone rang three times — we were having dinner.

7.
The phone rang three times — the night.

8.
I had been away for many years. — that time, many things had
changed.

9.
What did they say about me — I was out of the room?

10.
Jack read a lot of books and magazines — .I. he was ill.

11.
I went out for dinner last night. Unfortunately, I began to feel ill
— the meal and had to go home.

12.
Please don’t interrupt me — I’m speaking.

13.
There were many interruptions — the President’s speech.

14.
Can you lay the table — I get the dinner ready?

15.
We were hungry when we arrived. We hadn’t had anything to eat — we
were travelling.

118.3
Use your own ideas to complete these sentences.

1.
I fell asleep while _I was watching television._

2.
I fell asleep during _the film._

3.
I hurt my arm while —.

4.
Can you wait here while —?

5.
Most of the students looked bored during —.

6.
I was asked a lot of questions during —.

7.
Don’t open the car door while —.

8.
The lights suddenly went out during —.

9.
It started to rain during —.

10.
It started to rain while —.

UNIT
119 By and until, By the time…

A.
By (+ a time) =’not later than’:

*
I posted the letter today, so they should receive it by Monday. (= on
or before Monday, not later than Monday)

*
We’d better hurry. We have to be at home by 5 o’clock. (=at or before
5 o’clock, not later than 5 o’clock)

*
Where’s Sue? She should be here by now. (=now or before now — so she
should have arrived already)

You
cannot use until with this meaning:

*
Tell me by Friday whether or not you can come to the party. (not
‘Tell me until Friday’)

B.
We use until (or till) to say bow long a situation continues:

*
‘Shall we go now?’ ‘No, let’s wait until (or till) it stops raining.’

*
I couldn’t get up this morning. I stayed in bed until half past ten.

*
I couldn’t get up this morning. I didn’t get up until half past ten.

Compare
until and by:

#1
until

Something
continues until a time in the future:

*
Fred will be away until Monday. (so he’ll be back on Monday)

*
I’ll be working until 11. 30. (so I’ll stop working at 11.30)

#2
by

Something
happens by a time in the future:

*
Fred will be back by Monday. (= he’ll be back not later than Monday)

*
I’ll have finished my work by 11. 30. (I’ll finish my work not later
than 11. 30)

C.
You can say ‘by the time something happens’. Study these examples:

*
It’s not worth going shopping now. By the time we get to the shops,
they will be closed. (= the shops will close between now and the time
we get there)

*
(from a letter) I’m flying to the United States this evening. So by
the time you receive this letter, I’ll be in New York. (= I will
arrive in New York between now and the time you receive this letter)

*
Hurry up! By the time we get to the cinema, the film will already
have started.

You
can say ‘by the time something happened»(for the past):

*
Jane’s car broke down on the way to the party last night. By the time
she arrived, most of the other guests had gone. (= it took her a long
time to get to the party and most of the guests went home during this
time)

*
I had a lot of work to do yesterday evening. I was very tired by the
time I finished. (= it took me a long time to do the work and I
became more and more tired during this time)

*
We went to the cinema last night. It took us a long time to find
somewhere to park the car. By the time we got to the cinema, the film
had already started.

Also
by then or by that time:

*
Jane finally arrived at the party at midnight, but by then (or by
that time), most of the guests had gone.

EXERCISES

119.1
Make sentences with by.

1.
I have to be at home not later than 5 o’clock. _I have to be at home
by 5 o’clock._

2.
I have to be at the airport not later than 10.30. 1 have to be at the
airport —.

3.
Let me know not later than Saturday whether you can come to the
party.

Let
me know —.

4.
Please make sure that you’re here not later than 2 o’clock.

Please
—.

5.
If we leave now, we should arrive not later than lunchtime.

119.2
Put in by or until.

1.
Fred has gone away. He’ll be away _until_ Monday.

2.
Sorry, but I must go. I have to be at home _by_ 5 o’clock.

3.
I’ve been offered a job. I haven’t decided yet whether to accept it
or not. I have to decide — Thursday.

4.
I think I’ll wait — Thursday before making a decision.

5.
It’s too late to go shopping. The shops are only open — 5. 30.
They’ll be closed now.

6.
I’d better pay the phone bill. It has to be paid — tomorrow.

7.
Don’t pay the bill today. Wait — tomorrow.

8.
A: Have you finished redecorating your house?

B:
Not yet. We hope to finish — the end of the week.

9.
A: I’m going out now. I’ll be back at 4.30. Will you still be here?

B:
I don’t think so. I’ll probably have gone out — then.

10.
I’m moving into my new flat next week. I’m staying with a friend —
then.

11.
I’ve got a lot of work to do. — the time I finish, it will be time
to go to bed.

12.
If you want to do the exam, you should enter — 3 April.

119.3
Use your own ideas to complete these sentences. Use by or until.

1.
Fred is away at the moment. He’ll be away _until Monday._

2.
Fred is away at the moment. He’ll be back _by Monday._

3.
I’m just going out. I won’t be very long. Wait here —.

4.
I’m going shopping. It’s 4.30 now. I won’t be very long. I’ll be back
—.

5.
If you want to apply for the job, your application must be received
—.

6.
Last night I watched TV —.

119.4
Read the situations and complete the sentences using By the time …

1
Jane was invited to a party but she got there much later than she
intended.

_By
the time she got to the party_, most of the other guests had gone.

2.
I had to catch a train but it took me longer than expected to get to
the station.

—,
my train had already gone.

3.
I saw two men who looked as if they were trying to steal a car. I
called the police but it was some time before they arrived.

—,
the two men had disappeared.

4.
A man escaped from prison last night. It was a long time before the
guards discovered what had happened.

—,
the escaped prisoner was miles away.

5.
I intended to go shopping after finishing my work. But I finished my
work much later than expected.

—,
it was too late to go shopping.

UNIT
120 At/on/in (time)

A.
Compare at, on and in:

*
They arrived at 5 o’clock.

*
They arrived on Friday.

*
They arrived in October./They arrived in 1968.

We
use:

at
for the time of day:

at
5 o’clock, at 11.45, at midnight, at lunchtime, at sunset etc.

on
for days and dates:

on
Friday/on Fridays, on 12 March 1991, on Christmas Day, on my birthday

in
for longer periods (for example, months/years/seasons):

in
October, in 1968, in the 18th century, in the past, in (the) winter,
in the 1970s, in the Middle Ages, in (the) future

B.
We use at in these expressions:

at
night: I don’t like going out at night.

at
the weekend/at weekends: Will you be here at the weekend?

at
Christmas/at Easter(but on Christmas Day): Do you give each other
presents at Christmas?

at
the moment/at present: Mr Benn is busy at the moment/at present.

at
the same time: Liz and I arrived at the same time.

Note
that we usually ask ‘What time … ?’ (not usually ‘At what
time…?):

*
What time are you going out this evening?

C.
We say:

in
the morning(s), in the afternoon(s), in the evening(s)

*
I’ll see you in the morning.

*
Do you work in the evenings?

but:

on
Friday morning(s), on Sunday afternoon(s), on Monday evening(s) etc.

*
I’ll be at home on Friday morning.

*
Do you usually go out on Saturday evenings?

D.
We do not use at/on/in before last/next/this/every:

*
I’ll see you next Friday. (not ‘on next Friday’)

*
They got married last March.

E.
In a few minutes/in six months etc. = a time in the future

*
The train will be leaving in a few minutes. (= a few minutes from
now)

*
Jack has gone away. He’ll be back in a week. (= a week from now)

*
She’ll be here in a moment. (= a moment from now)

You
can also say ‘in six months’ time’, ‘in a week’s time’ etc.:

*
They’re getting married in six months’ time. (or … in six months.)

We
also use in… to say how long it takes to do something:

*
I learnt to drive in four weeks. it took me four weeks to learn)

EXERCISES

120.1
Complete the sentences. Each time use at, on or in + one of the
following.

the
evening the moment Sundays about 20 minutes 21 July 1969 he
Middle Ages 1492 the 1920s 11 seconds Christmas the same time
night

1.
Columbus made his first voyage from Europe to America _in 1492._

2.
In Britain most people do not work —.

3.
If the sky is clear, you can see the stars —.

4.
After working hard during the day, I like to relax —.

5.
The first man walked on the moon —.

6.
It’s difficult to listen if everyone is speaking —.

7.
Jazz became popular in the United States —.

8.
I’m just going out to the shop. I’ll be back —.

9.
(on the phone) ‘Can I speak to Clare?’ ‘I’m afraid she’s not here
—.’

10.
In Britain people send each other cards —.

11.
Many of Europe’s great cathedrals were built —.

12.
Bob is a very fast runner. He can run 100 metres —.

120.2
Put in at, on or in where necessary. Leave an empty space (-) if no
preposition is necessary.

1.
a. I’ll see you _on_ Friday.

b.
I’ll see you (-) next Friday. (no preposition)

2.
a. What are you doing — Saturday?

b.
What are you doing — the weekend?

3.
a. They often go out — the evenings.

b.
They often go out — Sunday evenings

4.
a. Do you work — Wednesdays?

b.
Do you work— every Wednesday?

5.
a. We usually have a holiday — the summer.

b.
We often have a short holiday — Christmas.

6.
a. Pauline got married — 1991.

b.
Pauline got married — 18 May 1991.

c.
Chris is getting married — this year.

120.3
Put in at, on or in.

1.
Mozart was born in Salzburg — 1756.

2.
I haven’t seen Kate for a few days. I last saw her — Tuesday.

3.
The price of electricity is going up — October.

4.
I’ve been invited to a wedding — 14 February.

5.
Hurry up! We’ve got to go — five minutes.

6.
I’m busy just now but I’ll be with you — a moment.

7.
Jenny’s brother is an engineer but he’s out of work — the moment.

8.
There are usually a lot of parties — New Year’s Eve.

9.
I hope the weather will be nice — the weekend.

10.
Saturday night I went to bed — 11 o’clock.

11.
I don’t like travelling — night.

12.
We travelled overnight to Paris and arrived — 5 o’clock — the
morning.

13.
The course begins — 7 January and ends sometime — April.

14.
It was quite a short book and easy to read. I read it — a day.

15.
I might not be at home — Tuesday morning but I’ll probably be there
— the afternoon.

16.
My car is being repaired at the garage. It will be ready — two
hours.

17.
The telephone and the doorbell rang — the same time.

18.
Mary and Henry always go out for a meal — their wedding
anniversary.

19.
Henry is 63. He’ll be retiring from his job — two years’ time.

UNIT
121 On time/in time, At the end/in the end

A.
On time and in time

On
time = punctual, not late. If something happens on time, it happens
at the time which was planned:

*
The 11.45 train left on time. (=it left at 11.45)

*
‘I’ll meet you at 7.30.’ ‘OK, but please be on time.’ (= don’t be
late, be there at 7.30) * The conference was very well organised.
Everything began and finished on time.

The
opposite of on time is late:

*
Be on time. Don’t be late.]

In
time (for something/to do something) = soon enough

*
Will you be home in time for dinner? (= soon enough for dinner)

*
I’ve sent Jill her birthday present. I hope it arrives in time (for
her birthday). (= soon enough for her birthday)

*
I must hurry. I want to get home in time to see the football match on
television.

(=
soon enough to see the football match)

The
opposite of in time is too late:

*
I got home too late to see the football match.

You
can say just in time (=almost too late):

*
We got to the station just in time to catch the train.

*
A child ran across the road in front of the car, but I managed to
stop just in time.

B.
At the end and in the end

At
the end (of something) =at the time when something ends. For example:

at
the end of the month, at the end of January, at the end of the match,
at the end of the film, at the end of the course, at the end of the
concert

*
I’m going away at the end of January/at the end of the month.

*
At the end of the concert, there was great applause.

*
All the players shook hands at the end of the match. You cannot say
‘in the end of something’. So you cannot say ‘in the end of January’
or ‘in the end of the concert’.

The
opposite of at the end is at the beginning:

at
the beginning of January, at the beginning of the concert

In
the end = finally

We
use in the end when we say what the final result of a situation was:

*
We had a lot of problems with our car. In the end we sold it and
bought another one. (= finally we sold it)

*
He got more and more angry. In the end he just walked out of the
room.

*
Jim couldn’t decide where to go for his holidays. He didn’t go
anywhere in the end. The opposite of in the end is usually at first:

*
At first we didn’t like each other very much, but in the end we
became good friends.

EXERCISES

121.1
Complete the sentences with on time or in time.

1.
The bus was late this morning but it’s usually _on time._

2.
The film was supposed to start at 8.30 but it didn’t begin —.

3.
I like to get up — to have a big breakfast before going to work.

4.
We want to start the meeting — so please don’t be late.

5.
I’ve just washed this shirt. I want to wear it this evening, so I
hope it will be dry —.

6.
The train service isn’t very good. The trains are rarely —.

7.
I nearly missed my flight this morning. I got to the airport just
—.

8.
I nearly forgot that it was Joe’s birthday. Fortunately I remembered
—.

9.
Why are you never —? You always keep everybody waiting.

121.2
Read the situations and make sentences using just in time.

1.
A child ran across the road in front of your car. You saw the child
at the last moment. (manage/stop) _I managed to stop just in time._

2.
You were walking home without an umbrella. just after you got home,
it started to rain very heavily. (get/home) —.

3.
Tim was going to sit on the chair you had just painted. You said,
‘Don’t sit in that chair!’, so he didn’t. (stop/him) I —.

4.
You went to the cinema. You were a bit late and you thought you would
miss the beginning of the film. But the film began just as you sat
down in the cinema. (get/cinema/beginning of the film) —.

121.3
Complete the sentences using at the end + one of the following:

the
course the interview the match the month the race

1.
All the players shook hands _at the end of the match._

2.
I normally get paid —.

3.
The students had a party —.

4.
Two of the runners collapsed —.

5.
To my surprise I was offered the job —.

121.4
Write sentences with In the end. Use the verb in brackets.

1.
We had a lot of problems with our car. (sell) _in the end we sold
it._

2.
Judy got more and more fed up with her job. (resign) —.

3.
I tried to learn German but I found it too difficult. (give up) —.

4.
We couldn’t decide whether to go to the party or not. (not/go) —.

121.5
Put in at or in.

1.
I’m going away _at_ the end of the month.

2.
It took me a long time to find a job — the end I got a job in a
hotel.

3.
Are you going away — the beginning of August or — the end?

4.
I couldn’t decide what to buy Mary for her birthday. I didn’t buy her
anything — the end.

5.
We waited ages for a taxi. We gave up — the end and walked home.

6.
I’ll be moving to a new address — the end of September.

7.
At first Helen didn’t want to go to the theatre but she came with us
— the end.

8.
I’m going away — the end of this week.

9.
‘1 didn’t know what to do.’ ‘Yes, you were in a difficult position.
What did you do — the end?’

UNIT
122 In/at/on (place) (1)

A.
In

Study
these examples:

in
a room, in a building, in a box, in a garden, in a town/city, in a
country

*
There’s no one in the room/in the building/in the garden.

*
What have you got in your hand/in your mouth?

*
When we were in Italy, we spent a few days in Venice. (not ‘at
Venice’)

*
I have a friend who lives in a small village in the mountains.

*
Look at those people swimming in the pool/in the sea/in the river.

B.
At

Study
these examples:

at
the bus stop, at the door, at the window, at the top (of the page),
at the bottom (of the page), at the end of the street

*
Who is that man standing at the bus stop/at the door/at the window?

*
Turn left at the traffic lights/at the church/at the roundabout.

*
Write your name at the top/at the bottom of the page.

*
Angela’s house is the white one at the end of the street.

*
When you leave the hotel, please leave your key at reception.

C.
On

Study
these examples:

on
the ceiling, on the wall, on the door, on the table, on her nose, on
the floor, on a page

*
I sat on the floor/on the ground on the grass/on a chair/on the
beach.

*
There’s a dirty mark on the wall on the ceiling/on your nose/on your
shirt.

*
Have you seen the notice on the notice board/on the door?

*
You’ll find details of TV programmes on page seven (of the
newspaper).

D.
Compare in and at:

*
There were a lot of people in the shop. It was very crowded.

but
Go along this road, then turn left at the shop. (somebody giving
directions) Compare in and on:

*
There is some water in the bottle.

but
There is a label on the bottle.

Compare
at and on:

*
There is somebody at the door. Shall I go and see who it is?

but
There is a notice on the door. It says ‘Do not disturb’.

EXERCISES

122.1
Answer the questions about the pictures. Use in, at or on with the
words below the pictures.

(bottle),
(traffic lights), (arm), (door), (Paris), (wall), (top/ bottom
/stairs), (gate), (end/queue), (beach)

1.
Where’s the label? _On the bottle._

2.
Where is the car waiting? —.

3.
Where’s the fly? —.

4.
a. Where’s the notice? —.

b.
Where’s the key? —.

5.
Where’s the Eiffel Tower?. —.

6.
Where are the shelves? —.

7.
a. Where’s the woman standing? —.

b.
And the cat? —.

8.
a. Where’s the man standing? —.

b.
Where’s the bird? —.

9.
Where’s Tom standing? —.

10.
Where are the children playing?. —.

122.2
Complete the sentences. Use in, at or on + one of the following:

the
window your coffee the mountains that tree my guitar the river
the island the next garage

1.
Look at those people swimming _in the river._

2.
One of the strings — is broken.

3.
There’s something wrong with the car. We’d better stop —.

4.
Would you like sugar —?

5.
The leaves — are a beautiful colour.

6.
Last year we had a wonderful skiing holiday —.

7.
There’s nobody living — It’s uninhabited.

8.
He spends most of the day sitting — and looking outside.

122.3
Complete the sentences with in, at or on.

1.
Write your name _at_ the top of the page.

2.
I like that picture hanging — the wall the kitchen.

3.
There was an accident — the crossroads this morning.

4.
I wasn’t sure whether I had come to the right office. There was no
name — the door.

5.
— the end of the street there is a path leading to the river.

6.
You’ll find the sports results — the back page of the newspaper.

7.
I wouldn’t like an office job. I couldn’t spend the whole day sitting
— a desk.

8.
My brother lives — a small village . the south-west of England.

9.
The man the police are looking for has a scar — his right cheek.

10.
The headquarters of the company are — Milan.

11.
Nicola was wearing a silver ring — her little finger.

UNIT
123 In/at/on (place) (2)

A.
In

We
say that somebody/something is:

in
a line/in a row/in a queue/in a street

in
a photograph/in a picture/(look at yourself) in a mirror

in
the sky/in the world

in
a book/in a newspaper/in a magazine/in a letter (but ‘on a page’)

*
When I go to the cinema, I prefer to sit in the front row.

*
I live in King Street. Sarah lives in Queen Street.

*
Who is the woman in that photograph? (not ‘on that photograph’)

*
Have you seen this article in the paper (=newspaper)?

*
It was a lovely day. There wasn’t a cloud in the sky.

B.
On

We
say that somebody/something is:

on
the left/on the right

on
the ground floor/on the first floor/on the second floor etc.

on
a map/on the menu (in a restaurant)/on a list, on a farm

*
In Britain we drive on the left. (or . on the left-hand side.)

*
Our flat is on the second floor of the building.

*
Here’s a shopping list. Don’t buy anything that’s not on the list.

*
Have you ever worked on a farm?

We
say that a place is on a river/on a road/on the coast:

*
London is on the river Thames.

*
Portsmouth is on the south coast of England. We say that a place is
on the way to another place:

*
We stopped at a small village on the way to London.

C.
The corner

We
say ‘in the corner of a room’, but ‘at the corner (or on the corner)
of a street’:

*
The television is in the corner of the room.

*
There is a public telephone at/on the corner of the street.

D.
The front and the back

We
say in the front/in the back of a car:

*
I was sitting in the back (of the car) when we crashed.

but
at the front/at the back of a building/cinema/group of people etc.:

*
The garden is at the back of the house.

*
Let’s sit at the front (of the cinema). (but ‘in the front row’—see
Section A)

*
I was standing at the back, so I couldn’t see very well.

Also
on the front/on the back of a letter/piece of paper etc.:

*
Write your name on the back of this envelope.

EXERCISES

123.1
Answer the questions about the pictures. Use in, at or on with the
words below the pictures.

(queue),
(second floor), (corner), (corner), (front), (back/car), (mirror),
(front), (back row), (left/right), (farm)

1.
What’s Sue doing?

She’s
standing _in a queue._

2.
Sue lives in this building. Where’s her flat exactly? —.

3.
Where is the woman standing? —.

4.
Where is the man standing? —.

5.
Where’s the dog? —.

6.
What’s the man doing?

He’s
looking —.

7.
Ann is in this group of people. Where is she? —.

8.
Tom is at the cinema. Where is he sitting? —.

9.
a. Where’s the post office? —.

b.
And the bank? —.

10.
Where does Kate work? —.

123.2
Complete the sentences. Use in, at or on + one of the following:

the
west coast the world the front row the right the back of the
envelope the sky the back of the class my way to work

1.
it was a lovely day. There wasn’t a cloud _in the sky._

2.
In most countries people drive —.

3.
What is the tallest building —?

4.
I usually buy a newspaper — in the morning.

5.
San Francisco is — of the United States.

6.
We went to the theatre last night. We had seats —.

7.
I couldn’t hear the teacher very well. She spoke quietly and I was
sitting —.

8.
When you send a letter, it is a good idea to write your name and
address —.

123.3
Complete the sentences with in, at or on.

1.
It can be dangerous when children play — the street.

2.
If you walk to the end of the street, you’ll see a small shop — the
corner.

3.
Is Tom — this photograph? I can’t find him.

4.
My office is the first floor. It’s — the left as you come out of
the lift.

5.
We normally use the front entrance but there’s another entrance —
the back.

6.
A: Is there anything interesting — the paper today?

B:
Well, there’s an unusual photograph — the back page.

7.
I love to look up at the stars — the sky at night.

8.
(in a restaurant) ‘Where shall we sit?’ ‘Over there, — the corner.’

9.
When I’m a passenger in a car, I prefer to sit — the front.

10.
It’s a very small village. You probably won’t find it — your map.

11.
Paris is — the river Seine.

UNIT
124 In/at/on (place) (3)

A.
In bed/at home etc.

We
say that somebody is in bed/in hospital/in prison:

*
Mark isn’t up yet. He’s still in bed.

*
Kay’s mother is in hospital.

We
say that somebody is at home/at work/at school/at university/at
college:

*
I’ll be at work until 5.30 but I’ll be at home all evening.

*
Julia is studying chemistry at university.

Also
at sea (= on a voyage). Compare at sea and in the sea:

*
It was a long voyage. We were at sea for 30 days.

*
I love swimming in the sea.

B.
At a party/at a concert etc.

We
say that somebody is at an event (at a party/at a conference etc.):

*
Were there many people at the party/at the meeting?

*
I saw Jack at a football match/at a concert last Saturday.

C.
In and at for buildings

You
can often use in or at with buildings. For example, you can eat in a
restaurant or at a restaurant. We usually say at when we say where an
event takes place (for example, a concert, a film, a party, a
meeting, a sports event):

*
We went to a concert at the Royal Festival Hall.

*
The meeting took place at the company’s headquarters.

*
The film I want to see is showing at the Odeon (cinema).

We
say at the station/at the airport:

*
Don’t meet me at the station. I can get a taxi.

We
say at somebody’s house:

*
I was at Judy’s house last night. or I was at Judy’s last night.

Also:
at the doctor’s, at the hairdresser’s etc.

We
use in when we are thinking about the building itself:

*
The rooms in Judy’s house are very small. (not ‘at Judy’s house’)

*
I enjoyed the film but it was very cold in the cinema. (not ‘at the
cinema’)

D.
In and at for towns etc.

We
normally use in with cities, towns and villages:

*
Tom’s parents live in Nottingham. (not ‘at Nottingham’)

*
The Louvre is a famous art museum in Paris. (not ‘at Paris’)

But
you can use at or in when you think of the place as a point or
station on a journey:

*
Do you know if this train stops at (or in) Nottingham? (=at
Nottingham station)

*
We stopped at (or in) a small village on the way to London.

E.
On a bus/in a car etc.

We
usually say on a bus/on a train/on a plane/on a ship but in a car/in
a taxi:

*
The bus was very full. There were too many people on it.

*
George arrived in a taxi.

We
say on a bicycle/on a motorcycle/on a horse:

*
Mary passed me on her bicycle.

For
by bus/by car/by bicycle etc., see Unit 127.

EXERCISES

124.1
Complete the sentences about the pictures. Use in, at or on with the
words below the pictures.

(the
airport) (a train) (a conference) (hospital) (the hairdresser)
(her bicycle),(New York) (the National Theatre)

1.
You can hire a car _at the airport._

2.
Dave is —.

3.
Tessa is —.

4.
Martinis —.

5.
Judy is —.

6.
I saw Mary —.

7.
We spent a few days —.

8.
We saw a play —.

124.2
Complete the sentences. Use in, at or on + one of the following:

sea
hospital bed the station the cinema the plane school prison
the airport the Sports Centre

1.
My train arrives at 11.30. Can you meet me _at the station?_

2.
I didn’t feel very well when I woke up, so I stayed —.

3.
I think I’d like to see a film. What’s on — this week?

4.
Some people are — for crimes that they did not commit.

5.
‘What does your sister do? Has she got a job?’ ‘No, she’s still —.

6.
I play basketball — on Friday evenings.

7.
A friend of mine was injured in an accident a few days ago. She’s
still —.

8.
Our flight was delayed. We had to wait — for four hours.

9.
I enjoyed the flight but the food — wasn’t very nice.

10.
Bill works on ships. He is away — most of the time.

124.3
Complete these sentences with in, at or on.

1.
I didn’t see you — the party on Saturday. Where were you?

2.
It was a very slow train. It stopped — every station.

3.
I don’t know where my umbrella is. Perhaps I left it — the bus.

4.
Shall we travel — your car or mine?

5.
The exhibition — the Museum of Modern Art finished on Saturday.

6.
We stayed a very nice hotel when we were — Amsterdam.

7.
There were fifty rooms — the hotel.

8.
Tom is ill. He wasn’t — work today. He was — home — bed.

9.
I wasn’t in when you phoned. I was — my sister’s house.

10.
It’s always too hot — my sister’s house. The heating is always on
too high.

11.
I haven’t seen Kate for some time. I last saw her — Dave’s wedding.

12.
Paul lives — London. He’s a student — London University.

UNIT
125 To/at/in/into

A.
We say go/come/travel (etc.) to a place or event. For example:

go
to America, go to bed, take (somebody) to hospital, return to Italy,
go to the bank, come to my house, drive to the airport, go to a
concert, be sent to prison

*
When are your friends returning to Italy? (not ‘returning in Italy’)

*
After the accident three people were taken to hospital.

In
the same way we say: on my way to./a journey to./a trip to. welcome
to. etc.:

*
Welcome to our country! (not ‘welcome in’)

Compare
to (for movement) and in/at (for position):

*
They are going to France. but They live in France.

*
Can you come to the party? but I’ll see you at the party.

B.
Been to

We
usually say ‘I’ve been to a place’:

*
I’ve been to Italy four times but I’ve never been to Rome.

*
Ann has never been to a football match in her life.

*
Jack has got some money. He has just been to the bank.

C.
Get and arrive

We
say ‘get to a place’:

*
What time did they get to London/get to work/get to the party?

But
we say ‘arrive in …’ or ‘arrive at …’ (not ‘arrive to’).

We
say ‘arrive in a country or town/city’:

*
When did they arrive in Britain/arrive in London?

For
other places (buildings etc.) or events, we say ‘arrive at’:

*
What time did they arrive at the hotel/arrive at the party/arrive at
work?

D.
Home

We
do not say ‘to home’. We say go home/come home/get home/arrive
home/on the way home etc. (no preposition):

*
I’m tired. Let’s go home. (not ‘go to home’)

*
I met Caroline on my way home.

But
we say ‘be at home’, ‘stay at home’, ‘do something at home’ etc. See
Units 73C and 124A.

E.
into

‘Go
into …’, ‘get into…’ etc. = ‘enter’ (a room/a building/a car
etc.):

*
She got into the car and drove away.

*
A bird flew into the kitchen through the window.

We
sometimes use in (instead of into):

*
Don’t wait outside. Come in the house. (or Come into the house.)

Note
that we say ‘enter a building/enter a room’ etc. (not ‘enter into’)

The
opposite of into is out of:

*
She got out of the car and went into a shop.

Note
that we usually say ‘get on/off a bus/a train/a plane’:

*
She got on the bus and I never saw her again.

EXERCISES

125.1
Put in to/at/in/into where necessary. If no preposition is necessary
leave an empty space (-).

1.
Three people were taken _to_ hospital after the accident.

2.
I met Caroline on my way (-) home. (no preposition)

3.
We left our luggage — the station and went to find something to
eat.

4.
Shall we take a taxi— the station or shall we walk?

5.
I must go — the bank today to change some money.

6.
The river Rhine flows — the North Sea.

7.
I’m tired. As soon as I get — home, I’m going bed.

8.
‘Have you got your camera?’ ‘No, I left it — home.’

9.
Marcel is French. He has just returned — France after two years —
Brazil.

10.
Are you going — Linda’s party next week?

11.
Carl was born — Chicago but his family moved — New York when he
was three. He still lives — New York.

12.
Have you ever been — China?

13.
I had lost my key but I managed to climb — the house through a
window.

14.
We got stuck in a traffic jam on our way — the airport.

15.
We had lunch — the airport while we were waiting for our plane.

16.
Welcome — the hotel. We hope you enjoy your stay here.

17.
What do you say to someone visiting your town or country? Welcome
—!

125.2
Have you been to these places? If so, how many times? Choose three of
the places and write a sentence using been to.

Athens
Australia Ireland London Paris Rome Sweden the United States

1.
(example answers) _I’ve never been to Australia./I’ve been to
Australia three times._

2
—.

3.
—.

4.
—.

125.3
Put in to/at/in where necessary. If no preposition is necessary leave
an empty space (-).

1.
What time does this train get _to_ London?

2.
What time does this train arrive — London?

3.
What time did you get — home last night?

4.
What time do you usually arrive — work in the morning?

5.
When we got — the cinema, there was a long queue outside.

6.
I arrived — home feeling very tired.

125.4
Write sentences using got into/out of/on/off.

1.
You were walking home. A friend passed you in her car. She saw you,
stopped and offered you a lift. She opened the door. What did you do?
_I got into the car._

2.
You were waiting for the bus. At last your bus came. The doors
opened. What did you do then? I —.

3.
You drove home in your car. You arrived at your house and parked the
car. What did you do then? —.

4.
You were travelling by train to Manchester. When the train got to
Manchester, what did you do? —.

5.
You needed a taxi. After a few minutes a taxi stopped for you. You
opened the door. What did you do then? —.

6.
You were travelling by air. At the end of your flight the plane
landed at the airport and stopped. The doors were opened, you took
your bag and stood up. What did you do then? —.

UNIT
126 On/in/at (other uses)

A.
On holiday etc.

(be/go)
on holiday/on business/on a trip/on a tour/on a cruise etc.:

*
Tom’s away at the moment. He’s on holiday in France. (not’ in
holiday’)

*
Did you go to Germany on business or on holiday?

*
One day I’d like to go on a world tour.

Note
that you can also say: ‘go to a place for a holiday/for my
holiday(s)’:

*
Tom has gone to France for a holiday. (not ‘for holiday’)

*
Where are you going for your holidays next summer?

B.
Other expressions with on

on
television/on the radio:

*
I didn’t watch the news on television, but I heard it on the radio.
on the phone/telephone:

*
You can’t phone me. I’m not on the phone. (= I haven’t got a phone.)

*
I’ve never met her but I’ve spoken to her on the phone.

(be/go)
on strike/on a diet:

*
There are no trains today. The railway workers are on strike.

*
I’ve put on a lot of weight. I’ll have to go on a diet.

(be)
on fire:

*
Look! That car is on fire!

on
the whole (= in general):

*
Sometimes I have problems at work but on the whole I enjoy my job.

on
purpose (= intentionally):

*
I’m sorry. I didn’t mean to annoy you. I didn’t do it on purpose.

But:
by mistake/by chance/by accident (see Unit 127).

C.
Expressions with in

in
the rain/in the sun (=sunshine)/in the shade/in the dark in bad
weather etc.:

*
We sat in the shade. It was too hot to sit in the sun.

*
Don’t go out in the rain. Wait until it stops.

(write)
in ink/in biro/in pencil:

*
When you do the exam, you’re not allowed to write in pencil.

Also:
in words, in figures, in BLOCK LETTERS etc.:

*
Please fill in the form in block letters.

(pay)
in cash:

*
I paid the bill in cash. but I paid by cheque by credit card (see
Unit 127).

(be/fall)
in love (with somebody):

*
Have you ever been in love with anybody?

in
(my) opinion:

*
In my opinion, the film wasn’t very good.

D.
At the age of… etc.

We
say: at the age of …/at a speed of …/at a temperature of … etc.
For example:

*
Jill left school at 16. or … at the age of 16.

*
The train was travelling at 120 miles an hour. or … at a speed of
120 miles an hour.

*
Water boils at 100 degrees celsius.

EXERCISES

126.1
Complete the sentences using on + one of the following:

business
strike a tour the whole television fire holiday a diet the
phone purpose

1.
Look! That car is _free!_ Somebody call the fire brigade.

2.
It’s difficult to contact Sarah because she’s not —.

3.
Workers at the factory have gone — for better pay and conditions.

4.
Soon after we arrived, we were taken — of the city.

5.
A: I’m going — next week.

B:
Are you? Where are you going? Somewhere nice?

6.
I feel lazy this evening. Is there anything worth watching —?

7.
I’m sorry. It was an accident. I didn’t do it —.

8.
George has put on a lot of weight recently. I think he should go —.

9.
Jane’s job involves a lot of travelling. She often has to go away
—.

10.
A: How did your exams go?

B:
Well, there were some difficult questions but — they were OK.

126.2
Complete the sentences using in + one of the following:

block
letters cash my opinion the shade cold weather love pencil

1.
He likes to keep warm, so he doesn’t go out much —.

2.
Diane never uses a pen. She always writes —.

3.
They fell — with each other almost immediately and were married in
a few weeks.

4.
Please write your address clearly, preferably —.

5.
I don’t like the sun. I prefer to sit —.

6.
Ann thought the restaurant was OK, but — it wasn’t very good.

7.
I hardly ever use a credit card or cheques. I prefer to pay for
things —.

126.3
Put in the correct preposition: on, in, at, or for.

1.
Water boils _at_ 100 degrees celsius.

2.
When I was 14, I went — a trip to France organised by my school.

3.
I wouldn’t like his job. He spends most of his time talking — the
phone.

4.
Julia’s grandmother died recently — the age of 79.

5.
Can you turn the light on, please? I don’t want to sit — the dark.

6.
We didn’t go — holiday last year. We stayed at home.

7.
I’m going to Scotland — a short holiday next month.

8.
I won’t be here next week. I’ll be — holiday.

9.
He got married — 17, which is rather young to get married.

10.
There was an interesting programme — the radio this morning.

11.
my opinion, violent films should not be shown — television.

12.
I wouldn’t like to go — a cruise. I think I’d get bored.

13.
I mustn’t eat too much. I’m supposed to be — a diet.

14.
In Britain, children start school — the age of five.

15.
There was panic when people realized that the building was — fire.

16.
The Earth travels round the Sun — a speed of 107,000 kilometres an
hour.

17.
‘Did you enjoy your holiday?’ ‘Not every minute, but — the whole,
yes.’

18.
When you write a cheque, you have to write the amount — words and
figures.

UNIT
127 By

We
use by in a number of different ways:

A.
We use by. in many expressions to say bow we do something. For
example, you can:

send
something by post, do something by hand, pay by cheque/by credit card
(but pay in cash)

or
something can happen by mistake/by accident/by chance (but do
something on purpose):

*
Did you pay by cheque or in cash?

*
We hadn’t arranged to meet. We met by chance.

In
these expressions we use by + noun without ‘a’ or ‘the’. We say by
chance/by cheque etc. (not ‘by a chance/by a cheque’).

B.
In the same way we use by. to say how somebody travels:

by
car/by train/by plane/by boat/by ship/by bus/by bicycle etc.

and
by road/by rail/by air/by sea/by underground

*
Liz usually goes to work by bus.

*
Do you prefer to travel by air or by train?

But
we say ‘on foot’:

*
Did you come here by car or on foot?

You
cannot use by if you say ‘my car’/’the train’ ‘a taxi’ etc. We use by
+ noun without ,a/the/my’ etc. We say:

by
car but in my car (not ‘by my car’)

by
train but on the train (not ‘by the train’)

We
use in for cars and taxis:

*
They didn’t come in their car. They came in a taxi.

We
use on for bicycles and public transport (buses, trains etc.):

*
We travelled on the 6.45 train.

C.
We say ‘something is done by somebody/something’ (passive-see Units
41-43):

*
Have you ever been bitten by a dog?

*
The programme was watched by millions of people.

Compare
by and with:

*
The door must have been opened with a key. (not ‘by a key’) (=
somebody used a key to open it)

*
The door must have been opened by somebody with a key.

We
say ‘a play by Shakespeare’, ‘a painting by Rembrandt’, ‘a novel by
Tolstoy’ etc.

*
Have you read any books by Agatha Christie?

D.
By also means next to/beside:

*
Come and sit by me. (= beside me)

*
‘Where’s the light switch?’ ‘By the door.’

E.
Note the following use of by …:

*
Clare’s salary has just gone up from 1,000 pounds a month to 1,100
pounds. So it has increased by 100 pounds/by ten per cent.

*
John and Roger had a race over 100 metres. Roger won by about five
metres.

EXERCISES

127.1
Complete the sentences using by + one of the following:

chance
chance cheque hand ,mistake satellite

1.
We hadn’t arranged to meet. We met _by chance._

2.
I didn’t intend to take your umbrella. I took it —.

3.
I didn’t put the pullover in the washing machine. I washed it —.

4,
If you haven’t got any cash, you can pay —.

5.
The two cities were connected — for a television programme.

6.
I never suspected anything. It was only — that I found out what had
happened.

127.2
Put in by, in or on.

1.
Liz usually goes to work _by_ bus.

2.
I saw Jane this morning. She was — the bus.

3.
How did you get here? Did you come — train?

4.
How did you get here? Did you come — the train?

5.
I decided not to go — car. I went — my bike instead.

6.
I didn’t feel like walking home, so I came home — a taxi.

7.
Sorry we’re late. We missed the bus, so we had to come — foot.

8.
How long does it take to cross the Atlantic — sea?

127.3
Write three sentences like the examples. Write about a book, a song,
a painting, a film etc.

1.
_’War and Peace’ is a book by Tolstoy._

2.
_’Romeo and Juliet’ is a play by Shakespeare._

3.
—.

4.
—.

5.
—.

127.4
Put in the correct preposition: by, in, on or with.

1.
Who is that man standing — the window?

2.
I managed to put the fire out — a fire extinguisher.

3.
The plane was badly damaged — lightning.

4.
These photographs were taken — a friend of mine.

5.
These photographs were taken — a very good camera.

6.
I don’t mind going — car but I don’t want to go your car.

7.
Shall we get a taxi or shall we go — foot?

8.
What’s that music? I know it’s — Beethoven but I can’t remember
what it’s called.

9.
There was a small table — the bed a lamp and a clock it.

10.
Our team lost the game only because of a mistake — one of our
players.

127.5
Complete the sentences using by.

1.
Clare’s salary was 1,000 pounds a month. Now it is 1,100 pounds.

Her
salary _has increased by 100 pounds a month._

2.
My daily newspaper used to cost 50 pence. From today it costs 60
pence.

The
price has gone up —.

3.
There was an election. Helen got 25 votes and Norman got 23.

Helen
won —.

4.
I went to Kate’s house to see her but she had gone out five minutes
before I arrived.

I
missed —.

UNIT
128 Noun + preposition (reason for, cause of etc.)

A.
Noun + for…

cheque
FOR (a sum of money):

*
They sent me a cheque for 75 pounds.

demand
FOR/a need FOR …:

*
The firm closed down because there wasn’t enough demand for its
product.

*
There’s no excuse for behaviour like that. There’s no need for it.

reason
FOR …:

*
The train was late but nobody knew the reason for the delay. (not
‘reason of)

B.
Noun+ of…

an
advantage/a disadvantage OF …:

*
The advantage of living alone is that you can do what you like.

but
we usually say: ‘there is an advantage in (or to) doing something’:

*
There are many advantages in (or to) living alone.

a
cause OF …:

*
Nobody knows what the cause of the explosion was.

a
photograph/a picture/a map/a plan/a drawing (etc.) OF …:

*
She showed me some photographs of her family.

*
I had a map of the town, so I was able to find my way around.

C.
Noun + in…

an
increase/a decrease/a rise/a fall IN (prices etc.):

*
There has been an increase in the number of road accidents recently.

*
Last year was a bad year for the company. There was a big fall in
sales.

D.
Noun+ to …

damage
TO …:

*
The accident was my fault, so I had to pay for the damage to the
other car.

an
invitation TO … (a party/a wedding etc.):

*
Did you get an invitation to the party?

a
solution TO (a problem)/a key TO (a door)/an answer TO (a question)/a
reply TO (a letter)/a reaction TO …

*
Do you think we’ll find a solution to the problem? (not ‘a solution
of the problem’)

*
I was surprised at her reaction to my suggestion.

an
attitude TO … (or TOWARDS …):

*
His attitude to his Job is very negative. or His attitude towards his
Job.

E.
Noun + with …/between …

a
relationship/a connection/contact WITH …:

*
Do you have a good relationship with your parents?

*
The police want to question a man in connection with the robbery.

but:
a relationship/a connection/contact/a difference BETWEEN two things
or people:

*
The police believe that there is no connection between the two
crimes.

*
There are some differences between British and American English.

EXERCISES

128.1
Complete the second sentence so that it has the same meaning as the
first.

1.
What caused the explosion? What was the cause _of the explosion?_

2.
We’re trying to solve the problem. We’re trying to find a solution
—.

3.
Sue gets on well with her brother. Sue has a good relationship —.

4.
Prices have gone up a lot. There has been a big increase —.

5.
I don’t know how to answer your question. I can’t think of an answer
—.

6.
I don’t think that a new road is necessary. I don’t think there is
any need —.

7.
The number of people without jobs fell last month. Last month there
was a fall —.

8.
Nobody wants to buy shoes like these any more. There is no demand
—.

9.
In what way is your job different from mine? What is the difference
—?

128.2
Complete the sentences using one of the following nouns + the correct
preposition.

cause
connection invitation map reason damage contact key pictures
reply

1.
On the wall there were some pictures and a _map of_ the world.

2.
Thank you for the — your party next week.

3.
Since she left home two years ago, she has had little — her family.

4.
I can’t open this door. Have you got a — the other door?

5.
The — the fire at the hotel last night is still unknown.

6.
I wrote to Jim last week, but I still haven’t received a — my
letter.

7.
The two companies are completely independent. There is no — them.

8.
Jane showed me some old — the city as it looked 100 years ago.

9.
Carol has decided to give up her job. I don’t know her — doing
this.

10.
It wasn’t a bad accident. The — the car wasn’t serious.

128.3
Complete the sentences with the correct preposition.

1.
There are some differences _between_ British and American English.

2.
Everything can be explained. There’s a reason — everything.

3.
If I give you the camera, can you take a photograph — me?

4.
Money isn’t the solution — every problem.

5.
There has been an increase — the amount of traffic using this road.

6.
When I opened the envelope, I was delighted to find a cheque — 500
pounds.

7.
The advantage — having a car is that you don’t have to rely on
public transport.

8.
There are many advantages — being able to speak a foreign language.

9.
When Paul left home, his attitude — his parents seemed to change.

10.
Bill and I used to be good friends but I don’t have much contact —
him now.

11.
There has been a sharp rise — the cost of living in the past few
years.

12.
I’m sorry I haven’t written to you for so long. The reason — this
is that I’ve been ill.

13.
What was Emma’s reaction — the news?

14.
Ken showed me a photograph — the house where he lived as a child.

15.
The company has rejected the workers’ demands — a rise pay.

16.
What was the answer — question 3 in the test?

17.
The fact that Jane was offered a job has no connection — the fact
that her cousin is the managing director.

UNIT
129 Adjective + preposition (1)

A.
It was nice of you to …

nice/kind/good/generous/polite/silly/stupid
etc. OF somebody (to do something):

*
Thank you. It was very nice/kind of you to help me.

*
It is stupid of her to go out without a coat in such cold weather.

but
(be) nice/kind/good/generous/polite/friendly/cruel etc. TO somebody:

*
They have always been very nice/kind to me. (not ‘with me’)

*
Why were you so unfriendly to Tessa?

B.
Adjective + about/with

angry/annoyed/furious
ABOUT something

angry/annoyed/furious
WITH somebody FOR doing something

*
It’s stupid to get angry about things that don’t matter.

*
Are you annoyed with me for being late?

excited/worried/upset/nervous/happy
etc. ABOUT something:

*
Are you excited about going on holiday next week?

*
Carol is upset about not being invited to the party.

delighted/pleased/satisfied/disappointed
WITH something:

*
I was delighted with the present you gave me.

*
Were you disappointed with your exam results?]

C.
Adjective + at/by/with

surprised/shocked/amazed/astonished
AT/BY something:

*
Everybody was surprised at (or by) the news.

*
I hope you weren’t shocked by (or at) what I said.

impressed
WITH/BY somebody/something:

*
I’m very impressed with (or by) her English. It’s very good.

fed
up/bored WITH something:

*
I don’t enjoy my job any more. I’m fed up with it./I’m bored with
it.]

D.
sorry about/for

sorry
ABOUT something:

*
I’m sorry a out t e noise last night. We were having a party.

but
usually sorry FOR doing something:

*
I’m sorry for shouting at you yesterday.

You
can also say ‘I’m sorry I (did something)’:

*
I’m sorry I shouted at you yesterday.

We
say ‘to feel/to be sorry FOR somebody’:

*
I feel sorry for George. He has a lot of problems.]

EXERCISES

129.1
Write sentences using nice of …, kind of … etc.

1.
I went out in the cold without a coat.

2.
Sue offered to drive me to the airport.

3.
I needed money and Ian gave me some.

4.
They didn’t invite us to their party.

5.
Can I help you with your luggage?

6.
Kevin didn’t thank me for the present.

7.
They’ve had an argument and now they refuse to speak to each other.]

(silly)
_That was silly of you._

(nice)
That was — her.

(generous)
That —.

(not
very nice) That wasn’t —.

(very
kind) — you.

(not
very polite) —.

(a
bit childish) —.

129.2
Complete the sentences using one of the following adjectives + the
correct preposition:

annoyed
annoyed astonished bored excited impressed kind sorry

1.
We’re all _excited about_ going on holiday next week.

2.
Thank you for all your help. You’ve been very — me.

3.
I wouldn’t like to be in her position. I feel — her.

4.
What have I done wrong? Why are you — me?

5.
Why do you always get so — little things?

6.
I wasn’t very — the service in the restaurant. We had to wait ages
before our food arrived.

7.
John isn’t happy at college. He says he’s — the course he’s doing.

8.
I had never seen so many people before. I was — the crowds.

129.3
Put in the correct preposition.

1.
I was delighted _with_ the present you gave me.

2.
It was very nice — you to do my shopping for me. Thank you very
much.

3.
Why are you always so rude — your parents? Can’t you be nice them?

4.
It was a bit careless — you to leave the door unlocked when you
went out.

5.
They didn’t reply to our letter, which wasn’t very polite — them.

6.
We always have the same food every day. I’m fed up — it.

7.
I can’t understand people who are cruel — animals.

8.
We enjoyed our holiday, but we were a bit disappointed — the hotel.

9.
I was surprised — the way he behaved. It was completely out of
character.

10.
I’ve been trying to learn Spanish but I’m not very satisfied — my
progress.

11.
Linda doesn’t look very well. I’m worried — her.

12.
Are you angry — what happened?

13.
I’m sorry — what I said. I hope you’re not angry — me.

14.
The people next door are furious — us making so much noise last
night.

15.
Jill starts her new job next week. She’s quite excited — it.

16.
I’m sorry — the smell of paint in this room. I’ve just decorated
it.

17.
I was shocked — what I saw. I’d never seen anything like it before.

18.
The man we interviewed for the job was intelligent but we weren’t
very impressed — his appearance.

19.
Are you still upset — what I said to you yesterday?

20.
He said he was sorry — the situation but there was nothing he could
do.

21.
I felt sorry — the children when we went on holiday. It rained
every day and they had to spend most of the time indoors.

UNIT
130 Adjective + preposition (2)

A.
Adjective + of (1)

afraid/frightened/terrified/scared
OF …:

*
‘Are you afraid of dogs?’ ‘Yes, I’m terrified of them.’

fond/proud/ashamed/jealous/envious
OF ….:

*
Why are you always so jealous of other people?

suspicious/critical/tolerant
OF …:

*
He didn’t trust me. He was suspicious of my intentions.

B.
Adjective + of (2)

aware/conscious
OF …

*
‘Did you know he was married?’ ‘No, I wasn’t aware of that.’

capable/incapable
OF …

*
I’m sure you are capable of passing the examination.

full
OF./short OF …

*
The letter I wrote was full of mistakes. (not ‘full with’)

*
I’m a bit short of money. Can you lend me some?

typical
OF …

*
He’s late again. It’s typical of him to keep everybody waiting.

tired
OF …:

*
Come on, let’s go! I’m tired of waiting. (= I’ve had enough of
waiting)

certain/sure
OF or ABOUT …:

*
I think she’s arriving this evening but I’m not sure of that. (or .
sure about that.)

C.
Adjective+ at/ to/ from/ in/ on/with /for

good/bad/excellent/brilliant/hopeless
(etc.) AT …:

*
I’m not very good at repairing things. (not ‘good in repairing
things’)

married/engaged
TO …:

*
Linda is married to an American. (not ‘married with’)

but
* Linda is married with three children. she is married and has three
children)

similar
TO …:

*
Your writing is similar to mine.

different
FROM (or TO) …:

*
The film was different from what I’d expected. (or … different to
what I’d expected.)

interested
IN …:

*
Are you interested in art?

keen
ON …:

*
We stayed at home because Cathy wasn’t very keen on going out.

dependent
ON … (but ‘independent OF …’):

*
I don’t want to be dependent on anybody.

crowded
WITH (people etc.):

*
The city centre was crowded with tourists. (but ‘full of tourists’)

famous
FOR …:

*
The Italian city of Florence is famous for its art treasures.

responsible
FOR …:

*
Who was responsible for all that noise last night?

EXERCISES

130.1
Complete the second sentence so that it has the same meaning as the
first one.

1.
There were lots of tourists in the city centre. The city centre was
crowded _with tourists._

2.
There was a lot of furniture in the room. The room was full —.

3.
I don’t like sport very much. I’m not very keen —.

4.
We haven’t got enough time. We’re a bit short —.

5.
I’m not a very good tennis player. I’m not very good —.

6.
Catherine’s husband is Russian. Catherine is married —.

7.
I don’t trust Robert. I’m suspicious —.

8.
My problem is not the same as yours. My problem is different —.

130.2
Complete the sentences with one of the following adjectives + the
correct preposition:

afraid
different interested proud responsible similar sure

1.
I think she’s arriving this evening but I’m not _sure of_ that.

2.
Your camera is — mine but it isn’t exactly the same.

3.
Don’t worry. I’ll look after you. There’s nothing to be —.

4.
‘Do you want to watch the news on television?’ ‘No, I’m not — the
news.’

5.
The editor is the person who is — what appears in a newspaper.

6.
Mrs Davis is a very keen gardener. She’s very — her garden and
loves showing it to visitors.

7.
I was surprised when I met her for the first time. She was — what I
expected.

130.3
Put in the correct preposition.

1.
The letter I wrote was full _of_ mistakes.

2.
My home town is not especially interesting. It’s not famous —
anything.

3.
Kate is very fond — her younger brother.

4.
I don’t like going up ladders. I’m afraid — heights.

5.
You look bored. You don’t seem ‘interested — what I’m saying.

6.
Did you know that Liz is engaged — a friend of mine?

7.
I’m not ashamed — what I did. In fact I’m quite proud — it.

8.
I suggested we should all go out for a meal but nobody else was keen
— the idea.

9.
These days everybody is aware — the dangers of smoking.

10.
The station platform was crowded — people waiting for the train.

11.
She’s much more successful than I am. Sometimes I feel a bit jealous
— her.

12.
I’m tired — doing the same thing every day. I need a change.

13.
Do you know anyone who might be interested — buying an old car?

14.
We’ve got plenty to eat. The fridge is full — food.

15.
She is a very honest person. I don’t think she is capable — telling
a lie.

16.
I’m not surprised she changed her mind at the last moment. That’s
typical — her.

17.
Our house is similar — yours. Perhaps yours is a bit larger.

18.
John has no money of his own. He’s totally dependent — his parents.

130.4
Write sentences about yourself. Are you good at these things or not?
Use:

brilliant
very good quite good not very good hopeless

1.
(repairing things) _I’m not very good at repairing things._

2.
(telling jokes) —.

3.
(mathematics) —.

4.
(remembering names) —.

UNIT
131 Verb + preposition (1) at and to

A.
Verb + at

look/have
a look/stare/glance (etc.) AT …:

*
Why are you looking at me like that?

laugh/smile
AT …:

*
I look stupid with this haircut. Everybody will laugh at me.

aim/point
(something) AT…, shoot/fire (a gun) AT… (=’in the direction of’):

*
Don’t point that knife at me. It’s dangerous.

*
We saw some people with guns shooting at birds.

B.
Verb + to

talk/speak
TO (somebody) (‘with’ is also possible but less usual):

*
Who was that man you were talking to?

*
Can I speak to Jane, please?

listen
TO …:

*
We spent the evening listening to music. (not ‘listening music’)

write
(a letter) TO …:

*
Sorry I haven’t written to you for such a long time.

but
phone/telephone somebody (no preposition):

*
Did you phone your father yesterday? (not ‘phone to your father’)

invite
(somebody) TO (a party/a wedding etc.):

*
They only invited a few people to their wedding.

C.
Some verbs can be followed by at or to, with a difference of meaning.
For example:

shout
AT somebody (when you are angry):

*
She got very angry and started shouting at me.

shout
TO somebody (so that they can bear you):

*
She shouted to me from the other side of the street.

throw
something AT somebody/something (in order to bit them):

*
Somebody threw an egg at the minister.

throw
something TO somebody (for somebody to catch):

*
Judy shouted ‘Catch!’ and threw the keys to me from the window.

D.
Explain/describe/apologize

We
say explain something (TO somebody):

*
Can you explain this word to me? (not ‘explain me this word’)

also:
‘explain (to somebody) that/what/how/why …’:

*
I explained to them what I wanted them to do. (not ‘I explained
them’)

Describe
is similar:

*
Let me describe to you what I saw.

Note
that we say ‘apologize TO somebody (for …)’:

*
He apologized to me. (not ‘He apologized me’)

but
‘thank somebody (for something)’, ‘ask somebody (for something)’:

*
He asked me for money. (not ‘He asked to me’)

EXERCISES

131.1
Complete the sentences. Choose one of the following verbs (in the
correct form) + the correct preposition:

explain
invite laugh listen point glance speak throw throw write

1.
I look stupid with this haircut. Everybody will _laugh at_ me.

2.
I don’t understand what this means. Can you _explain_ it _to_ me?

3.
I — my watch to see what the time was.

4.
We’ve been — the party but unfortunately we can’t go.

5.
Please — me! I’ve got something important to tell you.

6.
Don’t — stones — the birds! It’s cruel.

7.
If you don’t want to eat that sandwich, — it — the birds. They’ll
eat it.

8.
Sally and Kevin had an argument and now they’re not — one another.

9.
I — Joanna last week but she hasn’t replied to my letter yet.

10.
Be careful with those scissors! Don’t — them — me!

131.2
Put in to or at where necessary.

1.
They only invited a few people _to_ their wedding.

2.
Look — these flowers. Aren’t they pretty?

3.
Please don’t shout — me! Be nice to me!

4.
I saw Sue as I was cycling along the road. I shouted — her but she
didn’t hear me.

5.
Don’t listen — what he says. He doesn’t know what he’s talking
about.

6.
Can I speak — you for a moment? There’s something I want to ask
you.

7.
Do you think I could have a look — your newspaper, please?

8.
I’m a bit lonely. I need somebody to talk —.

9.
She was so angry she threw a chair — me.

10.
The woman sitting opposite me on the train kept staring — me.

131.3
You ask somebody to explain some things that you don’t understand.
Write sentences using explain (something) to me or explain to me
(how/what … etc.).

1.
(I don’t understand this word.) _Can you explain this word to me?_

2.
(I don’t understand what you mean.) _Can you explain to me what you
mean?_

3.
(I don’t understand this question.) Can you explain —.

4.
(I don’t understand the system.) Can —.

5.
(I don’t understand how this machine works.) —.

6.
(I don’t understand what your problem is.) —.

131.4
Put in to where necessary. If the sentence is already complete, leave
an empty space (-)

1.
I know who she is but I’ve never spoken _to_ her.

2.
George won’t be able to help you, so there’s no point in asking (-)
him.

3.
I like to listen — the radio while I’m having breakfast.

4.
We’d better phone — the restaurant to reserve a table.

5.
I apologized — Bridget for the misunderstanding.

6.
Don’t forget to write — me while you’re away.

7.
I thanked — everybody for all the help they had given me.

8.
I explained — everybody what they had to do.

9.
Mike described — me how the accident happened.

10.
I’d like to ask — you some questions.

UNIT
132 Verb + preposition (2) about/for/of/after

A.
Verb + about

talk
ABOUT …/read ABOUT …/tell somebody ABOUT …/have a discussion
ABOUT…

*
We talked about a lot of things at the meeting.

but
‘discuss something’ (no preposition):

*
We discussed a lot of things at the meeting. (not ‘discussed about’)

also:
‘do something ABOUT something’ (= do something to improve a bad
situation):

*
If you’re worried about the problem, you should do something about
it.

B.
Care about, care for and take care of

care
ABOUT somebody/something (= think that somebody/something is
important):

*
He’s very selfish. He doesn’t care about other people.

We
say ‘care what/where/how’ (etc.) (without ‘about’):

*
You can do what you like. I don’t care what you do.

care
FOR somebody/something:

i)
= like something (usually in questions and negative sentences):

*
Would you care for a cup of coffee? (= Would you like …?)

*
I don’t care for very hot weather. (= I don’t like …)

ii)
= look after somebody:

*
Albert is 85 and lives alone. He needs somebody to care for him.

take
care OF … (= look after):

*
Have a nice holiday. Take care of yourself! (= look after yourself)

C.
Verb + for

ask
(somebody) FOR…

*
I wrote to the company asking them for more information about the
job.

but
* I asked her a question./They asked me the way to the station. (no
preposition)

apply
(TO a person, a company etc.) FOR (a job etc.):

*
I think this job would suit you. Why don’t you apply for it?

wait
FOR …/wait FOR something to happen:

*
Don’t wait for me. I’ll join you later.

*
I’m not going out yet. I’m waiting for the rain to stop.

search
(a person/a place/a bag etc.) FOR …:

*
I’ve searched (the house) for my keys but I still can’t find them.

leave
(a place) FOR (another place):

*
I haven’t seen her since she left (home) for work this morning. (not
‘left to work’)

D.
Look for and look after

look
FOR … (= search for, try to find):

*
I’ve lost my keys. Can you help me to look for them?

look
AFTER … (= take care of):

*
Albert is 85 and lives alone. He needs somebody to look after him.
(not ‘look for’)

*
You can borrow this book if you promise to look after it.

EXERCISES

132.1
Put in the correct preposition. If no preposition is needed, leave
the space empty (-)

1.
I’m not going out yet. I’m waiting _for_ the rain to Stop.

2.
You’re always asking me — money. Ask somebody else for a change.

3.
I’ve applied — a job at the factory. I don’t know if I’ll get it.

4.
If I want a job at the factory, who do I apply —?

5.
I’ve searched everywhere — John but I haven’t been able to find
him.

6.
I don’t want to talk — what happened last night. Let’s forget it.

7.
I don’t want to discuss — what happened last night. Let’s forget
it.

8.
We had an interesting discussion — the problem but we didn’t reach
a decision.

9.
We discussed — the problem but we didn’t reach a decision.

10.
I don’t want to go out yet. I’m waiting — the post to arrive.

11.
Keith and Sonia are touring Europe. They’re in Rome at the moment,
but tomorrow they leave — Venice.

12.
The roof of the house is in very bad condition. I think we ought to
do something — it.

13.
We waited — Jim for half an hour but he never came.

14.
Tomorrow morning I have to catch a plane. I’m leaving my house —
the airport at 7.30.

132.2
Complete the sentences with one of the following verbs (in the
correct form) + preposition:

apply
ask do leave look search talk wait

1.
Police are _searching for_ the man who escaped from prison.

2.
We’re still — a reply to our letter. We haven’t heard anything yet.

3.
George likes his job but he doesn’t — it much.

4.
When I’d finished my meal, I — the waiter . the bill.

5.
Kate is unemployed. She has — several jobs but she hasn’t had any
luck.

6.
If something is wrong, why don’t you — something it?

7.
Linda’s car is very old but it’s in excellent condition. She — it
well.

8.
Diane is from Boston but now she lives in Paris. She — Boston —
Paris

when
she was 19.

132.3
Put in the correct preposition after care. If no preposition is
needed, leave the space empty (-)

1.
He’s very selfish. He doesn’t care _about_ other people.

2.
Are you hungry? Would you care — something to eat?

3.
She doesn’t care — the examination. She’s not worried whether she
passes or falls.

4.
Please let me borrow your camera. I promise I’ll take good care —
it.

5.
‘Do you like this coat?’ ‘Not really. I don’t care — the colour.’

6.
Don’t worry about arranging our holiday. I’ll take care — that.

7.
I want to have a good holiday. I don’t care — the cost.

8.
I want to have a good holiday. I don’t care — how much it costs.

132.4
Complete the sentences with look for or look after. Use the correct
form of look.

1.
I _looked for_ my keys but I couldn’t find them anywhere.

2.
Kate is — a job. I hope she finds one soon.

3.
Who — you when you were ill?

4.
I’m — Elizabeth. Have you seen her?

5.
All the car parks were full, so we had to — somewhere to park.

6.
A baby-sitter is somebody who — other people’s children.

UNIT
133 Verb + preposition (3) about and of

Some
verbs can be followed by about or of, usually with a difference of
meaning:

A.
dream ABOUT …:

*
I dreamt about you last night. (when I was asleep)

dream
OF being something/doing something (= imagine):

*
I often dream of being rich.

*
‘Don’t tell anyone what I said.’ ‘No, I wouldn’t dream of it.’ (=I
would never do it)

B.
hear ABOUT … (= be told about something):

*
Did you hear about the fight in the club on Saturday night?

hear
OF … (= know that somebody/something exists):

*
‘Who is Tom Madely?’ ‘I’ve no idea. I’ve never heard of him.’ (not
‘heard from him’)

Also:
hear FROM … (= receive a letter or phone call from somebody):

*
‘Have you heard from Jane recently?’ ‘Yes, I got a letter from her a
few days ago.’

C.
think ABOUT … and think OF …

When
you think ABOUT something, you consider it, you concentrate your mind
on it:

*
You look serious. What are you thinking about?

*
‘Will you lend me the money?’ ‘I’ll think about it.’

When
you think OF something, the idea comes to your mind:

*
He told me his name but I can’t think of it now. (not ‘think about
it’)

*
That’s a good idea. Why didn’t I think of that? (not ‘think about
that’)

We
also use think of when we ask or give an opinion:

*
‘What did you think of the film?’ ‘I didn’t think much of it.’

The
difference is sometimes very small. Often you can use of or about:

*
When I’m alone, I often think of (or about) you.

You
can say ‘think of or think about doing something’ (for possible
future actions):

*
My sister is thinking of (or about) going to Canada. (= she is
considering it)

D.
remind somebody ABOUT … (= tell somebody not to forget):

*
I’m glad you reminded me about the meeting. I had completely
forgotten it.

remind
somebody OF … (= cause somebody to remember):

*
This house reminds me of the one I lived in when I was a child.

*
Look at this photograph of Richard. Who does he remind you of?

E.
complain (TO somebody) ABOUT … (= say that you are not satisfied):

*
We complained to the manager of the restaurant about the food.

complain
OF a pain, an illness etc. (= say that you have a pain etc.):

*
We called the doctor because George was complaining of a pain in his
stomach.

F.
warn somebody OF/ABOUT a danger, something bad which might happen:

*
Everybody has been warned of/about the dangers of smoking.

warn
somebody ABOUT somebody/something which is dangerous, unusual etc.:

*
I knew he was a strange person. I had been warned about him. (not
‘warned of him’)

*
Vicky warned us about the traffic. She said it would be bad.

EXERCISES

133.1
Put in the correct preposition.

1.
Did you hear _about_ what happened at the party on Saturday?

2.
‘1 had a strange dream last night.’ ‘Did you? What did you dream —?

3.
Our neighbours complained — us — the noise we made last night.

4.
Ken was complaining — pains in his chest, so he went to the doctor.

5.
I love this music. It reminds me — a warm day in spring.

6.
He loves his job. He thinks — his job all the time, he dreams —
it, he talks — it and I’m fed up with hearing — it.

7.
I tried to remember the name of the book but I couldn’t think — it.

8.
Janet warned me — the water. She said it wasn’t safe to drink.

9.
We warned our children — the dangers of playing in the street.

133.2
Complete the sentences using one of the following verbs (in the
correct form) + the correct preposition:

complain
dream hear remind remind remind think think warn

1.
That’s a good idea. Why didn’t I _think of_ that?

2.
Bill is never satisfied. He is always — something.

3.
I can’t make a decision yet. I need time to — your proposal.

4.
Before you go into the house, I must — you the dog. He is very
aggressive sometimes, so be careful.

5.
She’s not a well-known singer. Not many people have — her.

6.
A: You wouldn’t go away without telling me, would you?

B:
Of course not. I wouldn’t — it.

7.
I would have forgotten my appointment if Jane hadn’t — me — it.

8.
Do you see that man over there? Does he — you — anybody you know?

133.3
Complete the sentences using bear or heard + the correct preposition
(about/of/from).

1.
I’ve never _hear of_ Tom Madely. Who is he?

2.
‘Did you — the accident last night?’ ‘Yes, Vicky told me.’

3.
Jill used to write to me quite often but I haven’t — her for ages
now.

4.
A: Have you — a writer called William Hudson?

B:
No, I don’t think so. What sort of writer is he?

5.
Thank you for your letter. It was good to — you again.

6.
‘Do you want to — our holiday?’ ‘Not now. Tell me later.’

7.
I live in a very small town in the north of England. You’ve probably
never — it.

133.4
Complete the sentences using think about or think of. Use the correct
form of think.

1.
You look serious. What are you _thinking about?_

2.
I like to have time to make decisions. I like to — things
carefully.

3.
He’s a very selfish person. He only — himself.

4.
I don’t know what to get Ann for her birthday. Can you — anything?

5.
A: I’ve finished reading the book you lent me.

B:
Have you? What did you — it? Did you like it?

6.
We’re — going out for a meal this evening. Would you like to come?

7.
I don’t really want to go out with Ian tonight. I’ll have to — an
excuse.

8.
Carol is rather homesick. She’s always — her family back home.

9.
When I was offered the job, I didn’t accept immediately. I went away
and — it for a while. In the end I decided to take the job.

10.
I don’t — much — this coffee. It’s like water.

UNIT
134 Verb + preposition (4) of/for/from/on

A.
Verb + of

accuse/suspect
somebody OF …:

*
Sue accused me of being selfish.

*Three
students were suspected of cheating in the examination.

approve
OF …:

*
His parents don’t approve of what he does, but they can’t stop him.

die
OF (an illness):

*
‘What did he die of?’ ‘A heart attack.’

consist
OF …:

*
We had an enormous meal. It consisted of seven courses.

B.
Verb + for

pay
(somebody) FOR …:

*
I didn’t have enough money to pay (the waiter) for the meal. (not
‘pay the meal’)

but
‘pay a bill/a fine/a tax/a fare/rent/a sum of money etc. (no
preposition):

*
I didn’t have enough money to pay my telephone bill.

thank/forgive
somebody FOR …:

*
I’ll never forgive them for what they did.

apologize
(to somebody) FOR …:

*
When I realized I was wrong, I apologized (to them) for my mistake.

blame
somebody/something FOR …:

*
Everybody blamed me for the accident.

also:
‘somebody is to blame for …’:

*
Everybody said that I was to blame for the accident.

also:
blame something ON …:

*
Everybody blamed the accident on me.

C.
Verb + from

Suffer
FROM (an illness etc.):

*
The number of people suffering from heart disease has increased.

protect
somebody/something FROM (or AGAINST) …:

*
Sun oil can protect the skin from the sun. (or . against the sun.)

D.
Verb + on

depend
ON…/rely ON …:

*
‘What time will you arrive?’ ‘I don’t know. It depends on the
traffic.’

*
You can rely on Jill. She always keeps her promises.

You
can use depend + when/where/how etc. (question words) with or without
on:

*
‘Are you going to buy it?’ ‘It depends how much it is.’ (or depends
on how much) live ON (money/food):

*
George’s salary is very low. It isn’t enough to live on.

congratulate
(someone) ON …/compliment (somebody) ON …

*
I congratulated her on her success0 the exam.

EXERCISES

134.1
Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the first.

1.
Sue said I was selfish. Sue accused me _of being selfish._

2.
The misunderstanding was my fault, so I apologized.

I
apologized —.

3.
She won the tournament, so I congratulated her.

I
congratulated her —.

4.
He has enemies but he has a bodyguard to protect him.

He
has a bodyguard to protect him —.

5.
There are 11 players in a football team.

A
football team consists —.

6.
She eats only bread and eggs. She lives —.

Complete
the second sentence using for or on. (These sentences all have
blame.)

7.
Kay said that what happened was Jim’s fault. Kay blamed Jim _for what
happened._

8.
You always say everything is my fault. You always blame me —.

9.
Do you think the economic crisis is the fault of the government?

Do
you blame the government —.

10.
I think the increase in violent crime is because of television.

I
blame the increase in —.

Now
rewrite sentences 9 and 10 using … to blame for …

11.
(9) Do you think the government —.

12.
(10) I think that —.

134.2
Complete the sentences using one of the following verbs (in the
correct form) + the correct preposition:

accuse
apologize approve congratulate depend live pay

1.
His parents don’t _approve of_ what he does, but they can’t stop him.

2.
When you went to the theatre with Paul, who — the tickets?

3.
It’s not very pleasant when you are — something you didn’t do.

4.
‘Are you playing tennis tomorrow?’ ‘I hope so. It — the weather.’

5.
Things are very cheap there. You can — very little money.

6.
When I saw Dave, I — him — passing his driving test.

7.
You were very rude to Fiona. Don’t you think you should — her?

134.3
Put in the correct preposition. If no preposition is necessary, leave
the space empty (-)

1.
Three students were suspected _of_ cheating in the examination.

2.
Sally is often not well. She suffers — very bad headaches.

3.
You know that you can rely — me if you ever need any help.

4.
It is terrible that some people are dying — hunger while others eat
too much.

5.
Are you going to apologize — what you did?

6.
The accident was my fault, so I had to pay — the damage.

7.
I didn’t have enough money to pay — the bill.

8.
I complimented her — her English. She spoke fluently and made very
few mistakes.

9.
She hasn’t got a job. She depends — her parents for money.

10.
I don’t know whether I’ll go out tonight. It depends — how I feel.

11.
They wore warm clothes to protect themselves — the cold.

12.
The apartment consists — three rooms, a kitchen and bathroom.

UNIT
135 Verb + preposition (5) in/into/with/to/on

A.
Verb + in

believe
IN …

*
Do you believe in God? (=do you believe that God exists?)

*
I believe in saying what I think. (=I believe it is right to say what
I think)

specialize
IN …

*
Helen is a lawyer. She specializes in company law.

succeed
IN …

*
I hope you succeed in finding the job you want.

B.
Verb +into

break
INTO …

*
Our house was broken into a few days ago but nothing was stolen.

crash/drive/bump/run
INTO …

*
He lost control of the car and crashed into a wall.

divide/cut/split
something INTO (two or more parts):

*
The book is divided into three parts.

*
Cut the meat into small pieces before frying it.

translate
(a book etc.) FROM one language INTO another:

*
George Orwell’s books have been translated into many languages.

C.
Verb + with

collide
WITH …

*
There was an accident this morning. A bus collided with a car. (but
‘crashed into’) fill something WITH. (but full of.-see Unit 130B):

*
Take this saucepan and fill it with water.

provide/supply
somebody WITH…

*
The school provides all its students with books.

D.
Verb + to

happen
TO …:

*
What happened to that gold watch you used to have? (= where is it
now?)

prefer
one thing/person TO another:

*
I prefer tea to coffee.

E.
Verb + on

concentrate
ON …:

*
Don’t look out of the window. Concentrate on your work.

insist
ON …:

*
I wanted to go alone but they insisted on coming with me.

spend
(money) ON …:

*
How much money do you spend on food each week?

EXERCISES

135.1
Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the first.

1.
There was a collision between a bus and a car. A bus collided _with a
car._

2.
I don’t mind big cities but I prefer small towns.

I
prefer —.

3.
I got all the information I needed from Jill.

Jill
provided me —.

4.
This morning I bought a pair of shoes which cost -’60.

This
morning I spent —.

135.2
Complete the sentences using one of the following verbs (in the
correct form) + the correct preposition:

believe
concentrate divide drive fill happen insist succeed

1.
I wanted to go alone but Sue _insisted on_ coming with me.

2.
I haven’t seen Harry for ages. I wonder what has — him.

3.
I was driving along when the car in front of me stopped suddenly.
Unfortunately, I couldn’t stop in time and — the back of it.

4.
It’s a very large house. It’s — four flats.

5.
I don’t — ghosts. I think people only imagine that they see them.

6.
Steve gave me an empty bucket and told me to — it — water.

7.
Don’t try and do two things together — one thing at a time.

8.
It wasn’t easy but in the end we — finding a solution to the
problem.

135.3
Put in the correct preposition.

1.
The school provides all its students _with_ books.

2.
A strange thing happened — me a few days ago.

3.
Mark decided to give up sport so that he could concentrate — his
studies.

4.
I don’t believe — working very hard. It’s not worth it.

5.
My present job isn’t wonderful, but I prefer it — what I did
before.

6.
I hope you succeed — getting what you want.

7.
As I was coming out of the room, I collided — somebody who was
coming in.

8.
There was an awful noise as the car crashed — a tree.

9.
Jim is a photographer. He specializes — sports photography.

10.
Do you spend much money — clothes?

11.
The country is divided — six regions.

12.
I prefer travelling by train — driving. It’s much more pleasant.

13.
Somebody broke — my car and stole the radio.

14.
I felt quite cold but Peter insisted — having the window open.

15.
Some words are difficult to translate — one language another.

16.
What happened — the money I lent you? What did you spend it?

17.
The teacher decided to split the class — four groups.

18.
I filled the tank but unfortunately I filled it — the wrong kind of
petrol.

135.4
Use your own ideas to complete these sentences. Use a preposition.

1.
I wanted to go out alone but my friend insisted _on coming with me._

2.
I spend quite a lot of money —.

3.
I saw the accident. The car crashed —.

4.
Sarah prefers basketball —.

5.
Shakespeare’s plays have been translated —.

UNIT
136 Phrasal verbs (getup/ breakdown /fill in etc.)

A.
We often use verbs with the following words:

in
out on off up down away back round through about along
over forward by

So
you can say put out/get on/take off/run away etc. These verbs are
phrasal verbs. We often use out/off/up etc. with verbs of
movement. For example:

get
on: * The bus was full. We couldn’t get on.

drive
off: * A woman got into the car and drove off.

come
back: * Sally is leaving tomorrow and coming back on Saturday.

turn
round: * When I touched him on the shoulder, he turned round.

But
often the second word (out/off/up etc.) gives a special meaning to
the verb. For example:

break
down: * Sorry I’m late. The car broke down. (= the engine stopped
working)

look
out: * Look out! There’s a car coming. (= be careful)

take
off: * It was my first flight. I was nervous as the plane took off.
(= went into the air)

get
up: * I was very tired this morning. I couldn’t get up. (= get out of
bed)

get
on: * How was the exam? How did you get on? (= how did you do?)

get
by: * My French isn’t very good but it’s enough to get by. (= to
manage)

B.
Sometimes a phrasal verb is followed by a preposition. For example:

*
Why did you run away from me?

*
You’re walking too fast. I can’t keep up with you.

*
Are you looking forward to your holiday?

*
Jack is trying to cut down on smoking. (=reduce smoking)

C.
Sometimes a phrasal verb has an object. Usually there are two
possible positions for the object. So you can say:

I
turned off _the light._(object) or I turned the light off.

If
the object is a pronoun (it/them/me/him etc.), only one position is
possible:

I
turned it off. (not ‘I turned off it’)

Some
more examples:

*
Could you fill in this form?

*
Could you fill this form in?

but
They gave me a form and told me to fill it in. (not ‘fill in it’)

*
The police got into the house by breaking down the door.

*
The police got into the house by breaking the door down.

but
The door wasn’t locked. Why did the police break it down? (not ‘break
down it’)

*
I think I’ll throw away these newspapers.

*
I think I’ll throw these newspapers away.

but
Do you want these newspapers or shall I throw them away? (not ‘throw
away them’)

*
Don’t wake up the baby.

*
Don’t wake the baby up.

but
The baby is asleep. Don’t wake her up. (not ‘wake up her’)

EXERCISES

136.1
Complete the sentences using one of these phrasal verbs (in the
correct form):

break
down

drop
out (= stop taking part in something)

clear
up (= become brighter-for weather)

move
in (= start living in a house etc.)

close
down (= go out of business)

show
off (= show how clever you are)

doze
off (= fall asleep)

turn
up (= appear/arrive)

1.
Sorry I’m late. The car _broke down_ on the way here.

2.
I arranged to meet Jane after work last night but she didn’t —.

3.
‘We’ve bought a new house.’ ‘Oh, have you? When are you —?’

4.
There used to be a shop at the end of the street but it — a year
ago.

5.
I ran in a marathon last week but I wasn’t fit enough. I — after 15
kilometres.

6.
We all know how wonderful you are. There’s no need to —.

7.
I was very tired. I sat in an armchair and —.

8.
The weather is horrible at the moment, isn’t it? I hope it — later.

136.2
Complete the sentences using a word from List A and a word from List
B. You need to use some words more than once.

A:
away back forward on out up,

B:
at of to with

1.
You’re walking too fast. I can’t keep _up with_ you.

2.
My holidays are nearly over. Next week I’ll be — work.

3.
We’ve nearly run — money. We’ve got very little left.

4.
Martin isn’t very happy in his job because he doesn’t get — his
boss.

5.
I love to look — the stars in the sky at night.

6.
Are you looking — the party next week?

7.
There was a bank robbery last week. The robbers got — 30,000
pounds.

136.3
Complete the sentences using one of these verbs (in the correct form)
+ it/them/her/you:

cross
out give away, make up, turn down (= refuse) fill in, give back,
show round see off (= see somebody leave)

1.
They gave me a form and told me to _fill in it._

2.
If you make a mistake on the form, just —.

3.
The story she told you wasn’t true. She —.

4.
I don’t like people who borrow things and don’t —.

5.
Katy is going to Australia tomorrow. I’m going to the airport to —.

6.
I had a lot of books that I didn’t want to keep, so I — to a
friend.

7.
Would you like to see the factory? Would you like me to —?

8.
Sue was offered a job as a translator but she —.

136.4
Complete the sentences. Use the word in brackets (away/up etc.) with
one of the following:

that
box your cigarette a jacket the television a word it it them
him

1.
Don’t throw _away that box(or that away)._ I want to keep it. (away)

2.
‘Do you want this box?’ ‘No, you can throw _it away._’ (away)

3.
Shhh! The children are asleep. Don’t wake —. (up)

4.
We can turn — Nobody is watching it. (off)

5.
Tom got very angry and started shouting. I tried to calm — (down)

6.
I tried — in the shop but I didn’t buy it. (on)

7.
Please put — This is a no-smoking area. (out)

8.
It was only a small fire. I was able to put — quite easily. (out)

9.
You can look — in a dictionary if you don’t know what it means.
(up)

10.
You’re doing very well. Keep —! (up)

APPENDIX
1

Regular
and irregular verbs